iso4217:GBP21380081EP12LC86CB822025-01-012025-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31hbuk:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31hbuk:GroupReorganizationReserveMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31hbuk:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31hbuk:GroupReorganizationReserveMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31hbuk:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31hbuk:GroupReorganizationReserveMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-31hbuk:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember21380081EP12LC86CB822024-01-012024-12-31hbuk:GroupReorganizationReserveMember21380081EP12LC86CB822026-02-012026-02-17
HSBC UK Bank plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2025
HSBC_MASTERBRAND_LOGO_RGB.jpg
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
1
Opening up a world of opportunity
Contents
Strategic report
Financial review
Report of the Directors
Risk review
Corporate Governance Report
Directors' Report Disclosures table
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the
financial statements
Independent auditors' report to the member of HSBC UK Bank
plc
74
Financial statements
123
Other information
Presentation of information
This document comprises the Annual Report and Accounts 2025 for
HSBC UK Bank plc (‘the bank’ or 'the Company') and its subsidiaries
(together ‘HSBC UK’ or ‘the group’). ’We’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to
HSBC UK Bank plc together with its subsidiaries. It contains the
Strategic report, the Report of the Directors, the Statement of
Directors’ Responsibilities and Financial Statements, together with
the Independent Auditors’ Report, as required by the UK Companies
Act 2006. References to ‘HSBC Group’ or ‘the Group’ within this
document mean HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiaries.
A full list of abbreviations is provided on page 124.
HSBC UK is exempt from publishing information required by The
Capital Requirements Country-by-Country Reporting Regulations
2013, as this information is published by its ultimate parent, HSBC
Holdings plc. This information is available on the Group's website:
www.hsbc.com.
Pillar 3 disclosures for HSBC UK are also available on
www.hsbc.com, under Investor Relations.
All narrative disclosures, tables and graphs within the Strategic report
and Report of the Directors are unaudited unless otherwise stated.
Our reporting currency is £ sterling. Unless otherwise specified, all £
symbols represent pounds sterling and $ symbols represent United
States of America ('US') dollars. The abbreviations '£m' and '£bn'
represent millions and billions (thousands of millions) of pounds
sterling.
This Annual Report and Accounts 2025 contains certain forward-
looking statements with respect to the group's financial condition,
results of operations and business, including the strategic priorities;
financial, investment and capital targets; and ability to contribute to
the HSBC Group’s environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’)
ambitions, targets and commitments described herein.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about
the group’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements.
Words such as 'may', 'will', 'should', ‘expects’, 'targets', ‘anticipates’,
‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and
‘reasonably possible’, or the negative thereof, other variations of
these words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-
looking statements. These statements are based on current plans,
information, data, estimates and projections, and therefore undue
reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements
speak only as of the date they are made. HSBC UK makes no
commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statements to
reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing after the date of
any forward-looking statements.
Any such forward-looking statements are not a reliable indicator of
future performance, as they may involve significant stated or implied
assumptions and subjective judgements which may or may not prove
to be correct.
Forward-looking statements can be made in writing but may also be
made verbally by directors, officers and employees of the group
(including during management presentations) in connection with this
document.
Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties.
Readers are cautioned that a number of factors, including ESG-related
factors, could cause actual results, performance or other future
events to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated
or implied in any forward-looking statement. This may be due to a
variety of risks, uncertainties and other factors including, without
limitation, those which relate to general market or economic
conditions, regulatory and government policy changes, continued
volatility in trade and tariff policies, increased volatility in interest rates
and inflation levels and other macroeconomic risks, geopolitical
tensions such as the Russia-Ukraine war, further conflict in the
Middle East or elsewhere, or the efficacy of the Company’s and the
HSBC Group’s actions in managing and mitigating ESG-related risks,
and in progressing towards the HSBC Group’s ESG ambitions, targets
and commitments.
For these reasons, recipients should not place reliance on, and are
cautioned about relying on, any forward-looking statements.
Additional risks and factors which may impact the group’s future
financial condition and performance are identified in the ‘Strategic
report – Risk overview’ and ‘Risk review – Top and emerging risks’ on
pages 8 to 9 and 16 to 21 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2025.
This Annual Report and Accounts 2025 contains a number of
graphics, text boxes and credentials which aim to give a high-level
overview of certain elements of our disclosures and to improve
accessibility for readers. These graphics, text boxes and credentials
are designed to be read within the context of the Annual Report and
Accounts 2025 as a whole.
The information, statements and opinions set out in this Annual
Report and Accounts 2025 do not constitute a public offer for the
purposes of any applicable law or an offer to sell or solicitation of any
offer to purchase any securities or other financial instruments or any
advice or recommendation in respect of such securities or other
financial instruments.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
2
Strategic report
Highlights
HSBC UK Bank plc is a public limited company with debt securities
traded on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is a ring-fenced
bank and wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc. We
leverage the rest of the HSBC Group network to support our
customers in the UK and to help grow revenue across key trade
corridors around the world.
Headquartered in Birmingham, we serve over 15.3 million customers
and over 18,000 full-time equivalent staff ('FTE') across the country.
We are supported by approximately 5,100 FTE based in HSBC Global
Services (UK) Limited, who provide services to HSBC UK and the
wider HSBC Group.
Key Financial Indicators
For the year ended 31 December 2025.
Profit before tax
£5.6 bn
(2024: £5.6 bn)
Revenue
£10.5bn
(2024: £ 10.0bn)
Expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
£539m
(2024: £315m)
Operating Expenses
£ 4.3bn
(2024: £4.0bn)
Loans and advances to customers
£ 231.2bn
(2024: £217.6bn)
Customer accounts1
£ 288.8bn
(2024: £280.4bn)
Risk-weighted assets
£117.5bn
(2024: £110.4bn)
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
13.2%
(2024: 13.6%)
Return on average tangible equity
19.2%
(2024: 20.2%)
1Customer accounts include £4.7bn (2024: £6.8bn) of short term Markets Treasury deposits from HSBC Holdings plc.
Financial performance
In 2025, profit before tax ('PBT') was £5,619m, £28m lower than
2024.
Revenue increased by £489m, or 5%, to £10,468m in 2025, driven by
higher net interest income ('NII') resulting from balance sheet growth
and repricing of the structural hedge driving net interest margin
('NIM') widening from 2.56% in 2024 to 2.63% in 2025, partly
offsetting the impacts of Bank of England ('BoE') Base Rate cuts in
2025.
Expected Credit Losses ('ECL') increased by £224m from £315m in
2024 to £539m in 2025, mainly reflecting a normalised level of non-
defaulted ECL in 2025 compared to the releases of provision for
forward economic outlook against our retail portfolio in 2024.
Operating expenses increased by £293m, or 7% to £4,310m in 2025,
notably due to higher restructuring costs, inflationary pressures, and
the ongoing planned investment in technology including operational
resilience, partly offset by a continued focus on cost discipline along
with higher benefit from our defined benefit pension surplus.
Loans and advances increased by 6% in 2025 led by growth in
mortgages and commercial lending, with modest market share
growth1. Customer accounts increased by 3% in 2025 with broad-
based growth across businesses, while market share remained
stable1.
Our 2025 reported Return on average tangible equity ('RoTE') of
19.2% was 1 percentage point lower than 2024 driven by growth in
commercial lending. Supported by a Common equity tier 1 ('CET1')
ratio of 13.2% and Liquidity coverage ratio ('LCR') of 175% as at
31 December 2025, our balance sheet remains resilient with
sufficient capital and liquidity.
ÑOur Financial summary, containing further details of our financial
performance, can be found on page 11.
1BoE Data to Dec 2025.
Economic background and outlook
Real GDP growth had a strong start to the year (0.7% growth quarter-
on-quarter in 1Q25), but then lost momentum, slowing to 0.3%
quarter-on-quarter in 2Q25 and then 0.1% quarter-on-quarter in 3Q25
and 4Q252, with surveys attributing much of the slowdown to
uncertainty ahead of the November 2025 Budget. Full-year GDP
growth was 1.3% in 2025, while GDP per capita increased by 1.0%.
The UK unemployment rate rose to 5.2% in December 20252, but
official labour market data are subject to some uncertainty due to
reduced response rates, and a clearer picture is not expected until
end-2026 at the earliest. Private sector wage growth has slowed to
3.4% year-on-year in the three months to December 20252, pointing
to reduced inflation pressures in the pipeline. The National Living
Wage will rise by 4.1% in April 2026, the lowest increase since 2021,
but still an above-inflation increase.
Inflation worsened through 2025, with the headline Consumer Price
Index (‘CPI’) rate at 3.8% year-on-year between July 2025 and
September 20252. However, it fell to 3.0% in January 2026 and
HSBC Economics believes it has peaked.
The Bank of England (‘BoE’) has cut Bank Rate from 5.25% to 3.75%
between August 2024 and December 20253. The market is c.85%
priced for a further 25bps cut in March 2026 and then fully priced for
a further cut by the end of the year. HSBC Economics forecasts three
cuts by the end of the year, which would take Bank Rate to 3.00%.
Fiscal policy is expected to impact economic growth from 2026, as
higher taxes outweigh spending increases. In January 2026, the
widely watched Purchasing Managers’ Index (‘PMI’) showed a
significant pick up4 (with the composite index up by more than 2
points), signalling some post-Budget optimism among firms, however
the overall picture remains mixed.
2Office for National Statistics
3Bank of England
4S&P Global
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
3
Strategic report
Who we are
Our values
Our values guide us in all our actions - from strategic decisions to
day-to-day interactions with customers and each other.
– We get it done: moving at pace and making things happen
– We value difference: seeking out different perspectives 
– We take responsibility: holding ourselves accountable and taking
the long view
– We succeed together: collaborating across boundaries
Our priorities
Our priorities are aligned to the HSBC Group:
– Drive customer-centricity: We are intensely focused on our
customers – helping to deliver excellent outcomes, drive loyalty,
and serve our customers for the long term, through the depth of
what we offer as a franchise.
– Deliver focused sustainable growth: As a leading international
bank, we aim to drive long-term sustainable growth, focused on
areas of competitive strength.
– Be simple and agile: We aim to make fast, safe decisions –
adapting to change by staying relevant, driving simplification and
being future ready through technology and digitisation.
Our organisational structure
Since 1 January 2025, the HSBC Group has operated through four
new businesses, of which the 'UK business' is one, to simplify its
organisational structure and accelerate delivery against its strategic
priorities. The ‘UK business’ comprises the Retail Banking and Wealth
(‘RBW’) and Commercial Banking (‘CMB’) segments of HSBC UK.
HSBC UK comprises the UK business, in addition to the Private Bank
('PB'), Corporate and Institutional Banking (‘CIB’) and Corporate
Centre segments. Since 1 January 2025, HSBC UK has operated
under these five segments and FY25 financial results are presented
on this basis. Further detail on each segment is on page 12. All
segmental comparative data points have been re-presented on this
basis.
In October 2025, it was announced that David Lindberg was
appointed as Chief Executive Officer ('CEO') of HSBC UK, which he
commenced on 8 December 2025. David joins HSBC UK following a
career spanning over 27 years in financial services, most recently as
CEO of Retail Banking at NatWest Group. Prior to joining NatWest in
2020, he held senior leadership positions at Westpac, The
Commonwealth Bank of Australia and ANZ.
Effective 1 January 2026 HSBC UK created a single UK Global
Network Banking (‘GNB’) team to help augment client support, drive
growth, and facilitate swift decision-making. Consequently, a set of
customers will transfer from CMB to CIB, with no impact on HSBC
UK.
Retail Banking and Wealth
RBW offers a comprehensive set of banking products and services to
support our customers to manage their day-to-day finances, as well
as helping to protect and grow their wealth. We serve over 14.7
million customers under our three brands: HSBC UK, first direct and
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc (’MSFS’).
Private Bank
PB supports high-net worth individuals and families with their
personal wealth needs, offering investment and lending
opportunities, alongside wealth planning solutions and banking
services. We strategically partner with our clients to deliver tailored
solutions based on their needs, leveraging the HSBC Group’s global
capabilities and reach, serving over 3,800 client relationships.
Commercial Banking
CMB is a full-service domestic and international commercial bank,
highly connected to the HSBC Group. We serve over 690,000 clients,
from start-up stage through to mid-market and up to listed
corporates. HSBC Innovation Bank Limited (‘HINV’) is part of our
CMB business.
Corporate and Institutional Banking
CIB offers foreign currency payments and selected products to
enable commercial hedging, as permitted under UK ring-fencing
legislation. Through close collaboration with the HSBC Group, we
also make products that are not offered within HSBC UK available on
an arms-length basis.
Corporate Centre
Corporate Centre supports the central operations of the HSBC UK
business and includes interests in a joint venture and stewardship
costs.
Other statutory information
As part of our strategy to simplify our structure by reducing legal
entities and banking licences, HSBC UK plans to transfer the
business of MSFS into the bank as a separate branded division. This
transfer is expected to occur on 1 June 2026 via a court-approved
Part VII Banking Business Transfer Scheme, which is currently
pending regulatory and court approval.
Our strategy
Our strategy supports the HSBC Group ambition to be the most
trusted bank globally, putting customers at the heart of everything we
do.
Drive customer-centricity
We aim to attract more customers, improve their experience and
deliver good outcomes. In HSBC UK RBW, our latest strategic Net
Promoter Score (‘NPS’) results in the second half of 2025 showed
HSBC UK moving to joint 9th, from joint 11th at FY24, with first direct
continuing to be ranked among the top retail providers. In CMB, as
measured by the Savanta MarketVue Business Banking Survey1, we
were rated among the top three in our Mid-Market Enterprise
(‘MME’) business. Our Business Banking Portfolio Managed segment
(SBB) ranked 4th, improving 3 positions vs. FY24, and our
Relationship Managed segment (BB) maintained 5th position.
In December 2025, we reaffirmed our commitment to customers and
communities by extending our Branch Promise, guaranteeing that all
327 of our branches will stay open until at least 2027. To support our
Business Banking clients, in July 2025 we introduced fee free
banking for Small and Medium Enterprises, and in 2025, HSBC UK
was voted ‘The Best Bank for Corporates in the UK’ by Euromoney
for the second consecutive year, in addition to being voted the Best
Transaction Bank in the UK.
We welcome the Government’s efforts to drive growth across the
country, and were pleased to announce in November 2025 that we
will make available over £11bn of measures to back businesses and
households. This includes making an additional £5bn of lending
available over the next five years for UK SMEs, increasing cashback
to first time buyers, investing over £100m in our branch network, and
making available an additional £1bn of financing to the social housing
sector in 2026, and a further £4bn by 2030.
Our strength in collaboration across lines of business, brands, and
other parts of the Group remains a competitive advantage. We can
leverage the scale of our business and seek to unlock value for our
customers by supporting their holistic needs. In 2025, we have
focused on bringing more of HSBC to our customers, with the
volume of referrals from CMB to PB increasing by 8%.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
4
Strategic report
1Source: MarketVue Business Banking from Savanta, YE 4Q25. Data
weighted by region and turnover to be representative of businesses in
Great Britain. MME includes businesses with a turnover of £15m to £350m,
and compared against NWG, LBG and Barclays. SBB includes businesses
with a turnover of £0 to £3m, and compared against Starling, Santander,
NatWest, Lloyds, BoS, RBS and Barclays. BB includes businesses with a
turnover of £3 to £15m, and compared against Lloyds, NatWest, BoS, RBS
and Barclays.
Deliver focused sustainable growth
Our international network remains one of our key differentiators, and
we aim to continue to scale our international propositions and global
connectivity. Our international proposition continues to be a material
driver of growth, with inbound, outbound and multi-jurisdictional
revenue increasing 1.7%, 6.0% and 2.7% year-on-year respectively in
CMB. The HSBC Group continues to receive external recognition for
our international capabilities, being recognised as the World’s Best
Trade Finance Bank 2025 (Euromoney).
We aim to support customers to manage and grow their wealth.
Following the relaunch of our Premier proposition, we rolled out
‘Funds on Mobile’ to make it easier for customers to buy, sell and
trade funds via our mobile app, and opened two new Wealth Centres.
We also launched our new Wealth Academy, which provides access
to leading educational resources, best practice and academic
accreditations for professionals in the wealth management industry.
Across our Retail and Private Bank, wealth balances (which includes
invested assets and wealth deposits) increased to over £62.1bn
(2024: £53.1bn).
We leverage our balance sheet to seek to fulfil our customers’
lending needs, with our loans and advances increasing by 6% in
2025. In CMB, we have continued to support key growth sectors in
the UK economy and in April 2025 completed the acquisition of
National Australia Bank’s Social Housing loan book. We took our retail
mortgage market share to 8.1%2 and to support first-time buyers, we
introduced a new Loan to Income multiple of up to 5.5 times salary.
We continue to aim to provide a seamless payments experience. We
have introduced the option for credit card customers to choose an
instalment plan when paying for eligible online and in-app purchases
on Apple Pay, in addition to enabling Corporate Cards to be added to
Apple Wallets. MSFS customers now have access to Pay by Bank,
allowing them to make payments directly from their bank account
without needing to enter account details.
We continue to deliver globally connected specialised banking
services and expertise to our clients and their investors, as part of our
wider global HSBC Innovation Banking proposition. In the UK, through
HINV, we welcomed over 800 new clients in 2025.
2BoE data to December 2025, excludes PB mortgages.
Be simple and agile
We have simplified our business in the UK to benefit from shorter
lines of decision making, increasing speed and accountability, 
empowering our colleagues to get things done. In 2025, we have
reduced the number of incidents impacting our customers and
improved recovery times when incidents do occur. We have also
continued to simplify our product offering, legal entities and
technology estate, closing a number of ‘back book’ products.
Investment in technology has focused on improving the agility,
usability, reliability and security of our services, including the use of
Artificial Intelligence (‘AI’). In January 2025, we launched our
redesigned mobile app for personal customers, with increased
functionality and an updated user interface, with over 7.1 million
customers now active on the new app. In CMB we have continued to
digitise and streamline key customer journeys, for example,
introducing SmartSweep, a market-leading invoice financing tool that
sweeps’ payments to the right place automatically. We also continue
to embed technology to help our clients to expand internationally,
including capabilities such as Global Wallet, TradePay and
AutoHedge.
ESG update
The HSBC Group's approach to ESG is focused on creating long-term
value for our customers and wider stakeholders, and is focused on
three areas: the transition to net zero, building inclusion and
resilience, and acting responsibly. The HSBC Group's ambition is to
become a net zero bank by 2050. We believe delivering the transition
will make the global economy stronger and more resilient.
The HSBC Group's updated Net Zero Transition Plan, published in
November 2025, sets out a commercially-grounded approach to
helping customers succeed as the world moves towards net zero
amid changing economic and geopolitical conditions. It intensifies the
HSBC Group efforts to be customer-focused, commercial and agile.
The HSBC Group aim is to support our customers’ transition by
providing and facilitating between $750bn and $1tn of sustainable
finance and investment by 2030. The Net Zero Transition Plan also
sets out the HSBC Group's interim financed emissions targets,
metrics and associated policies.
ÑFor more details, see HSBC Group's Net Zero Transition Plan at https://
www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/our-climate-strategy/our-net-zero-transition-
plan.
In 2025, HSBC UK provided a wide range of support and tools to
meet our UK customers’ evolving transition needs. We financed and
facilitated $14.8bn in sustainable finance and investment through a
range of products. This includes our Sustainability Improvement Loan,
which connects finance costs to sustainability ratings, alongside tools
to enable businesses of any size to assess and reduce their
environmental impact. We have helped to advance solutions across
areas including infrastructure, energy, and climate technology, by
providing support for projects in sectors such as offshore wind,
battery manufacturing, and carbon capture. Our support for retail
customers included provision of free tools, guides and information
articles on our public website, and our energy efficient home
cashback mortgage. HSBC UK won ‘Best Green Mortgage Lender’ at
the Your Mortgage Awards in November 2025.
We seek to foster inclusion and build to help create long-term value
for all our stakeholders. We continue to support our customers and
communities through our partnerships. Since May 2023, through our
partner Shelter, HSBC UK funded initiatives have supported over
65,000 people. We supported the enhancement of Shelter’s digital
content to educate and build people’s financial resilience, which has
been accessed over 3.5 million times since July 2024. We recognise
the importance of building financial skills at a young age, and we
continue to support young people to develop their financial capability,
working with Young Enterprise, the Scouts, Girlguiding and the King’s
Trust to support over 344,000 young people across the UK.
The HSBC Group is investing in building and embedding a high-
performance culture and has developed a bank-wide leadership
framework, 'How We Lead', which is being rolled out to people
leaders globally. We are also focused on creating an inclusive
environment and offer resources that support well-being. We are
proud to have achieved a 10th place ranking in ‘The Times Top 100
Graduate Employers 2025-2026’ research and won the ‘Outstanding
Dedication to Diversity in Student Recruitment’ at the Institute of
Student Employers Awards. Empowering colleagues to speak up and
raise issues remains critical. Multiple channels are available to our
employees, including our HSBC Confidential whistleblowing and
Human Resources ('HR') Direct platform.
ÑHSBC UK has addressed the reporting requirements contained in sections
414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 through the Non-Financial
and Sustainability Statement disclosure contained in the HSBC Holdings plc
Annual Report and Accounts, on page 26.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
5
Strategic report
Stakeholder management
Building strong relationships with our stakeholders helps us to deliver
our strategy in line with our long-term values and operate the
business in a sustainable way. Our stakeholders are the people who
work for us, bank with us, own us, regulate us, and live in the
societies we serve. Many of our employees are customers and
shareholders of the Group, while our business customers are often
suppliers. Guided by our purpose, we aim to create value for our
customers and shareholders by doing business responsibly, and
thinking for the long term.
This section forms our section 172(1) statement for the year. The
purpose of this section is to describe how the Directors have had
regard to the matters set out in section 172(1) (a) to (f) of the
Companies Act 2006 when discharging their duty to promote the
long-term success of the bank. The first part, 'Engaging with our key
stakeholders', sets out information about the stakeholders we view
as critical to the bank and its prospects, including how the Board
considered them in its discussions and decision-making throughout
the year. The second part, 'Principal Strategic Decisions', provides
two examples of principal discussions and decisions taken by the
Board in 2025 when discharging their responsibility. These show how
the Directors and Board respectively discharged their individual and
collective responsibility for promoting the long-term success of the
bank and took different stakeholder considerations into account in
reaching a decision or forming a view. More detailed information on
the activities of the Board during 2025 is set out in the Corporate
Governance Report on page 61.
Engaging with our key stakeholders
The Board attended a broad range of events during 2025 to assist
them in understanding what really mattered to the bank’s
stakeholders and to validate that the bank’s current strategy
continued to support them.
Through our Board Engagement Plan, we continue to provide
opportunities, particularly face-to-face, for the Board to hear more of
the employee voice within the business and engage directly with
customers and clients.
Customers
Customer needs are central to the bank's business. The way in which
we have served and supported our customers during 2025 is covered
in the 'Our strategy' section on page 3 in the Strategic report.
Examples of how the Board has engaged with customers during
2025 include the following:
– CEO reports to the Board provided key customer-related metrics
and performance indicators, such as customer survey feedback
and net promoter scores. This allowed the Board to monitor the
bank's approach to supporting customers and to oversee the
impact of associated activities. The Board was also able to provide
oversight and challenge in relation to two detailed updates that it
received regarding the activity being undertaken (and outcomes
achieved) to support the aim of being a truly customer-centric
organisation.
– Review and challenge of the bank’s Customer Channels strategy
to ensure that it would deliver enhanced customer experience and
unlock other growth opportunities that would benefit both the
customer and the organisation.
– Directors hosted an engagement session with some of its PB
customers to understand what their key areas of focus and
priorities were, and how HSBC UK could support them.
– Several directors visited HSBC's Global Services Centre in
Hyderabad to better understand how colleagues based overseas
support our customers.
Employees
The Board recognises that our employees help us fulfil our potential
and execute our strategy. We are committed to fostering an inclusive
working environment where the health and well-being of our
employees enables them to serve our customers better. Examples of
how the Board engaged with employees include:
– Directors hosted events with colleagues from across the bank to
hear their perspectives of what it is like to work for HSBC UK,
whether they felt HSBC UK was making a difference for its
customers and what more can be done to improve their own
experiences in the workplace.
– CEO reports provided updates on employee-related activities and
events, metrics on employee attrition and the results of the
internal employee survey. This allowed the Board to understand
employee sentiment, health and well-being throughout 2025.
– Directors hosted events with small groups of employees from the
talent pool to help foster a culture of excellence and continuous
improvement and to deepen the Board’s familiarity with those
employees.
– Assessing the progress management had made against its People
Priorities and ensuring that the People Strategy for 2026 was
targeted on activities that could have the greatest impact for
colleagues, whilst continuing to drive a customer centric mindset
across both customer facing and back-office teams to enable a
high-performance ambition.
Shareholder and investors
The bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc and,
therefore, the Board and its executive management consider the
impact and implications of their decisions in relation to its shareholder
and debt security investors during these engagements. Examples of
how the Board did this include:
– The appointment of Brendan Nelson, Chairman of HSBC Holdings
plc, to the Board further enhanced the connectivity between the
Boards of HSBC Holdings plc and HSBC UK.
– The Board Chairman and Committee Chairs engaged with their
Group counterparts and attended Group forums and Group Board
Committee meetings, together with Executive Directors, to
engage on common issues and strategic priorities.
– The Board considered the quantum of dividends to be paid to the
shareholder, while balancing the need to maintain strong capital
and liquidity, and invest in the bank.
Suppliers
Suppliers provide critical support to help us operate our business
effectively. We work with our suppliers to ensure mutually beneficial
relationships. An example of Board engagement during 2025
includes:
– The Chief Operating Officer’s regular reports on third-party
supplier matters such as the operating model, relationship
management, material outsourcing, performance and operational
resilience.
ÑFurther detail on third-party risk management is included in the Risk Section
in the Report of the Directors on page 21.
Communities
HSBC UK has an important role in supporting the communities in
which it operates and is dependent on those communities for the
majority of our workforce. We have established several community
partnerships which are detailed in the ‘ESG Update’ section on page
4.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
6
Strategic report
During the year, the Board was supportive of HSBC UK’s societal
purpose (to improve the financial health of the UK, by supporting
social and community projects which increase people and business’
financial inclusion; resilience; capability; and opportunity capabilities).
This included:
– Considering the execution of HSBC UK's societal purpose
programme and agreeing to maintain funding commitments to
ensure a continued focus on financial resilience and education.
This included an assessment of the existing societal partnerships
and those to be renewed in 2026.
– Reviewing HSBC UK’s customer-focused net zero
commercialisation strategy and the investment plans developed in
the context of the wider HSBC UK climate strategy, which
included climate risk management and disclosures/reporting; net
zero operations; and supply chain.
Regulators and Government
As a UK bank, the government and regulators in the UK are our key
stakeholders with whom we maintain constructive dialogue and
relations. Examples of Board engagement with them during 2025
include:
– Robust review and challenge of the Internal Capital Adequacy
Assessment Process ('ICAAP') and Internal Liquidity Adequacy
Assessment Process ('ILAAP').
– Supporting the Group with its engagement with HM Treasury over
the potential for regulatory reform in respect of the existing ring-
fencing regime.
– Meetings between Directors and regulators, both as part of
continuous assessment and on specific issues such as the
Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA's’) Periodic Summary
Meeting Letter and the Financial Conduct Authority ('FCA’s') Firm
Evaluation Letter.
Principal Strategic Decisions
An overview of two of the principal decisions made by the Board
during 2025 are set out below as examples of how the Directors have
exercised their statutory duties under section 172(1) of the
Companies Act 2006 in relation to matters of strategic importance
during 2025.
Operational Resilience Entity Level
Self-Assessment (‘ELSA’)
Throughout 2025, the bank continued to build on linkage between
delivering good customer outcomes under The Consumer Duty and
improving operational resilience. To provide the Board with
assurance, management had established a Consolidated Action Plan
("CAP") in 2024 to support the ELSA and other regulatory operational
resilience requirements by the 31 March 2025 deadline. The Board
oversaw the progress being made against the CAP to ensure that
HSBC UK continued to enhance its operational resilience for the
benefit of providing better service to customers and minimising any
impact on the wider financial system should disruption occur. To
support the Board in its assessment of HSBC UK's position, external
benchmarking had also been provided.
The Board reviewed the work being undertaken to uplift operational
resilience, which had included: simplifying operating instructions to
ensure clarity on execution across the organisation; a focus on
production stability, enhancing the security over platforms and
simplifying the technology estate through decommissioning legacy
systems; ensuring that the 2025 test plan sought to embed the
identification of evolving and emerging risks, particularly with third-
parties; ensuring the right culture was embedded to help build a
strong focus on operational resilience throughout the organisation;
and implementing strategic tooling to allow for more data analysis/
automation, thereby minimising errors and increasing consistency in
output.
The Board is required to approve HSBC UK’s ELSA on an annual
basis, together with any changes to HSBC UK’s Important Business
Services ('IBS') and associated Impact Tolerances ('ITOLs'). When
reviewing the ELSA, the Board was mindful of the following:
– The importance of regular engagement with the regulators to
ensure that HSBC UK's operational resilience agenda was aligned
with that of the regulators.
– The need for management to ensure that any Group
dependencies were well understood and managed, as well as
ensuring HSBC UK worked collaboratively with the Group on the
overarching Operational Resilience Programme.
– Those employees that were Business Service Owners ('BSOs')
were core to the successful embedding of the Operational
Resilience programme. To this end, it was critical that they were
well supported and that the model for BSO interaction with Group
colleagues was sufficiently focused on technology, third-party
management, and business continuity & incident management.
Based on the information provided, and taking into account the
interests of relevant stakeholders, the Board approved the ELSA
(including the IBS and ITOLs). Whilst the Board was pleased to see
the positive progress that had been made on operational resilience, to
ensure that appropriate focus remained after the 31 March deadline,
the Board requested a further update on how the principle of control
and resilience by design was being implemented, how this was being
overseen and governed, and how the Cultural change within business
and technology teams was progressing.
Divisionalisation of MSFS
As part of the bank’s commitment to the Group’s strategy of being
‘simple and agile’, a proposal was put to the Boards of both HSBC UK
and MSFS to transfer the MSFS business, trading as Marks and
Spencer ('M&S') Bank, to HSBC UK (the “Divisionalisation”) pursuant
to an order of the High Court, made under the provisions of Part VII of
the Financial Services and Markets Act (the “Part VII Scheme”).
When considering the Divisionalisation, the HSBC UK Board was
mindful of the different interests of key stakeholder groups, in
particular:
– The need to ensure that the Divisionalisation created a more
simple, agile and focused business for the benefit of M&S Bank
and HSBC UK’s customers. This included ensuring faster decision
making, improved customer journeys, a common technology
infrastructure increasing operational resilience and the
development and delivery of enhanced, more secure, digital
services. The HSBC UK Board was keen to ensure that customer
impact should be minimised as far as possible, and that a full
customer contact strategy was developed, tailored to specific
customer cohorts where necessary.
– Ensuring that employees were informed of the transfer before the
Part VII Scheme was made public, and that a separate people
workstream was established to ensure that impacted employees
were supported through the change.
– That the regulators received regular open and transparent
communication concerning the Divisionalisation, including an
overview of the proposed timelines, customer impact and
communications, as well as the organisational change, which
included the financial and regulatory reporting impact.
– Engagement with Marks & Spencer plc to ensure that they were
aligned with the Divisionalisation plans and that they would
continue to support the ambitions set out within the seven-year
partnership agreement signed in 2024. This included an
agreement to transfer the licence to use the M&S Bank brand
from MSFS to HSBC UK; and
– The need to ensure that MSFS continued to meet its regulatory
capital requirements throughout the period. This included the
consideration of a proposal to call certain Additional Tier 1
instruments on their first callable dates, and replacing those
instruments with a broadly equivalent amount of CET1 capital
through an equity capital injection in November 2025.
Based on the information provided, and taking into account the
interests of relevant stakeholders and ultimate benefits to customers,
the HSBC UK Board decided to proceed with the Divisionalisation of
MSFS which, subject to court approval, is expected to be effected in
June 2026.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
7
Strategic report
Risk overview
We maintain a proactive approach to managing our exposure to
economic, financial and geopolitical risks, supported by continuous
monitoring and review. Developments in these areas have historically
affected, and may in the future materially affect, HSBC UK's
customers, operations and financial risk profile.
In 2025, the UK economy continued to grow and showed resilience
to unpredictable US trade policies, heightened geopolitical tensions
and fiscal uncertainty. Growth was driven by higher government and
investment spending. The trade agreement secured with the United
States, at relatively preferential tariff rates, provided exporters with
greater certainty around trade in the second half of the year.
Risks to the global and UK economy remain elevated due to the
uncertainty over trade policies and tariffs. Tariff policies and rates
may still be subject to change. There also remains a risk that the UK
economy could suffer secondary impacts from a reduction in global
trade volumes and supply chain disruptions. If any of these risks were
to crystallise, it could materially affect HSBC UK and our customers.
Globally, financial markets have witnessed significant valuation gains,
including in the AI and technology sectors. In the UK, the gains have
been broader based. Current high market valuations raise the risk of a
material fall in markets, particularly if the expected gains to
productivity from technology and AI fail to materialise. A disruptive
market correction could undermine economic growth, which may in
turn have an adverse effect on HSBC’s risk profile and earnings by
increasing the financial vulnerability of customers and decreasing the
value of collateral and other claims.
We remain subject to interest rate risk, which can affect NII, the fair
value of our assets and liabilities, and overall financial performance.
The BoE cut interest rates by a cumulative 100bps to 3.75% during
2025, amid concern that the weaker global backdrop may affect UK
growth and employment, despite continued domestic inflation risk.
Policy interest rates could be reduced further if inflation continues to
moderate. However, that trajectory could be disrupted if wage
growth or key commodity prices keep inflation higher for longer.
Mortgage customers have been affected by increased monthly
repayments. A higher interest rate environment may dampen loan
demand across key consumer and business segments, potentially
leading to a decline in credit quality and putting downward pressure
on real estate and other asset prices. By contrast, lower interest rates
could pressure NIM and adversely affect profitability. The economic
outlook is detailed in the 'Description of consensus economic
scenarios' from page 30.
The UK labour market has weakened, with unemployment rising as
employers have become more cautious about hiring in the face of
increased costs. This deterioration presents a risk to credit portfolios
through its impact on household incomes, consumer spending and
borrower affordability.
Fiscal policy risks, including elevated public deficits and government
indebtedness, could push long-term interest rates higher and weight
on economic growth potential. Uncertainty around future taxation
may also dampen business investment and consumer confidence,
which would be negative for our retail and corporate operations.
The geopolitical environment remains complex, and tensions could
impact HSBC UK’s operations and risk profile. We continue to
monitor the Russia-Ukraine war, developments in relation to conflict
in the Middle East, and the wider implications as a result of the US
military action in Venezuela, as well as any indication of other
potential military action or conflicts elsewhere. These conflicts remain
key sources of uncertainty, and may impact HSBC and our
customers, including through increased market volatility and supply
chain disruptions. Heightened strategic competition between the US
and China, including cross-border investment restrictions, is also
affecting the configuration of global supply chains, which may in turn
affect HSBC UK operations.
Sanctions and restrictions on trade and investment are continually
evolving in response to geopolitical events and may adversely affect
HSBC UK, our customers and the markets in which we operate.
These factors may result in increased legal, regulatory, reputational
and market risks, and a more complex operating environment.
Our balance sheet and liquidity have remained strong which has
enabled us to help support our customers. Pressure on business
operations has continued to be high as our people, processes and
systems have responded seeking to meet the current economic
challenges. We remain focused on our operational resilience to help
improve the performance of our customer support systems and
processes.
We seek to manage the potential implications of all the above
developments on our customers and our business. We continue to
focus on improving the quality and timeliness of the data used to
support informed management decisions, and we are advancing our
strategic and regulatory change initiatives to help deliver the right
outcomes for our customers, people, investors and communities.
HSBC UK is committed to using AI responsibly. We are working to
balance the opportunity AI presents to accelerate delivery of our
strategy with the need for appropriate controls to help mitigate the
associated risks. To help meet the Group's needs and regulatory
expectations for AI, whether developed internally or facilitated
through third parties, we continue to embed the Group-wide AI
oversight, governance, lifecycle management and risk framework.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
8
Strategic report
Top and emerging risks
We continuously identify, assess, manage and monitor risks. This
process, which is informed by the results of the stress testing
programme, gives rise to the classification of certain financial and
non-financial risks. Changes in the assessment of these risks may
result in adjustments to our business strategy and risk appetite.
Our material banking risks are detailed on pages 21 to 22. In addition
to these banking risks, our top and emerging risks report identifies
forward-looking risks so that they can be considered in determining
whether any incremental action is needed to either prevent them
from materialising or to limit their effect. Top risks are those that
have the potential to have a material adverse impact on
the financial results, reputation or business model of HSBC UK. We
actively manage and take actions to mitigate our top risks. Emerging
risks are those that, while they could have a material impact on our
risk profile were they to occur, are not considered immediate and are
not under active management. Our suite of top and emerging risks is
subject to regular review by senior governance forums. We continue
to monitor closely the identified risks and agree management actions
to remediate and/or reduce them to acceptable levels, as required.
The exposure to our risks and risk management of these are
explained in more detail in the Risk section of the Report of the
Directors on pages 14 to 66.
Risk
Description
Externally driven
Geopolitical and
macroeconomic
risk
~
Our operations and portfolios are exposed to risks arising from political instability, civil unrest and military conflict, which could lead
to disruption of our operations, physical risk to our staff and/or physical damage to our assets. We are also subject to
macroeconomic risks, which may drive changes to our income growth and asset quality. Heightened geopolitical and
macroeconomic risk globally, including uncertainty in international trade policy, is subject to close monitoring and review.
Credit risk
}
Our lending portfolios continue to be exposed to the potential impacts of ongoing geopolitical and macroeconomic risks, such as
volatile tariffs, interruptions in trade flows and decreased demand owing to increased costs. Our credit portfolios remain resilient
despite the volatility in the credit risk environment. As the UK labour market weakens, we continue to support customers who may
experience financial vulnerability.
Evolving regulatory
environment risk
~
The regulatory risk environment is increasingly complex, with ongoing focus by regulators to improve outcomes for banks’
customers, particularly vulnerable ones, as well as the orderly and transparent operation of financial markets. Other regulatory
priorities include operational resilience (which includes cyber risk and AI, resolvability, prudential requirements, financial reporting
and data, ESG, conduct, as well as sound risk and financial crime risk management practices. We continue to monitor regulatory and
wider industry developments closely, engaging with regulators as appropriate. 
Financial crime risk
~
We are exposed to financial crime risk from our customers, staff and third-parties engaging in criminal activity. The financial crime
risk environment is heightened due to increasingly complex geopolitical challenges, the macroeconomic outlook, the complex and
dynamic nature of sanctions and export control compliance, evolving financial crime regulations, rapid technological developments,
an increasing number of national data privacy requirements and the increasing sophistication of fraud. As a result, we will continue
to face the possibility of regulatory enforcement and reputational risk.
Cyber threat and
unauthorised
access to systems
~
We face increased risks of service disruption and data loss arising from technology failures and increased malicious activities,
including both internal or external cyber threats. We continue to monitor changes to the technology and threat landscape. This
includes those arising from ongoing geopolitical and macroeconomic developments, as well as potential vulnerabilities within our
technology supply chains.  We operate a continuous improvement programme to help support the resilience and stability of
technology operations and counter a fast-evolving and heightened cyber threat environment.
Environmental,
social and
governance risks
~
We are subject to ESG risks, including in relation to climate change, nature and human rights. These risks have increased due to
diverging national and political agendas, a more complex and prescriptive regulatory environment, as well as increasing frequency of
severe weather events across the globe. Financial institutions’ actions and investment decisions in respect of ESG matters continue
to be subject to heightened scrutiny by stakeholders. Failure to meet these evolving expectations may have financial and non-
financial impacts, including reputational, legal and regulatory compliance risks.
Digital currencies
and
disintermediation
risk
}
There remains increased focus on Central Bank Digital Currency ('CBDC') and decentralised finance, as organisations around the
world consult, issue design studies and pilots. All economies developing a CBDC are doing so by using the existing banking
intermediary networks and infrastructure. The cryptocurrency and stablecoin ecosystems have seen extremely volatile prices with
signs of contagion beyond these markets. While we do not expect cryptocurrencies to move from being a speculative asset,
stablecoins have, however, seen significant and rapid developments and will continue to evolve globally over the next 12 months.
This may circumvent a range of services the bank provides.
Internally driven
People risk
~
We are exposed to risks associated with employee retention and talent availability, the evolving skills requirements of our
workforce, and compliance with employment laws and regulations. Voluntary attrition rates are stable, but failure to manage these
risks may impact the delivery of our strategic objectives or lead to regulatory sanctions or legal claims, and the risks are heightened
during the implementation of organisational change.
IT systems
infrastructure and
service resilience
}
Enhancing operation resilience across the complex HSBC UK IT estate remains a strategic priority. Efforts to modernise and simplify
technology architecture are central to help mitigate resilience vulnerabilities and minimise risk to critical business services. The
ongoing adoption of cloud infrastructure helps to further support compliance objectives by seeking to improve scalability and
resilience in line with regulatory expectations. Developments in technology, including Generative Artificial Intelligence ('GenAI'),
challenge us to continue to innovate with new digital capabilities and evolve our products, to attract, retain and best serve our
customers. Along with opportunities, new technology can introduce risks and disruption.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
9
Strategic report
Risk
Description
Internally driven (continued)
Model risk
}
Model risk arises whenever business decision making includes reliance on models. We use models in both financial and non-
financial contexts, and across various business applications. Evolving regulatory requirements and enhanced expectations continue
to drive changes in how model risk is managed throughout the banking industry, with particular focus on capital and credit loss
models. New technologies, including GenAI, drive the need for enhanced model risk controls.
Conduct and
customer detriment
}
Whilst Consumer Duty is now integrated into our policies and practices to help support good customer outcomes, inadequate
management of our Conduct agenda could result in poor customer outcomes and expose HSBC UK to reputational and compliance
risks. We continue to seek to improve our reporting MI across products and customer journeys, particularly for our vulnerable
customers.
Data risk
}
We use data to serve our customers and run our operations, often in real-time within digital experiences and processes. If our data
is not accurate and timely, our ability to serve customers, operate with resilience or meet regulatory requirements could be
impacted. We seek to ensure that non-public data is kept confidential, and that we comply with the growing number of regulations
that govern data privacy and cross-border movement of data.
Third-party risk
~
We procure goods and services from a range of third parties. In the current macroeconomic and geopolitical climate, the risk of
service disruption in our supply chains is elevated, driven by an industry-wide increase in supply chain cyber threats. We continue to
seek to strengthen our controls, oversight and risk management policies and processes to select and manage third parties, including
our third parties’ own supply chains, particularly for key activities that could affect our operational resilience.
Strategic Execution
risk
~
Successful execution of our strategy enables us to help address the swiftly changing needs of our customers and stakeholders. We
are committed to enhancing the effectiveness of strategic execution risk controls and monitoring. This will help us minimise
disruptions during a period of heightened execution risk, driven by the complexity and scale of ongoing strategic, regulatory and
technological change.
~
Risk heightened during 2025
}
Risk remained at the same level as 2024
Ä
Risk decreased during 2025
The Strategic report comprising pages 2 to 9 was approved by the Board on 24 February 2026 and is signed on its behalf by:
David Lindberg
Director
HSBC UK Bank plc
Registered number: 9928412
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
10
Financial review
Financial review
Key financial metrics
Year ended
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Reported results
Revenue (£m)1
10,468
9,979
Profit before tax (£m)2
5,619
5,647
Profit after tax (£m)
4,102
4,139
Profit attributable to the shareholder (£m)
4,097
4,134
Net interest margin (%)
2.63
2.56
Cost efficiency ratio (%)2
41.2
40.3
Alternative performance measures
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers (%)
0.24
0.15
Return on average ordinary shareholder's equity2 (%)
15.8
16.5
Return on average tangible equity 2,6 (%)
19.2
20.2
At
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Balance sheet
Total assets (£m)
355,930
340,877
Net loans and advances to customers (£m)
231,223
217,604
Customer accounts (£m)
288,756
280,366
Average interest-earning assets (£m)
328,837
316,007
Loans and advances to customers as % of customer accounts (%)
80.1
77.6
Total shareholders' equity (£m)
28,241
25,911
Tangible ordinary shareholders equity (£m)
21,149
19,351
Capital, leverage and liquidity
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (%)2,3,4
13.2
13.6
Total capital ratio (%)3,4
18.6
18.6
Risk-weighted assets3,4 (£m)
117,463
110,423
Leverage ratio3,4 (%)
5.6
5.8
High-quality liquid assets (liquidity value) (£m)4
93,670
91,348
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)4,5
175
190
1Revenue also refers to net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges.
2These metrics are tracked as Key Performance Indicators ('KPIs') of the group.
3Regulatory capital ratios and requirements are based on the transitional arrangements of the Capital Requirements Regulation in force at the time. Effective
1 January 2025, the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements came to an end.
4Regulatory numbers and ratios are as presented at the date of reporting. Small changes may exist between these numbers and ratios and those subsequently
submitted in regulatory filings. Where differences are significant, we will restate in subsequent periods.
5The LCR is based on the average month-end value over the preceding 12 months.
6In the event that the current IAS 19 Pension fund surplus was zero, RoTE would be 21.4% (2024: 22.8%). We refer to this as Pension Adjusted RoTE. Further
details are on page 123.
Business performance and KPIs
Management tracks the bank’s progress in implementing its strategy with a range of financial and non-financial measures or KPIs. Progress is
assessed by comparison with the group's strategic priorities, operating plan targets and historical performance. KPIs are reviewed regularly and
Management may adopt new or refined measures to better align with HSBC UK’s strategic priorities.
ÑFor further details on non-financial KPIs, such as customer service and satisfaction, please refer to page 3; for employee engagement and inclusion refer to
page 4; for sustainability refer to page 4 and for other non-financial KPIs refer to the Corporate Governance section on pages 61 to 65.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
11
Financial review
Financial summary
Summary consolidated income statement for the year ended
Audited
Year ended
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
£m
£m
Net interest income
8,650
8,084
Net fee income
1,286
1,308
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
430
454
Other operating income
102
133
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
10,468
9,979
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(539)
(315)
Net operating income
9,929
9,664
Total operating expenses
(4,310)
(4,017)
Operating profit
5,619
5,647
Profit before tax
5,619
5,647
Tax expense
(1,517)
(1,508)
Profit for the year
4,102
4,139
Profit attributable to shareholder
4,097
4,134
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
5
5
Reported performance
The 2025 PBT of £5,619m was £28m lower than 2024.
Revenue increased by £489m or 5%, to £10,468m in 2025.
Net interest income (‘NII’) increased by £566m, or 7%, to £8,650m
in 2025. This is mainly driven by the benefits from continued repricing
of the structural hedge and balance sheet growth, partly offset by
BoE base rate reductions in 2025.
Net fee income decreased by £22m, or 2%, to £1,286m in 2025, due
to lower fees in retail, partly offset by higher fees from commercial
lending and Private Bank reflecting growth in clients' investment
balance.
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or
managed on a fair value basis decreased by £24m, or 5%.
Other operating income decreased by £31m, or 23%, mainly due to
non-recurring disposal gains in 2024.
ECL increased by £224m from £315m in 2024 to £539m in 2025
mainly reflecting a normalised level of non-defaulted ECL, partly
offset by releases of provision for forward economic outlook against
our retail portfolio in 2024.
Operating expenses increased by £293m or 7% to £4,310m in 2025,
notably due to higher restructuring costs, inflation, and the ongoing
planned investment in technology including operational resilience,
partly offset by a continued focus on cost discipline along with higher
benefit from our defined benefit pension surplus.
Tax expense effective rate is 27.0% (2024: 26.7%). The effective tax
rate ('ETR') for 2025 is lower than the statutory tax rate ('STR')mainly
due to tax relief on Additional Tier 1 ('AT1') coupon payments, partly
offset by the impact of non-deductible bank levy expense. The ETR of
26.7% for 2024 was lower than the STR mainly due to tax relief on
AT1 coupon payments, prior year adjustments and tax credits from
release of provisions.
Net interest income
Year ended
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
£m
£m
Interest income
14,860
14,789
Interest expense
(6,210)
(6,705)
Net interest income
8,650
8,084
Average interest-earning assets (AIEA)
328,837
316,007
%
%
Gross interest yield1
4.52
4.68
Less: Gross interest payable1
(2.36)
(2.69)
Net interest spread 2
2.16
1.99
Net interest margin 3
2.63
2.56
1Gross interest yield is the interest income as a percentage of Average
interest-earning assets ('AIEA'). Gross interest payable is the interest
expense as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities.
2Net interest spread is the difference between the gross interest yield and
the gross interest payable.
3Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of AIEA.
NIM increased from 2.56% in 2024 to 2.63% in 2025. This was
mainly driven by the benefits of structural hedge repricing, partly
offset by BoE base rate reductions.
Return on average tangible equity
RoTE is measured as reported profit attributable to the ordinary
shareholders, excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible
assets for the period, divided by average reported equity adjusted for
goodwill and intangibles.
A reconciliation is provided on page 123, which details the
adjustments made to the reported results and equity in calculating
RoTE. Our 2025 reported RoTE was 19.2% which was 1 percentage
point lower than 2024 driven by growth in commercial lending.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
12
Financial review
Alternative performance measures
To measure our performance, we supplement our IFRS Accounting
Standards figures with non-IFRS Accounting Standards measures,
which constitute alternative performance measures. All alternative
performance measures are reconciled to the closest reported
performance measure.
Segmental reporting
Global businesses are our reportable segments under IFRS 8.
The HSBC Group Chief Executive, supported by the rest of the Group
Operating Committee, is considered the Chief Operating Decision
Maker ('CODM') for the purposes of identifying the HSBC Group's,
and therefore HSBC UK's, reportable segments. HSBC UK's CODM
is the HSBC UK Chief Executive, supported by the HSBC UK
Operating Committee.
Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the
presentation of data includes internal allocations of certain items of
income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain
support services and global functions to the extent that they can be
meaningfully attributed to global businesses. While such allocations
have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they
necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Costs which are not
allocated to global businesses are included in Corporate Centre.
Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the
results of inter-segment funding along with inter-company and inter-
business line transactions.
All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms. The intra-
group elimination items are presented in the Corporate Centre. A
description of the global businesses is provided in the Strategic
report, page 3.
Reported profit before tax and balance sheet data for the year ended
At 31 Dec 2025
Retail
Banking 
and Wealth
Commercial
Banking
Corporate
and
Institutional
Banking
Private
Bank
Corporate
Centre
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit
losses and other credit impairment charges
4,740
5,315
162
275
(24)
10,468
–  external
4,584
4,946
374
186
378
10,468
–  inter-segment
156
369
(212)
89
(402)
—
–  of which: net interest income
4,263
4,373
5
142
(133)
8,650
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(258)
(269)
—
(12)
—
(539)
Net operating income/(expense)
4,482
5,046
162
263
(24)
9,929
Total operating income/(expenses)
(2,563)
(1,622)
(39)
(161)
75
(4,310)
Operating profit
1,919
3,424
123
102
51
5,619
Profit before tax
1,919
3,424
123
102
51
5,619
%
%
%
%
%
%
Cost efficiency ratio
54.1
30.5
24.1
58.5
312.5
41.2
Balance sheet information
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers (net)
150,400
76,239
—
4,785
(201)
231,223
Customer accounts
173,847
106,348
—
9,307
(746)
288,756
At 31 Dec 2024
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit
losses and other credit impairment charges
4,389
5,199
159
252
(20)
9,979
–  external
4,083
4,974
389
132
401
9,979
–  inter-segment
306
225
(230)
120
(421)
—
–  of which: net interest income
3,810
4,250
(2)
141
(115)
8,084
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(44)
(269)
—
(2)
—
(315)
Net operating income/(expense)
4,345
4,930
159
250
(20)
9,664
Total operating expenses
(2,369)
(1,512)
(45)
(167)
76
(4,017)
Operating profit
1,976
3,418
114
83
56
5,647
Profit before tax
1,976
3,418
114
83
56
5,647
%
%
%
%
%
%
Cost efficiency ratio
54.0
29.1
28.3
66.3
380.0
40.3
Balance sheet information
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers (net)
143,228
70,025
—
4,528
(177)
217,604
Customer accounts
170,773
101,853
—
8,100
(360)
280,366
Retail Banking and Wealth
PBT of £1,919m in 2025 was £57m, or 3%, lower than 2024,
primarily due to higher ECL and an increase in operating expenses,
offsetting revenue growth.
Revenue increased by £351m, or 8%, to £4,740m, this reflected the
benefits of balance sheet growth and repricing of the structural
hedge, partly offset by the impact of base rate cuts in 2025.
ECL increased by £214m from £44m in 2024 to £258m in 2025,
reflecting a normalised level of non-defaulted ECL compared to
releases of provision for forward economic outlook in 2024.
Operating expenses increased by £194m, or 8%, to £2,563m, driven
by increased technology and operational resilience investment costs,
wage inflation and a non-recurring provision release in 2024, partly
offset by actions taken to optimise operational costs.
Commercial Banking
PBT of £3,424m in 2025 was broadly flat to 2024, with higher
revenue offsetting an increase in operating expenses.
Revenue increased by £116m, or 2%, to £5,315m, resulting from the
benefits of balance sheet growth and repricing of the structural
hedge, partly offset by base rate cuts in 2025.
ECL remained broadly stable at £269m in 2025, with releases due to
the forward economic outlook and model enhancements resulting in
a reduction in PDs across most sectors offset by higher stage 3
charges.
Operating expenses increased by £110m, or 7%, to £1,622m, largely
driven by inflation and increased technology and operational resilience
investment costs.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
13
Financial review
Corporate and Institutional Banking
CIB in HSBC UK reflects the transacting of foreign currency exchange
for RBW and CMB customers.
The majority of the foreign exchange revenue is transferred to RBW
and CMB, with an element retained in CIB.
PBT of £123m was £9m, or 8%, higher than 2024.
Private Bank
PBT of £102m in 2025 was £19m, or 23%, higher than 2024,
primarily driven by fee income from investment products.
ECL increased by £10m from £2m in 2024 to £12m in 2025, mainly
due to higher Stage 3 charges for a single name client.
Operating expenses decreased by £6m, or 4%, to £161m.
Corporate Centre
PBT of £51m in 2025 was £5m, or 9%, lower than 2024, due to
higher restructuring costs, offset by higher accounting benefit from
our defined benefit pension surplus.
Dividends
The consolidated reported profit for the year attributable to the
shareholders of the bank was £4,097m.
Total interim dividends of £2,814m were paid on the ordinary share
capital during the year, of which £595m relates to the previous year
and £2,219m relates to the current year. £209m of dividends were
paid in respect of our AT1 capital instruments.
On 17 February 2026, the Directors resolved to pay an interim
dividend of £1,076m to the ordinary shareholder in respect of the
financial year ending 31 December 2025.
ÑFurther information regarding dividends is given in Note 6.
Summary consolidated balance sheet as at
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
£m
£m
Total assets
355,930
340,877
–  cash and balances at central banks
40,369
52,276
–  financial assets mandatory measured at fair value through profit and loss
175
174
–  derivatives
167
298
–  loans and advances to banks
6,636
7,263
–  loans and advances to customers
231,223
217,604
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
11,776
–  financial investments
41,638
37,801
–  other assets
14,162
13,685
Total liabilities
327,669
314,906
–  deposits by banks
7,709
11,144
–  customer accounts
288,756
280,366
–  repurchase agreements – non-trading
6,276
420
–  derivatives
162
107
–  debt securities in issue
3,019
2,044
–  other liabilities
21,747
20,825
Total equity
28,261
25,971
–  total shareholders’ equity1
28,241
25,911
–  non-controlling interests
20
60
1Total shareholders' equity includes share capital, AT1 instruments and reserves.
HSBC UK maintained a strong and liquid balance sheet. The ratio of customer advances to customer accounts increased to 80% compared to
78% at 31 December 2024.
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks decreased by £11.9bn driven by
increased customer lending and redeployment into other asset
classes to optimise returns, including in our structural hedge, partly
offset by an increase in customer accounts and repurchase
agreements.
Loans and advances to customers increased by £13.6bn, mainly due
to an increase in RBW of £7.2bn, which was predominantly due to
mortgage lending and CMB growth of £6.2bn.
Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading increased by £9.8bn
due to diversification of the liquid asset buffer and efficient cash
deployment.
Financial investments increased by £3.8bn mainly due to Treasury
management activities.
Liabilities
Deposits by banks decreased £3.4bn, due to repayment of the BoE’s
Term Funding Scheme for Small and medium-sized enterprises
('SME').
Customer accounts increased by £8.4bn, mainly from growth in RBW
of £3.1bn, PB of £1.2bn and CMB of £4.5bn.
The increase includes a reduction in short term Markets Treasury
deposits from HSBC Holdings plc of £2.1bn, allocated to RBW
(£1.4bn) and CMB (£0.7bn) in line with our reportable segments
policy.
Repurchase agreements – non-trading have increased by £5.9bn as
part of activities to manage the cash and collateral efficiently.
Debt securities in issue increased by £1.0bn, mainly due to the
issuance of a first EUR denominated covered bond for £0.6bn and a
synthetic Collateralised Loan Obligation issuance for £0.5bn.
Equity
Total shareholder's equity, including non-controlling interests,
increased by £2.3bn or 8.8% compared with 31 December 2024.
This reflected other equity instruments issued of £0.5bn, profits
generated of £4.1bn and other comprehensive income ('OCI') of
£0.7bn mainly from cashflow hedge reserves, offset by dividend
payments of £3.0bn.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
14
Risk review
Risk review
Our approach to Risk
We recognise that the primary role of risk management is to help
protect our customers, business, colleagues, shareholders and the
communities that we serve, while ensuring we are able to support
our strategy and provide sustainable growth.
In addition, we recognise the importance of a strong culture, which
refers to our shared attitudes, beliefs, values and standards that
shape behaviours including those related to risk awareness, risk
taking and risk management. All our people are responsible for the
management of risk, with ultimate supervisory oversight residing
with the Board.
The implementation of our business strategy remains a key focus. As
we deliver change initiatives, we seek to actively manage the
execution risks. We also perform periodic risk assessments, including
against strategies, to help ensure retention of key personnel for our
continued safe operation.
Our risk management framework
We aim to use a comprehensive risk management approach across
the organisation and across all risk types, underpinned by our Group
culture and values. This is outlined in our Risk Management
Framework ('RMF'), including the key principles and practices that we
employ in managing material risks, both financial and non-financial.
The RMF sets out, in a consistent way, how we identify, assess and
manage the risks that matter the most with respect to our ability to
operate, grow, and meet external commitments. It translates our
strategy, values and commitments into practical actions and risk-
based decisions.
Our Risk and Compliance function is responsible for embedding the
Group RMF. Independent from the business segments, including our
sales and trading functions, it provides challenge, oversight and
appropriate balance of risk and reward in decision making. Its
responsibility includes following global policy (with HSBC UK
adjustments as required), monitoring risk profiles, and identifying and
managing forward-looking risk.
Our people are responsible for managing both financial and non-
financial risk, including regulatory compliance and financial crime
risks. They are required to manage the risks of the business and
operational activities for which they are responsible. We maintain
adequate oversight of our risks through our various specialist risk
stewards and the collective accountability held by our Chief Risk and
Compliance Officer ('CRCO'). We seek to maintain a sound control
environment and regularly test and monitor our controls, which aim to
prevent risks from materialising, detect when they do, and recover
and learn from issues in a timely manner within our risk appetite.
Our risk appetite
Our risk appetite defines the level and types of risk that we are
willing to take to achieve our strategic objectives.
The Board approves HSBC UK's risk appetite, which is aligned with
the Group's Risk Appetite Statement ('RAS'), and reviews it annually
to help ensure it remains fit for purpose.
Our enterprise-wide risk appetite is expressed holistically through
various risk management mechanisms and activities, in both
quantitative and qualitative terms and is formally articulated through
our RAS.
HSBC UK's risk appetite is established considering:
– alignment with our strategy, purpose, values, external risk
environment, reputational and customer needs;
– compliance with applicable laws, regulations and regulatory
priorities;
– forward-looking insights into future risk exposure;
– sufficiency of available capital, liquidity and balance sheet leverage
to absorb the risks;
– capacity and capabilities of people to manage the risk landscape;
– functionality, capacity and resilience of available systems to
manage the risk landscape;
– effectiveness of the applicable control environment to mitigate
risk; and
– internally and externally disclosed commitments.
Performance against HSBC UK's RAS is reported to the HSBC UK
Risk Management Meeting ('RMM') to support targeted insight and
discussion of breaches of risk appetite and any associated mitigating
actions. This reporting helps risks to be promptly identified and
mitigated, and informs risk-adjusted remuneration to drive a strong
risk culture.
Our risk governance
The Board has ultimate supervisory responsibility for the effective
management of risk.
The HSBC UK CRCO, in their second line of defence capacity,
supported by members of the HSBC UK RMM, holds executive
accountability for the ongoing monitoring, assessment and
management of the risk environment and the effectiveness of the
RMF.
The HSBC UK CRCO is also responsible for the oversight of
reputational risk.
Day-to-day responsibility for risk management is delegated to senior
managers with individual accountability for decision making.
We use a defined executive risk governance structure to help enable
appropriate oversight and accountability of risk, which facilitates
reporting and escalation to the HSBC UK RMM.
Our responsibilities
All our people are responsible for identifying and managing risk within
the scope of their roles. Roles are defined using the three lines of
defence model, which takes into account our business and functional
structures as described below.
Three lines of defence
To create a robust control environment to manage risks, we use an
activity-based three lines of defence model. This model delineates
management accountabilities and responsibilities for risk
management and the control environment.
The model underpins our approach to risk management by clarifying
responsibility and encouraging collaboration, as well as enabling
efficient coordination of risk and control activities. The three lines of
defence are summarised below:
– The first line of defence owns the risks and is responsible
for identifying, recording, reporting and managing them in line
with risk appetite, including that the right controls and
assessments are in place to mitigate them.
– The second line of defence challenges the first line of defence on
effective risk management, and provides advice, guidance and
assurance of the first line of defence to help ensure it is managing
risk effectively.
– The third line of defence is our Internal Audit function, which
provides independent assurance as to whether our risk
management approach and processes are designed and operating
effectively.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
15
Risk review
Stress testing
Stress testing is an important tool for banks and regulators to assess
vulnerabilities in individual banks and/or the financial banking sector
under hypothetical adverse scenarios. The results of stress testing
are used to assess banks’ resilience and capital adequacy to a range
of adverse shocks.
Internal macroeconomic and event-driven stress scenarios, specific to
the UK or the global economy, were assessed and reported to senior
management during 2025. These stress scenarios included the
impact of a severe and prolonged economic downturn in the UK.
HSBC UK also conducted a Reverse Stress Test which required
HSBC UK to assess scenarios and circumstances that would render
its business model non-viable, thereby identifying potential business
vulnerabilities.
Furthermore, HSBC UK is subject to regulatory stress testing. The
assessment by the regulators is both on a quantitative and a
qualitative basis, the latter focusing on our portfolio quality, data
provision, stress testing capability and capital planning processes.
During 2025, HSBC UK provided regional input into HSBC Group’s
submission of the Bank Capital Stress Test which is the PRA
regulatory bi-annual stress test replacing the previous Annual Cyclical
Stress exercise. The BoE published results of the 2025 Bank Capital
Stress Test at a HSBC Group level only. The 2025 stress test
exercises confirm that HSBC UK is well positioned to withstand
potential shocks.
Internal control
Policies and procedures are designed to help provide effective
internal control within the Group but can only provide reasonable
assurance against mitigating material misstatement, errors, losses or
fraud.
We have:
– Established policies and procedures to define the minimum
requirements for the controls required to manage our risks,
including our compliance with the Ring-fenced bodies
requirements set out by the PRA rulebook. These include an over-
arching Ring-fenced bodies policy, together with additional policies
covering Exceptions, Arm's Length Transactions and Distributions.
– Implemented the HSBC Group RMF and other HSBC Group
policies and procedures. These are designed to help safeguard
assets against unauthorised use or disposal; maintain proper
accounting records; and help to ensure the reliability and
usefulness of financial information.
The key risk management and internal control procedures, that have
been in place throughout the year ended 31 December 2025 and up
to the date of approval of this Annual Report and Accounts 2025,
include:
– HSBC Book: The HSBC Book, underpins the HSBC Group's key
principles, policies and procedures that are fundamental to the
Group’s risk management structure. It informs and connects our
purpose, ambition, strategy and values, guiding us to make
responsible decisions aligned to our risk culture and risk
management approach, to seek to do the right thing, and to seek
to treat our customers and our colleagues fairly at all times.
– The HSBC Group Risk Management Framework: see 'Our Risk
Management Framework' section of the report on page 14.
– Delegations of authority: Subject to certain matters reserved to
the Board, the Board has delegated powers and authority to
manage the day-to-day running of the Company within certain
limits to the CEO. The CEO is permitted to sub-delegate such
powers and authorities, within those limits, as he sees fit. A
delegation of authority framework is also in place providing a
structure within which the bank and its subsidiaries can manage
their delegated powers. These delegated authorities can be used
for the approval, signing and execution of specific written
agreements and documents such as procurement contracts.
– Strategic plans: Strategic plans are prepared within the framework
of the Group’s overall strategy. The financial resource plan is
informed by detailed analysis of risk appetite, describing the types
and quantum of risks that HSBC UK is prepared to take in
executing its strategy. It sets out the key business initiatives and
the likely financial effects of those initiatives. It is approved by the
Board, with progress regularly reported to the Operating
Committee, the Board and the HSBC Group Operating
Committee.
The key risk management and internal control procedures over
financial reporting include the following:
– Risk Management Meeting: The RMM supports the HSBC UK
CRCO in exercising Board-delegated risk management authority.
The RMM oversees the implementation of risk appetite and the
RMF, conducts forward-looking assessments of the risk
environment, monitors all categories of risk, and determines
appropriate mitigating actions. Additionally, the RMM promotes a
supportive culture of risk management and conduct across HSBC
UK.
– Risk Committee: The Risk Committee, a committee of the Board,
is responsible for overseeing risk governance and providing
forward-looking insight into risks and their mitigation. It advises
the Board on the bank’s risk appetite, tolerance, strategy, and
systems of risk management and compliance. The Committee
also participates in the HSBC UK's Chairman’s Nominations and
Remuneration Committee meetings to help ensure reward
structures are aligned with risk appetite. In fulfilling its
responsibilities, the Risk Committee is supported by the Chief
Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer ('CFO'), Head of Internal Audit,
Head of Compliance, and other relevant business functions. The
Committee monitors principal risks, evaluates the effectiveness of
mitigating actions, and reviews management reports on
unexpected losses or incidents, including root cause analysis,
lessons learned, and proposed remedial actions.
– Audit Committee: The Board’s Audit Committee is responsible for
the oversight of the effectiveness of all internal controls, drawing
on its expertise in overseeing internal financial reporting controls,
and will help support the Group’s obligation to declare the
effectiveness of material controls, which will be required in the
Group's 2026 Annual Report and Accounts under the UK and
Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes. The Committee
reviews internal financial controls and reporting disclosures to help
identify any material errors, misstatements or omissions, ensuring
the integrity of financial statements. This oversight is underpinned
by robust structures and processes within the Group’s Finance
and Risk functions, which deliver analytical reviews of financial
reporting and maintain accounting records. The Committee also
considers material accounting policies and practices prior to their
agreement with the External Auditors.
Throughout the year, the Risk Committee and Audit Committee
regularly reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control system
and reported their findings to the Board. Their reviews were informed
by regular reports from business and operational risk assessments
and heads of key risk functions, covering all internal controls (financial
and non-financial); internal and external audit reports; prudential
reviews; and regulatory reports. Further details on the committees’
responsibilities and activities are provided in the 'Board Committees'
section on page 64.
The key risk management and internal control procedures over
financial reporting also includes:
– Financial reporting: The preparation of the Annual Report and
Accounts 2025 is governed by documented accounting policies
and standardised reporting formats, supported by comprehensive
instructions and guidance on reporting requirements issued by the
HSBC Group to HSBC UK. These are communicated to all
reporting entities within the Group ahead of each reporting period
end. The submission of the Company’s financial information is
certified by the CFO and subject to analytical review procedures at
both the reporting entity and Group levels.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
16
Risk review
– Disclosure Committee: The Disclosure Committee, consisting of
selected members of executive management, supports the
Company in meeting its obligations relating to debt securities
listed on the London Stock Exchange. The Committee assesses
whether new events or circumstances constitute inside
information, reviews all material disclosures, and provides
guidance on requests and reports from subsidiaries or affiliates
concerning inside information.
What are our principal risks and
uncertainties
Key developments in 2025
In 2025, we continued to manage risks related to macroeconomic
and geopolitical uncertainties and develop risk management
capabilities through the continued enhancement of our risk
management framework. We worked to maintain and build stronger
relationships with regulators and other external stakeholders to
support our business and customer objectives. We retained our focus
on risk transformation and financial crime and continued to assess
our operational resilience capability whilst prioritising the most
significant enterprise risks. More specifically, we sought to enhance
our risk management in the following areas:
– We have been advancing our programme aimed at strengthening
our regulatory reporting processes and making them more
sustainable, including enhancing data, consistency and controls.
While this programme continues, there may be further impacts on
some of our regulatory ratios as we implement recommended
changes and continue to enhance our controls across the process.
– We enhanced our technology and cybersecurity controls to help
improve the resilience and security of our technology services in
response to the heightened external threat environment.
– We responded to new innovations in the financial system,
including growing adoption of digital assets and currencies, as
well as the evolving use of AI through reviewing and enhancing
controls across risk areas to help us and our customers safely
benefit from innovation.
– We continue to enhance our processes, framework and controls
to improve the oversight of our third parties. We have
strengthened our due diligence and monitoring capabilities with
respect to the financial stability of our third parties to better
manage our supply chain and we continue to assess and seek to
manage operational resilience.
– HSBC Group have further enhanced the way they identify and
manage climate-related risks, which we have embedded in HSBC
UK. This has been achieved through risk policy and guidelines
updates, including updates to HSBC Group's climate risk approach
document, and further development of our risk metrics and
assessments to help monitor and manage exposures across our
organisation. We have also reviewed a number of climate models
and have sought to enhance our internal climate scenario analysis
capabilities.
– We deployed advanced technology and analytics capabilities to
improve our ability to identify suspicious activities and prevent
financial crime. We will continue to evaluate technological
solutions to improve our capabilities in the detection and
prevention of financial crime.
– We continued to promote our whistleblowing service, HSBC
Confidential, ensuring it is fully embedded in our speak-up culture.
Continual enhancement is being undertaken to help ensure
optimal effectiveness of the service, whilst maintaining adherence
to regulation and legislation.
– We enhanced our compliance with the Consumer Duty to help
ensure good customer outcomes. We continue to deliver annual
mandatory training to reinforce the importance of conduct for all
colleagues.
– We continue to provide Regulatory Compliance risk stewardship
across a wide range of transformational change and control
enhancement initiatives supporting HSBC’s strategy and
organisational structure. We remain focused on the emerging
regulation and technological advances in the market.
Top and emerging risks
We use a top and emerging risks process to provide a forward-
looking view of issues with the potential to threaten our operations or
the execution of our strategy over the medium to long term.
We proactively assess the internal and external risk environment, and
review the themes identified across HSBC UK businesses for any
risks that may require escalation. We update our top and emerging
risks as necessary.
Our current top and emerging risks are as follows.
Externally driven
Geopolitical and macroeconomic risk
Geopolitical and macroeconomic uncertainty remains elevated.
During 2025, the UK secured a trade agreement with the US,
providing UK exporters with greater certainty and securing relatively
more advantageous terms compared to other countries. Key
uncertainties remain, including the possibility that the trade deal is
replaced by alternative US tariffs on different terms, the risk of higher
sector-based tariffs, and the risk of secondary impacts to the UK
economy from a reduction in global trade volumes and supply chain
disruptions. The risk of a broader escalation of tariffs and a trade war
remains.
The UK economy has continued to grow, supported by government
spending and investment, but faces several domestic challenges,
including the need to improve the supply side of the economy to
support stronger gross domestic product ('GDP') growth and
employment growth.
The labour market remains a source of risk. Employment levels have
declined, and unemployment is higher than in recent years. Rising
unemployment could affect the performance of our credit portfolios
and demand for our products and services.
The monetary policy outlook remains uncertain. The BoE cut interest
rates during 2025, but has had to balance inflation that has persisted
above the target, against weaker growth and rising unemployment.
Our financial performance may be affected by changes to interest
rate expectations. Policy interest rates could be reduced further if
inflation continues to moderate. However, that trajectory could be
disrupted if wage growth, tariffs or key commodity prices keep
inflation higher for longer.
Globally, markets continue to finance high public deficits, but debt
sustainability remains a risk in the context of uncertain global growth
prospects and higher long-term interest rates. In the UK, the 2025
budget provided additional headroom against the government’s target
of achieving a balanced budget by the end of the current parliament,
reducing short-term fiscal risks. However, public debt is forecast to
continue to rise over this period and higher long-term bond yields
mean that a higher proportion of government spending is allocated to
servicing debt. For HSBC UK, the risks of higher funding costs across
our key markets relate both to the credit and refunding risks of our
customers, market pricing risks of assets held for sale, and risks to
NIM.
The UK, like other major economies, saw equity markets rise strongly
during 2025. Whereas the technology sector drove significant gains in
international markets, in the UK, the performance was led by the
financial sector and healthcare stocks. While high asset prices may
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
17
Risk review
create a tailwind from positive wealth effects, current high valuations,
especially for the technology sector and AI company valuations in
particular, also raise the risk of a fall in the markets, if expected gains
to productivity and growth fail to materialise. In addition, HSBC UK
remains exposed to the market risk and any potential impact on
economic growth of an abrupt revaluation of asset prices.
Challenges remain in the UK-EU relationship following the UK's
withdrawal from the European Union ('EU'). Over the medium to long
term, the UK’s withdrawal from the EU may continue to adversely
impact the terms of EU market access for our clients. This could
increase the country’s economic risk, which in turn could impact our
profitability. We are monitoring the situation closely, including the
potential impacts on our customers.
The disruption of key supply routes caused by geopolitical conflicts
has continued to impact global supply chains. The Russia-Ukraine war
and further conflict or military action, in the Middle East, Venezuela or
elsewhere, could impact economic activity regionally or globally
which, if continued for a prolonged period, could have a material
adverse effect on the HSBC UK's business, financial condition,
results of operations, prospects, liquidity, capital position and credit
ratings.
Sanctions and restrictions on trade and investment are continually
evolving in response to geopolitical events, and may adversely affect
HSBC UK, its customers and the markets in which we operate. These
factors may result in increased legal, regulatory, reputation and
market risks, and a more complex operating environment. HSBC
actively monitors and responds to financial sanctions and restrictions
on trade and investment.
Strategic competition between countries is reshaping trading
relationships and increasing the focus on long-term economic and
supply chain security, including over rare earth minerals and
semiconductors, which could adversely affect HSBC UK and its
customers.
Provisioning against credit loss is conducted under the IFRS 9
‘Financial Instruments’ (’IFRS 9’) calculations of ECL, which use
forward-looking scenarios that incorporate the economic and financial
risks detailed above. There remains uncertainty regarding the
adequacy of our models in capturing credit losses under emerging
risks, which are not captured by the historical loss experience of our
models, or to effectively distinguish risks for specific sectors and
portfolios.
The above risks could also have an impact on our customers and we
continue to closely monitor the potential impacts and offer support to
our customers in line with regulatory, government and wider
stakeholder expectations.
ÑFor further details of our Central and other scenarios, see ‘Measurement
uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on page 29.
Mitigating actions
– We closely monitor geopolitical and economic developments. We
may undertake scenario analysis, including stress testing
portfolios of particular concern to identify sensitivity to loss under
a range of scenarios. This helps us to take actions to manage our
portfolios where necessary, including through enhanced
monitoring, amending our risk appetite and/or reducing limits and
exposures.
– We regularly review key portfolios, including our commercial real
estate portfolio, to help ensure that individual customer or
portfolio risks are understood and that our ability to manage the
level of facilities offered through any downturn is appropriate.
– We continue to monitor the UK's relationship with the EU, and
assess the potential impact on our people, operations and
portfolios.
– We continue to monitor our risk profile closely in the context of
the current geopolitical and macroeconomic situation, and given
the significant uncertainties, additional mitigating actions may be
required.
– We apply management judgmental adjustments where modelled
ECL does not fully reflect the identified risks and related
uncertainty, or to capture significant late-breaking events.
– We continue to seek to manage the impact of sanctions and
restrictions on trade and investment through the use of
reasonably designed policies, procedures and controls, which are
subject to ongoing testing and enhancements.
Credit risk
Credit portfolios are growing and remain resilient despite the elevated
credit risk environment, driven by geopolitical and macroeconomic
uncertainty. There has been limited impact from risks pertaining to
fiscal policy changes, US tariffs and the conflict in the Middle East,
with portfolios proactively reviewed on that basis. Asset quality
indicators are stable, with room to grow within existing risk appetite
to help meet ongoing market demand.
Mitigating actions
– We proactively manage portfolios using Group Risk Frameworks
covering Country Risk Appetite, Industry Appetite and Single
Name Concentration.
– We intentionally adjust credit appetites to help position for and
assist in portfolio growth.
– We focus on early warning indicators and stress testing to help
identify riskier portfolios and/or counterparties.
– We regularly review our customer affordability and credit scoring
models to reflect changes in the macroeconomic environment. 
– We continue to refresh mortgage stress rates to reflect the latest
interest rate expectations.
– We conduct regular industry sector analysis with particular focus
on the Leisure and Hospitality, Retail and Consumer sectors, as
well as Construction, Leveraged Finance, and Commercial Real
Estate ('CRE') (Offices).
– We heightened control levels following some idiosyncratic
impacts caused by an increase in fraud committed by the account
holder.
– We utilise Collateralised Loan Obligations where appropriate, to
provide portfolio level credit risk mitigation and reduce the level of
risk-weighted capital required to be held.
Evolving regulatory environment risk
Financial service providers continue to face stringent regulatory and
supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas of capital and
liquidity management, conduct of business, financial crime, internal
control frameworks, the use of models, the integrity of financial
services delivery and financial and operational resilience.
We aim to keep abreast of the emerging Regulatory Compliance and
conduct risk agenda. Current focus areas include, but are not limited
to: Operational Resilience; ESG developments; ensuring good
customer outcomes and addressing customer vulnerabilities;
enhancements to regulatory reporting controls and employee
compliance including the use of e-communication channels.
We monitor regulatory developments closely and engage with
regulators as appropriate, to help ensure new regulatory
requirements are implemented effectively and in a timely way.
The competitive landscape in which HSBC UK operates may be
impacted by future regulatory changes and government intervention
including changes driven by the UK government adopting an agenda
particularly focused on economic growth.
Mitigating actions
– We continue to engage in the development of new and amended
regulations in the UK to help ensure that the implications have
been considered by regulators and the wider industry.
– We continue to work with the UK authorities and regulatory
bodies to discuss any impacts on customers and markets.
– We monitor regulatory developments to ensure that we fully
understand the evolving regulatory landscape and we seek to
implement any applicable change in a timely way.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
18
Risk review
Financial crime risk
Financial institutions remain under considerable regulatory scrutiny
regarding their ability to detect and prevent financial crime. In 2025,
these risks continued to be exacerbated by rising geopolitical
tensions and ongoing macroeconomic factors. These challenges
require not only the management of conflicting laws and approaches
to legal and regulatory regimes, but also the implementation of more
complex and far less predictable sanctions and restrictions on trade
and investment.
Amid ongoing cost of living pressures, we continue to face increasing
regulatory expectations with respect to managing internal and
external fraud and protecting customers. The accessibility and
increasing sophistication of generative AI can create additional
financial crime risks. While there is potential for the technology to
support financial crime detection, there is also a risk that criminals
use generative AI to perpetrate fraud, particularly scams.
The digitisation of financial services continues to have an impact on
the payments ecosystem, with an increasing number of new market
entrants and payment mechanisms, not all of which are subject to
the same level of regulatory scrutiny or regulations as banks.
Developments in digital assets and currencies have continued at
pace, with an increasing regulatory and enforcement focus on the
financial crimes linked to these types of assets. We also continue to
face increasing challenges presented by national data privacy
requirements, which may affect our ability to manage financial crime
risks across markets.
Mitigating actions
– We continue to seek to manage sanctions and restrictions on
trade and investment through the use of reasonably designed
policies, procedures and controls, which are subject to ongoing
testing and enhancements.
– We continue to develop our fraud controls and invest in
capabilities to fight financial crime through the application of
advanced analytics and AI, while monitoring technological
developments and engaging with third parties.
– We continue to assess the impact of a rapidly changing payments
ecosystem, as well as risks associated with direct and indirect
exposure to digital assets and currencies, in an effort to maintain
appropriate financial crime controls.
– We engage with regulators, policymakers and relevant
international bodies to improve the effectiveness of managing
financial crime risk, through changes to international standards,
guidance and legislation, including seeking to address data privacy
challenges.
Cyber threat and unauthorised access
to systems
HSBC operates within a highly interconnected and complex
technology environment, facing an increasingly aggressive cyber
threat landscape. Key risks include potential unauthorised access -
potentially impacting customer data, whether held internally or by
third-party suppliers – as well as direct attacks on our infrastructure
and that of our third parties. Addressing these threats demands
continuous investment in robust business and technical controls to
help maintain resilience and help support our customers, colleagues
and global financial markets.
While MSFS has separate IT systems to Marks and Spencer plc,
during the cybersecurity incident that impacted Marks and Spencer
plc’s retail operations in April 2025, our timely actions were designed
to ensure that the impact on MSFS customers and HSBC UK
infrastructure was minimised.
Mitigating actions
– Our cyber intelligence and threat analysis teams continuously
assess the risk profile of prevalent cyber-attack vectors and their
potential impact. We proactively seek to strengthen controls to
reduce the likelihood and severity of incidents such as advanced
malware, data leakage, third-party exposure, and security
vulnerabilities.
– We are committed to advancing our cybersecurity capabilities,
with a focus on Cloud security, identity and access management,
metrics and data analytics, and comprehensive third-party security
reviews. Investment in these areas also extends to mitigating
risks associated with emerging technologies.
– We regularly report and review cyber risk metrics and control
effectiveness at both executive and non-executive Board levels.
This management information is disseminated across all business
units and functions to help ensure visibility and effective
governance of risks and mitigation activities.
– We actively engage with industry forums and working groups to
share intelligence on cybercrime tactics and collaborate on
defence, detection, and prevention strategies for cyber-attacks
targeting financial organisations.
– We help to ensure all colleagues are equipped to recognise and
report cybersecurity issues and incidents, as a critical element of
our defence strategy.
– We respond to attempted compromises in line with our
established cybersecurity framework. To date, no cyber-attacks
have resulted in a material impact to our business operations.
Environmental, social and
governance ('ESG') risks
We are subject to financial and non-financial risks associated with
ESG-related matters, such as climate change, nature-related and
human rights issues. These matters can impact us both directly and
indirectly through our business activities and relationships.
Focus on climate-related risk continued to increase during 2025,
owing to the pace and volume of policy and regulatory changes on
climate risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis and
disclosures. If we fail to meet evolving regulatory expectations or
requirements on climate risk management, this could have regulatory
compliance and reputational impacts.
Climate change can have an impact across HSBC Group’s risk
taxonomy through both transition risk, arising from the move to a net-
zero economy, such as through policy, regulatory and technological
changes, and physical risk impacts due to the increasing severity and/
or frequency of severe weather or other climatic events, such as
rising sea levels and flooding, and chronic gradual shifts in weather
patterns, which could affect our ability to conduct our day-to-day
operations.
We may face credit and trading losses, liquidity impacts and/or
impacts to our real estate portfolios if climate-related regulatory,
legislative or technological developments impact customers’
business models or if extreme weather events disrupt or interrupt
customers’ operations, resulting in financial difficulty for customers
and/or stranded assets, and impacting their ability to repay their debts
or secure insurance. Our customers may find that their business
models fail to align to a net zero economy or face disruption to their
operations or deterioration to their assets as a result of extreme
weather. Operational risk may also increase if extreme weather
events impact critical operations and premises.
There is also the risk that retail customers in our UK mortgage book
could face increasing physical climate risks such as flooding.
HSBC UK faces climate risks arising from the exposure of our
employees’ UK pension plan to climate-sensitive investments, and
where we act as portfolio investment manager, or as funds
distributor, for UK retail customers.
Net zero alignment risk had previously been identified as a thematic
issue and is now replaced and managed under HSBC Group's new
risk type Sustainability Execution Risk, to help identify and manage
the risks associated with the delivery and execution of HSBC Group’s
sustainability strategy.
We may face additional risks if we knowingly or unknowingly make
inaccurate, unclear, misleading, or unsubstantiated claims regarding
sustainability to our stakeholders.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
19
Risk review
We may face regulatory compliance, legal, conduct and reputational
risks resulting from the increasing pace, breadth and depth of
climate-related regulatory expectations, including on the management
of climate risk, and variations in external ESG-related reporting
standards and taxonomies, requiring implementation in short
timeframes across multiple jurisdictions. Such risks may also arise
from how we decide to support our customers in high-emitting
sectors in their transition to net zero, the preferences of different
stakeholders in relation to our approach to the transition to net zero,
and if we make insufficient progress in achieving HSBC Group’s ESG-
related ambitions, targets and commitments.
We may encounter financial reporting risks concerning our climate
and ESG disclosures due to model limitations and the limited quality
and consistency of available data. As methodologies, data, scenarios,
and industry standards evolve with market practices, regulations, or
scientific advancements, our ability to collect and process required
data may be challenged, exposing us to financial reporting risk in
relation to our climate and ESG disclosures. This could result in HSBC
Group having to re-evaluate its progress towards its ESG-related
ambitions, targets and commitments in the future, resulting in
reputational, regulatory compliance and legal risks.
We recognise the importance of nature-related risks, as well as the
complex interactions and compounding effects of climate and nature-
related risk drivers. Nature related-risks may emerge when
dependencies on natural capital – such as plants, soils and minerals –
and ecosystem services – such as water availability and air quality –
are affected by key drivers of nature loss, or when there’s a lack of
alignment between an organisation’s impact on the natural
environment and actions to protect, restore or reduce negative
impacts on nature. Such risks can affect both HSBC and our
customers through various channels, including macroeconomic,
market, credit, reputational, regulatory compliance, and legal risks.
Businesses are expected to be transparent about their efforts to
identify and respond to the risk of adverse human rights impacts
arising from their business activities and relationships. Failure to
manage this risk may negatively impact people and communities,
which in turn may result in reputational, regulatory compliance and
legal risks for HSBC.
Mitigating actions
– We continue to develop our climate risk management capabilities
across four key pillars: governance and risk appetite, risk
management, stress testing and scenario analysis, and
disclosures.
– We continue to enhance our approach to managing and mitigation
of the risk of greenwashing.
– The Trustee of our employee pension plan, the HBUK section of
the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, manages climate risk in
line with its fiduciary duties and local regulatory requirements,
with global corporate policy encouraging consideration of ESG
risks when selecting investments. The Taskforce on Climate-
Related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) report issued by the
pension plan is available using this link: https://
futurefocus.staff.hsbc.co.uk/-/media/project/futurefocus/tcfd/
member-summary-of-tcfd-july-2025.pdf
– In 2025, HSBC Group continued to focus its approach to human
rights risk management relating to the goods and services we buy
from third parties and in respect of our business customers.
– The scope of our financial reporting risk framework includes
oversight of the accuracy and completeness of climate and ESG-
related disclosures. HSBC Group's RAS references climate and
ESG-related disclosures. HSBC UK's internal controls incorporate
requirements for addressing the risk of misstatement in climate
and ESG-related disclosures.
– We continue to engage with our customers, investors and
regulators on the management of climate and ESG risks. HSBC
Group also engages with initiatives ,including the Climate Financial
Risk Forum to help with informing developing practice for climate
risk management.
– In June 2025 HSBC UK’s TCFD report was published, which
relates to the discretionary portfolio management business.
Further detail can be found at https://www.hsbc.co.uk/
Digital currencies and
disintermediation risk
Digital currencies, including CBDCs, cryptocurrencies and
stablecoins, are increasingly shaping the financial landscape and
introducing new risks and competition. These currencies present
disintermediation risk, as they can create more direct connections
between currency providers and payment participants. Most CBDC
initiatives are leveraging existing banking networks and infrastructure.
The rise of cryptocurrencies and stablecoins could make it easier for
individuals to transfer funds directly across borders. This trend may
lessen reliance on traditional foreign exchange and payment
intermediary services, both of which are key offerings of HSBC UK.
However, these markets continue to experience significant price
volatility and, to date, have had limited impact on broader financial
markets outside digital assets.
Mitigating actions
– We will continue to monitor progress and industry developments
in digital assets and other aspects of decentralised finance to
assess potential opportunities, risks and impacts on business
models, markets and customers.
– We will continue to take a holistic view of the potential impacts
across product and client segments, including important
considerations such as vulnerability and financial inclusion.
People risk
Our success in delivering our strategic priorities and good customer
outcomes, whilst proactively seeking to manage the regulatory and
legislative environment, depends on the attraction, development and
retention of our leadership and high-performing employees. The
competitive UK employment market will continue to test our ability to
attract and retain talent, however we continue our focus on driving a
high-performance culture and employee engagement. Failure to
manage people risks could also result in poor customer outcomes or
a breach of employment laws and regulations, which may lead to
regulatory sanctions or legal claims.
Mitigating actions
– We seek to promote an inclusive workforce and provide health
and wellbeing support. We continue to build our speak-up culture
through active campaigns.
– We monitor hiring activities and levels of employee attrition, with
each business and function putting in place plans to help ensure
effective workforce forecasting to meet business demands.
– We monitor people risks that could arise due to organisational
restructuring, seeking to ensure that we manage redundancies
and support impacted employees. We encourage our people
leaders to focus on talent retention at all levels, with an
empathetic mindset and approach, whilst ensuring that the whole
proposition of working at HSBC UK is well understood. Our Future
Skills curriculum aims to provide skills that enable employees and
HSBC UK to be successful in the future.
– Succession plans are developed for all OpCo roles and any other
key positions within HSBC UK.
– We closely monitor legislative and regulatory changes to help
minimise any impact on our employment practices or the
attraction and retention of talent.
– We have introduced 'How We Lead', a new Group-wide
leadership framework designed to shape the way we operate.
This initiative brings with it a new set of Leadership Principles, and
we expect it to drive meaningful changes in our ways of working
across the organisation.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
20
Risk review
IT systems infrastructure and
operational resilience
HSBC UK continues to streamline its IT infrastructure and
architecture, prioritising robust change management to help mitigate
risk during IT transitions. Our multi-year investment programme is
helping to strengthen service resilience and deliver our commitment
to reducing customer disruptions. Key initiatives include
decommissioning non-strategic platforms, streamlining processes for
colleagues and customers, and reinforcing change management
controls. This approach has helped minimise service disruption and
aims to ensure continued support and service for all our customers.
As technology evolves, including the rise of GenAI, we are challenged
to innovate with new digital capabilities and evolve our products to
attract, retain, and best serve our customers. While these
advancements present opportunities, they can also introduce risks
and potential disruptions. We seek to manage technology
developments, including GenAI, with appropriate controls and
oversight to help ensure ongoing service and resilience.
Mitigating actions
– We help to achieve a streamlined, modern and resilient
architecture by the Group Chief Information Officer and HSBC UK
Chief Information Officer seeking to deliver a multi-year IT
transformation, directed by the Board. Throughout this process,
risks are actively monitored and managed.
– We have reinforced resilience and controls for critical business
services under the Operational Resilience programme, upgrading
monitoring and alerting capabilities; modernising core banking
platforms; retiring non-strategic applications and accelerating
cloud adoption.
Model risk
Model risk arises whenever business decision making includes
reliance on models. We use models in both financial and non-financial
contexts, as well as in a range of business applications such as
customer selection, product pricing, financial crime transaction
monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and financial reporting.
Model risk remains a key area of focus given the regulatory scrutiny
in this area, including the PRA’s supervisory statement SS1/23, being
implemented.
We continued to prioritise the redevelopment of Internal ratings-
based ('IRB') models as part of the IRB repair and Basel 3.1
programmes. We have a key focus on enhancing the quality of data
used as model inputs and help ensure that models adhere to both the
letter and spirit of the regulation. We are a year into a major project to
redevelop our Wholesale IRB models, which are expected to be
submitted for regulatory approval over the next three years. Should
the agreed timelines not be met, there is a potential risk of
requirements to hold additional capital or fines being applied by
regulators.
Focus remains on AI and machine learning models given the rapid
pace of technological advances, including the development of GenAI
and agentic AI (autonomous systems powered by AI agents). AI is
driving significant changes in modelling techniques.
Mitigating actions
– We are investing in the redevelopment of our IRB models within
the wholesale business to strengthen our modelling capabilities
and help ensure full compliance with Basel 3.1 regulatory
standards. To enhance transparency and sharpen our focus on UK-
specific model developments, we have established distinct
governance for UK models. This approach enables us to
proactively identify and address risks and issues, supporting
robust oversight and regulatory alignment.
– We updated our Model Risk Management (‘MRM’) framework in
2024 to meet the requirements of the PRA’s SS1/23, with further
updates in 2025, and a programme of work is in progress to
implement these changes across our model landscape.
– We completed the identification of tools that meet the definition
of Deterministic Quantitative Methods ('DQM'), which are
complex and material calculators. Although not technically models,
they present similar risks. We have now commenced a
programme for uplifting the controls for these DQMs.
– Model Risk Governance committees at HSBC UK, business and
functional levels continue to provide oversight of model risk.
– MRM works closely with businesses to support the development
of IRB/Internal Models Method/Internal Models Approach/IFRS9/
stress testing models by providing independent validation, review
and challenge to help meet risk management, pricing, capital
management, and credit risk measurement needs.
– Additional assurance work is performed by the model risk
governance teams, which act as second lines of defence. The
teams test whether controls implemented by model users comply
with model risk policy and if model risk procedures are adequate.
– Models using AI or generative AI techniques are validated and
monitored to help ensure that risks that are determined by the
algorithms have adequate oversight and review. A framework has
been developed to manage the range of risks that are generated
by these advanced techniques and to recognise the
multidisciplinary nature of these risks.
– We have enhanced our inventory control, applying enhanced
scrutiny of agentic AI use cases before it is deployed.
Conduct and customer detriment
Failure to manage our Conduct agenda appropriately may lead to poor
customer outcomes and potential reputational or compliance risks for
HSBC UK. Our conduct management approach focuses on the impact
we have for our customers and the financial markets in which we
operate. Good customer outcomes are at the heart of how we
operate, and we aim to act responsibly and with integrity. As part of
this we have carried out a number of activities during 2025.
Mitigating actions
– We sought to understand and address our customers' ongoing
needs and continued to champion a strong conduct and customer-
focused culture.
– We continued to focus on enhancing our compliance with the
Consumer Duty, which is closely linked to our conduct agenda, in
seeking to ensure good outcomes across all impacted products
and customer journeys.
– We continued to promote the visibility and conduct management
of our vulnerable customer base and enhanced MI relating to
vulnerable customers.
– We continued to deliver annual mandatory training to reinforce the
importance of conduct for all colleagues and delivered bespoke
and focused conduct training and guidance to our risk steward
colleagues.
Data risk
We use multiple systems and an increasing volume of data to
support our customers. Risk arises if data is incorrect, unavailable,
misused, or unprotected. Like other banks and financial institutions,
we must comply with external regulatory obligations and laws
governing data, such as the Basel’s 239 principles and the UK/EU
General Data Protection Regulation.
Mitigating actions
– We actively monitor the quality, availability and security of data
that supports our customers and internal processes, seeking to
address any identified issues.
– We continue to make regular improvements to our data policies
and control framework, including trusted sources, data flows and
data quality, to help enhance management of data risk.
– We seek to protect customer data through our data privacy
processes and controls, which set practices, design principles and
guidelines to help ensure compliance with data privacy laws and
regulations.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
21
Risk review
– We continuously modernise our data and analytics infrastructure
through investments in Cloud technology, data visualisation,
machine learning and AI.
– We continue to educate our employees on data risk and data
management. We have delivered regular mandatory training on
how to protect and manage data appropriately.
Third-party risk
We use third party providers for a range of goods and services and it
is critical that we seek to ensure we have appropriate risk
management policies, processes and practices over the selection,
governance, and oversight of our third party providers and their
supply chain, particularly for key activities that could affect our
operational resilience. Any deficiency in the management of risks
associated with our third parties could affect our ability to support our
customers and meet regulatory expectations.
Mitigating actions
– We continue to monitor the effectiveness of the controls operated
by our third-party providers and request control effectiveness
reporting where required.
– We continue to develop the management of our intra-group
arrangements using equivalent control requirements as we apply
to external third-party arrangements.
– We have sought to strengthen our due diligence and monitoring
capabilities in respect of the financial stability of our third parties.
– We continue to build an understanding of the emissions footprint
of third-party providers in our supply chain.
– We continue to strengthen third-party risk oversight across all non-
financial risks to help enhance our processes and framework.
– We continue to enhance reporting capabilities to help improve the
visibility of risk and enable more robust management of our
material third parties.
– We continue to implement changes required by new regulations.
Strategic execution risk
Effective management of strategic execution risk is essential to
delivering our strategy, fulfilling shareholder expectations, and
sustaining stakeholder confidence. To achieve HSBC Group's and our
strategic commitments, it is essential to engage in effective financial
resource planning that helps to ensure safe and sustainable delivery
of strategic outcomes.
Strategic execution risk remains elevated due to the complexity and
scale of ongoing strategic, regulatory and technological change. It is
critical to uphold and enhance strategic execution risk controls and
monitoring.
Mitigating actions
– We are strengthening our strategic execution risk control
environment.
– We have clarified strategic execution risk management
requirements and oversight accountabilities.
– The HSBC UK Operating Committee oversees the prioritisation
and funding, strategic alignment, and management of strategic
execution risk for transformative initiatives.
– We have updated our strategic execution risk metrics and
reporting to help support improved monitoring and oversight of
performance.
Our material banking risks
The material risk types associated with our banking operations are described in the following tables.
Description of risks – banking operations
Risks
Arising from
Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Credit risk (see page 23)
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if
a customer or counterparty fails to
meet an obligation under a contract.
Credit risk arises principally from direct
lending, trade finance and leasing
business, but also from certain other
products such as guarantees and
derivatives.
Credit risk is:
– measured as the amount that could be lost if a customer or counterparty
fails to make repayments;
– monitored using various internal risk management measures and within
limits approved by individuals within a framework of delegated authorities;
and
– managed through a risk control framework that seeks to outline clear and
consistent policies, principles and guidance for risk managers; and by
setting limits and appetite across our businesses, portfolios or sectors.
Treasury risk (see page 53)
Treasury Risk is the risk of having
insufficient capital, liquidity or funding
resources to meet financial obligations
and satisfy regulatory requirements,
including the risk of adverse impact on
earnings or capital due to structural
and transactional foreign exchange
exposures and changes in market
interest rates, and including the
financial risks arising from historic and
current provision of pensions and
other post-employment benefits to
staff and their dependants.
Treasury risk arises from changes to the
respective resources and risk profiles
driven by customer behaviour,
management decisions or the external
environment.
Treasury risk is:
– measured through risk appetite and more granular limits, set to provide an
early warning of increasing risk, minimum ratios of relevant regulatory
metrics, and metrics to monitor the key risk drivers impacting treasury
resources; 
– monitored and projected against appetites and by using operating plans
based on strategic objectives together with stress and scenario testing; and
– managed through control of resources in conjunction with risk profiles,
strategic objectives and cashflows.
Market risk (see page 58)
Market risk is the risk of an adverse
financial impact on trading activities
arising from changes in market
parameters such as interest rates,
foreign exchange rates, asset prices,
volatilities, correlations and credit
spreads.
Market risk arises from both trading
portfolios and non-trading portfolios.
Market risk for trading portfolios is
discussed in the Market risk section on
page 58. Market risk for non-trading
portfolios is discussed in the Treasury
risk section on page 54.
Market risk is:
– measured using sensitivities, value at risk ('VaR') and stress testing, giving a
detailed picture of potential gains and losses for a range of market
movements and scenarios, as well as tail risks over specified time horizons;
– monitored using VaR, stress testing and other measures; and
– managed using risk limits approved by the RMM.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
22
Risk review
Description of risks – banking operations (continued)
Risks
Arising from
Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Climate risk (see page 59)
Climate risk relates to the financial and
non-financial impacts that may arise as
a result of climate change and the
move to a net zero economy.
Climate risk can materialise through:
– physical risk, which arises from the
increased frequency and severity of
extreme weather events, such as
hurricanes and floods, or chronic
gradual shifts in weather patterns or
rises in the sea level;
– transition risk, which arises from the
process of moving to a net zero
economy, including changes in
government policy and legislation,
technology, market demand, and
reputational implications triggered by
a change in stakeholder expectations,
action or inaction; and
– the risk of greenwashing, which
arises from the act of knowingly or
unknowingly making inaccurate,
unclear, misleading, or
unsubstantiated claims regarding
sustainability to stakeholders.
Climate risk is:
– measured using risk metrics and scenario testing;
– monitored using risk appetite statements;
– managed through adherence to risk appetite thresholds, through specific
policies, and through enhancements to processes and development of
tools; and
– this includes the development of product controls to manage the risk of
greenwashing and the development of portfolio steering capabilities to
manage our net zero ambitions.
Resilience risk (see page 59)
Resilience risk is the risk of sustained
and significant business disruption,
causing the inability to provide critical
services to our customers, affiliates,
and counterparties.
Resilience risk arises from failures or
inadequacies in processes, people,
systems or external events.
Resilience risk is:
– measured using a range of metrics and against our agreed risk appetite; 
– monitored through oversight of enterprise processes, risks, controls and
strategic change programmes; and
– managed by continuous monitoring and thematic reviews.
Regulatory compliance risk (see page 60)
Regulatory compliance risk is the risk
associated with breaching our duty to
clients and other counterparties,
inappropriate market conduct
(including unauthorised trading) and
breaching related financial services
regulatory standards.
Regulatory compliance risk arises from
the failure to observe relevant laws,
codes, rules and regulations, potentially
resulting in adverse market or customer
outcomes, fines, penalties and
reputational harm.
Regulatory compliance risk is:
– assessed and measured with reference to risk appetite, identified metrics,
incident assessments, regulatory feedback and the judgement of our
Regulatory Compliance teams;
– monitored against the first line of defence risk and control assessments and
testing, alongside the outcome of the second line of defence monitoring
and control assurance activities, as well as internal and external audits and
regulatory inspections;
– managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies and
procedures, training employees accordingly and monitoring activities to help
ensure compliance; and
– proactive risk and  control remediation efforts are undertaken when
necessary.
Financial crime risk (see page 60)
Financial crime risk is the risk that
HSBC UK’s products and services will
be exploited for criminal activity. This
includes fraud, bribery and corruption,
tax evasion and the facilitation of tax
evasion, sanctions and export control
violations and evasion, money
laundering, terrorist financing and
proliferation financing.
Financial crime risk arises from day-to-
day banking operations involving
customers, third parties and employees.
Financial crime risk is:
– measured by reference to risk appetite, identified metrics, incident
assessments, regulatory feedback and the judgement of, and assessment
by, our financial crime teams;
– monitored against the first line of defence risk and control assessments,
and the results of the monitoring and control assurance activities of the
second line of defence functions and the results of internal and external
audits and regulatory inspections; and
– managed by seeking to establish and communicate appropriate policies and
procedures, training employees and monitoring activity to help embed
them. Proactive risk control and/or remediation work is undertaken where
required.
Model risk (see page 61)
Model risk is the risk of the potential
for adverse consequences from model
errors or the inappropriate use of
modelled outputs to inform business
decisions.
Model risk arises in both financial and
non-financial contexts whenever
business decision making includes
reliance on models. 
Model risk is:
– measured by reference to model performance tracking and the output of
detailed technical reviews and regulatory feedback, with key metrics
including model review statuses and findings;
– monitored against model risk appetite statements, insight from the
independent validations completed by the MRM team; and
– managed by creating and communicating appropriate policies, procedures
and guidance, training colleagues in their application, and supervising their
adoption to help ensure operational effectiveness.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
23
Risk review
Credit risk
See page 21 for our definition of Credit risk.
Credit risk management
(Audited)
The principal objectives of our credit risk management are:
– to maintain across HSBC UK a strong culture of responsible lending
and a robust risk policy and control framework;
– to both partner and challenge the businesses in defining,
implementing, and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite under
actual and scenario conditions; and
– to help ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks,
their costs and their mitigation.
Within HSBC UK, the Credit Risk function is headed by the CRCO
who reports to the CEO, with a functional reporting line to the Group
CRCO.
Its responsibilities are:
– to formulate credit policy. Compliance, subject to approved
dispensations, is mandatory for all operating companies which
must develop local credit policies consistent with group policies
that closely reflect HSBC Group policy;
– to guide operating companies on the group’s appetite for credit
risk exposure to specified market sectors, activities and banking
products and controlling exposures to certain higher-risk sectors;
– to undertake an independent review and objective assessment of
risk. Credit risk assesses all credit facilities and exposures over
designated limits, prior to the facilities being committed to
customers or transactions being undertaken;
– to monitor the performance and management of portfolios across
the group;
– to control exposure to sovereign entities, banks and other financial
institutions, as well as debt securities which are not held solely for
the purpose of trading;
– to set policy on large credit exposures, to help ensure that
concentrations of exposure by counterparty, sector or geography
do not become excessive in relation to the group’s capital base,
and remain within internal and regulatory limits;
– to maintain and develop the risk rating framework, systems and
models through appropriate governance; and
– to report on retail portfolio performance, high risk portfolios, risk
concentrations, large impaired accounts, impairment allowances
and stress testing results and recommendations to HSBC UK's
RMM, Risk Committee and Board; and to act on behalf of the
group as the primary interface, for credit-related issues, with the
BoE, the PRA, the FCA, rating agencies, analysts and counterparts
in major banks and non-bank financial institutions.
Concentration of credit risk exposure
(Audited)
Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties
or exposures have comparable economic characteristics, or are
engaged in similar activities, or operate in the same geographical
areas/industry sectors, so that their collective ability to meet
contractual obligations is similarly affected by changes in economic,
political or other conditions.
A number of controls and measures are used to minimise undue
concentration of exposure in the portfolios across industry, country
and customer groups. These include portfolio and counterparty limits,
approval and review controls, and stress testing.
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
Our risk rating system facilitates the internal ratings-based approach
under the Basel framework adopted by the group to support the
calculation of our minimum credit regulatory capital requirement.
The five credit quality classifications each encompass a range of
granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and retail
lending businesses, and the external ratings attributed by external
agencies to debt securities.
For debt securities and certain other financial instruments, external
ratings have been aligned to the five quality classifications based
upon the mapping of related customer risk rating ('CRR') to external
credit rating.
Wholesale lending
The CRR 10-grade scale summarises a more granular underlying 23-
grade scale of obligor PD. All corporate customers are rated using the
10- or 23-grade scale, depending on the degree of sophistication of
the Basel approach adopted for the exposure. Each CRR band is
associated with an external rating grade by reference to long-run
default rates for that grade, represented by the average of issuer-
weighted historical default rates. This mapping between internal and
external ratings is indicative and may vary over time.
Retail lending
Retail lending credit quality is based on a 12-month point-in-time
probability-weighted PD.
Credit quality classification
Debt securities
and other bills
Wholesale
lending
Retail
lending
External
credit rating
Internal
credit rating1
12-month Regulatory
probability of default %
Internal
credit rating
12-month probability-
weighted PD %2
Quality classification
Strong
A- and above
CRR1 to CRR2
0 – 0.169
Band 1 and 2
0 – <=0.5
Good
BBB+ to BBB-
CRR3
0.170–0.740
Band 3
>0.5 – <=1.5
Satisfactory
BB+ to B and unrated
CRR4 to CRR5
0.741–4.914
Band 4 and 5
>1.5 – <=20
Sub-standard
B- to C
CRR6 to CRR8
4.915–99.999
Band 6
>20 – <100
Credit-impaired
Default
CRR9 to CRR10
100
Band 7
100
1 Customer risk rating.
212-month point-in-time probability-weighted probability of default ('PD').
Quality classification definitions
– ‘Strong’ exposures demonstrate a strong capacity to meet financial commitments, with negligible or low PD.
– ‘Good’ exposures demonstrate a good capacity to meet financial commitments, with low default risk.
– ‘Satisfactory’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate an average to fair capacity to meet financial commitments, with moderate default risk.
– ‘Sub-standard’ exposures require varying degrees of special attention and default risk is of greater concern.
– ‘Credit-impaired’ exposures have been assessed as described on Note 1.2(h) on the financial statements.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
24
Risk review
Forborne loans and advances
(Audited)
Forbearance measures consist of concessions towards an obligor
that is experiencing or about to experience difficulties in meeting its
financial commitments.
We continue to classify loans as forborne when we modify the
contractual payment terms due to having significant concerns about
the borrowers’ ability to meet contractual payments when they were
due. Our definition of forborne captures non-payment-related
concessions, such as covenant waivers.
ÑFor details of our policy on forbearance, see Note 1.2(h) on the financial
statements.
Credit quality of forborne loans
For wholesale lending, where payment related forbearance measures
result in a diminished financial obligation or if there are other
indicators of impairment, the loan will be classified as credit impaired
if it is not already so classified. All facilities with a customer, including
loans that have not been modified, are considered credit impaired
following the identification of a payment related forborne loan. For
retail lending, where a material concession has been granted, the
loan will be classified as credit impaired if it is not already so
classified. In isolation, non-payment related forbearance measures
may not result in the loan being classified as credit impaired unless
combined with other indicators of credit impairment. These are
classified as performing forborne loans for both wholesale and retail
lending.
Wholesale and retail lending forborne loans classified as credit
impaired will continue to be recognised as impaired until there is
sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk
of non-payment of future cash flows, observed over a minimum one-
year period, and there are no other indicators of impairment. Any
forborne loans not considered credit impaired will remain forborne for
a minimum of two years from the date that credit impairment no
longer applies. For wholesale and retail lending, any forbearance
measures granted on a loan already classed as forborne results in the
customer being classed as credit impaired.
Forborne loans and recognition of expected
credit losses
(Audited)
Forborne loans expected credit loss assessments reflect the higher
rates of losses typically experienced with these types of loans such
that they are in stage 2 and stage 3. The higher rates are more
pronounced in unsecured retail lending requiring further
segmentation. For wholesale lending, forborne loans are typically
assessed individually. Credit risk ratings are intrinsic to the
impairment assessments. The individual impairment assessment
takes into account the higher risk of the future non-payment inherent
in forborne loans.
Refinance risk
Personal lending
Interest only mortgages incorporate bullet payments at the point of
final maturity. To reduce refinance risk, an initial on-boarding
assessment of customers’ affordability is made on a capital
repayment basis and every customer has a credible defined
repayment strategy. Additionally, the customer is contacted during
the mortgage term to check the status of the repayment strategy. In
situations where it is identified that a borrower is expected not to be
able to repay a bullet/balloon payment, the customer is offered advice
and options to help them repay the loan in accordance with their loan
agreement. In the event that this is not possible, the customer will
either default on the repayment or it is likely that the bank may need
to apply forbearance to the loan. In either circumstance, this gives
rise to a credit impaired event.
Wholesale lending
Many types of wholesale lending incorporate bullet/balloon payments
at the point of final maturity; often, the intention or assumption is that
the borrower will take out a new loan to settle the existing debt.
Where this is true the term refinance risk refers generally to the
possibility that, at the point that such a repayment is due, a borrower
cannot refinance by borrowing to repay existing debt. In situations
where it is identified that a borrower is expected not to be able either
to repay a bullet/balloon payment or to be capable of refinancing their
existing debt on commercial terms then the customer will either
default on the repayment or it is likely that the bank may need to
refinance the loan on terms it would not normally offer in the ordinary
course of business. In either circumstance this gives rise to a loss
event and the loan will be considered credit impaired.
Impairment assessment
(Audited)
ÑFor details of our impairment policies on loans and advances and financial
investments, see Note 1.2(h) on the Financial Statements.
Write-off of loans and advances
(Audited)
ÑFor details of our policy on the write-off of loans and advances, see Note
1.2(h) on the Financial Statements.
Personal lending
Property collateral for residential mortgages is repossessed and sold
on behalf of the borrower only when the debt recovery procedures
have been unsuccessful. Any portion of the balance not covered
following the realisation of security is written-off. Unsecured personal
lending products are normally written off when there is no realistic
prospect of full recovery.
Wholesale lending
Wholesale loans and advances are written off where normal
collection procedures have been unsuccessful to the extent that
there appears no realistic prospect of repayment. These procedures
may include a referral of the business relationship to a debt recovery
company. Debt reorganisation will be considered at all times and may
involve, in exceptional circumstances and in the absence of any viable
alternative, a partial write-off in exchange for a commitment to repay
the remaining balance.
In the event of bankruptcy or similar proceedings, write-off for both
personal and wholesale lending may occur earlier than at the periods
stated above. Collections procedures may continue after write-off.
Credit risk in 2025
Mortgage Stage 2 balances have reduced at 31 December 2025
when compared with 31 December 2024 due to an ECL model
update to align PD to the most recent observed performance of the
portfolio, with a limited impact on Stage 2 total ECL movement.
Corporate and Commercial Stage 2 balances and ECL also reduced as
a result of model enhancements resulting in a reduction in PDs
across most sectors. Detailed analysis of ECL can be found on pages
25 to 53.
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding credit risk
is set out on pages 23 to 24.
Climate risk
Our climate scenarios
In 2025, HSBC Group designed a suite of diverse climate scenarios
that explore plausible pathways which can support a holistic view that
supplements the Group’s current and future strategic thinking. These
scenarios have been applied to assess HSBC UK’s climate related
vulnerabilities. The climate scenarios are underpinned by well-
established industry bodies, such as the Network for Greening the
Financial System (‘NGFS’) Phase V, the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (‘IPCC’) and International Energy Agency (‘IEA’),
which are further enriched for additional granularity, to ensure
consistency with industry-recognised approaches, to reflect the latest
climate policy, economic outlook and our portfolio vulnerabilities. The
scenarios include;
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
25
Risk review
The scenarios include:
– There are three long-term scenarios. The Below 2 Degrees
scenario is the Groups’ Paris Agreement-aligned scenario. The
Current Commitments scenario supports financial planning, as this
is deemed to be the most likely scenario to occur over the five-
year planning horizon. The Downside Physical Risk scenario is a
less probable scenario with higher global warming and more
significant physical risk impacts. To support how the Group assess
the climate-related impacts observed within the climate scenarios,
the Group have also artificially constructed a counterfactual
scenario (which is a climate agnostic scenario). This entailed
taking the Current Commitments scenario and removing the
climate impacts, using climate-related GDP deviations as a proxy.
– A Severe Climate Stress scenario is a highly improbable short- and
medium-term stress scenario, aligned to NGFS’s Short-Term
Scenario Framework. The scenario envisages that extreme
physical risk events, such as 1-in-100 year flooding, heatwaves,
and droughts which then pivots the public consensus on climate
change, which accelerates the transition to net zero. It has the
effect of compressing both physical risks and transition risks into a
short timeframe. Although the scenario is extreme and highly
unlikely, it assists the Group in understanding the Groups’ current
exposures.
The Current Commitments scenario shows muted impacts over the
Group’s five-year planning horizon, with the projected climate-related
impacts on ECL remaining within the Group’s current risk appetite.
Assessing the effect of climate credit risk on IFRS 9 ECL
We continue to integrate climate considerations into our business
and risk management processes to ensure climate-related risks
areappropriately managed. As part of our ECL assessment for
31 December 2025, we conducted a climate-related ECL sensitivity
analysis. Additionally, where climate events have previously
influenced or recently affected our economies, these impacts were
implicitly reflected within our IFRS 9 scenarios.
We used available information to determine areas of potential risk in
the credit portfolios to perform a Climate ECL sensitivity analysis for
both our wholesale and retail portfolios. In our wholesale portfolio,
the exercise covers both physical and transition risk. For retail, the
exercise covers physical risk for our mortgage portfolio. Properties
with elevated climate risk and insurance vulnerability are identified,
and the associated potential losses are estimated by assessing the
impact on customer affordability and collateral valuations under
physical stress conditions.
The overall estimated sensitivity of ECL under IFRS 9 as at
31 December 2025 was considered to be immaterial.
The ECL sensitivity is dependent on the timing and severity of
climate change, within the period over which HSBC UK measures
ECL. As there is limited historical climate loss data available and
uncertainty on how insurance will change over time, our assessment
is considered indicative and will evolve as our lending profile,
assessment approach, data, and modelling methodologies continue
to mature.
Summary of credit risk
The disclosure below presents the gross carrying/nominal amount of
financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9
are applied and the associated allowance for ECL.
The following table provides an overview of the group and bank's
credit risk exposure. As the majority of the group's financial
instruments are held by the bank, the remaining IFRS 7 credit
disclosures are provided on a group only basis.
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
(Audited)
The group
At 31 Dec 2025
At 31 Dec 2024
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance
for ECL1
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance
for ECL1
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
232,736
(1,513)
219,092
(1,488)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
6,636
—
7,265
(2)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
84,064
(8)
83,327
(8)
–  cash and balances at central banks
40,369
—
52,276
—
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
—
11,776
—
–  financial investments
19,112
(1)
16,323
(1)
–  prepayments, accrued income and other assets2
3,023
(7)
2,952
(7)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet
323,436
(1,521)
309,684
(1,498)
Loans and other credit related commitments
79,771
(69)
74,475
(99)
Financial guarantees
1,197
(11)
1,046
(3)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet3
80,968
(80)
75,521
(102)
404,404
(1,601)
385,205
(1,600)
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL4
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL4
£m
£m
£m
£m
Debt instruments measured at 'FVOCI'
22,526
—
21,478
(1)
1The total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which
case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
2Includes only those financial instruments that are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9. ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’ as
presented within the consolidated balance sheet on page 77 includes both financial and non-financial assets, including cash collateral, settlement accounts and
items in the course of collection from other banks.
3Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
4Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’) continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a
memorandum item. Change in ECL is recognised in ‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’ in the income statement.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
26
Risk review
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
(Audited)
At 31 Dec 2025
At 31 Dec 2024
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance
for ECL1
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance
for ECL1
The bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
220,405
(1,335)
207,469
(1,282)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
13,325
—
13,072
(2)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
83,822
(5)
83,236
(6)
–  cash and balances at central banks
40,368
—
52,275
—
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
—
11,776
—
–  financial investments
18,923
(1)
16,119
(1)
–  prepayments, accrued income and other assets2
2,971
(4)
3,066
(5)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet
317,552
(1,340)
303,777
(1,290)
Loans and other credit related commitments
62,842
(62)
57,254
(94)
Financial guarantees
1,194
(12)
1,038
(3)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet3
64,036
(74)
58,292
(97)
381,588
(1,414)
362,069
(1,387)
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL4
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL4
£m
£m
£m
£m
Debt instruments measured at 'FVOCI'
22,526
—
21,478
(1)
1 The total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which
case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
2 Includes only those financial instruments that are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9. 'Prepayments, accrued income and other assets' as
presented within the bank's balance sheet on page 80 includes both financial and non-financial assets, including cash collateral, settlement accounts and items
in the course of collection from other banks.
3 Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
4 Debt instruments measured at FVOCI continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a memorandum item. Change in ECL is recognised in
‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’ in the income statement.
The following table provides an overview of the group’s credit risk by
stage and industry, and the associated ECL coverage. The financial
assets recorded in each stage have the following characteristics:
– Stage 1: These financial assets are unimpaired and without a
significant increase in credit risk ('SICR') on which a 12-month
allowance for ECL is recognised.
– Stage 2: a SICR has been experienced on these financial assets
since initial recognition for which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
– Stage 3: There is objective evidence of impairment, and the
financial assets are therefore considered to be in default or
otherwise credit-impaired on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
– Purchased or originated credit impaired ('POCI'): Financial assets
that are purchased or originated credit impaired at a deep discount
are seen to reflect the incurred credit losses on which a lifetime
ECL is recognised.
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector
at 31 December 2025
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Loans and advances to
customers at amortised cost
210,641
18,642
3,453
232,736
(284)
(477)
(752)
(1,513)
0.1
2.6
21.8
0.7
–  personal
142,951
10,823
895
154,669
(149)
(235)
(191)
(575)
0.1
2.2
21.3
0.4
–  corporate and commercial
59,346
7,633
2,500
69,479
(127)
(240)
(508)
(875)
0.2
3.1
20.3
1.3
–  non-bank financial
institutions
8,344
186
58
8,588
(8)
(2)
(53)
(63)
0.1
1.1
91.4
0.7
Loans and advances to banks
at amortised cost
6,636
—
—
6,636
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other financial assets
measured at amortised cost
83,957
78
29
84,064
(1)
(3)
(4)
(8)
—
3.8
13.8
—
Loan and other credit-related
commitments
77,089
2,480
202
79,771
(33)
(16)
(20)
(69)
—
0.6
9.9
0.1
–  personal
41,165
600
32
41,797
(11)
(4)
—
(15)
—
0.7
—
—
–  corporate and commercial
31,687
1,763
170
33,620
(20)
(12)
(20)
(52)
0.1
0.7
11.8
0.2
–  financial
4,237
117
—
4,354
(2)
—
—
(2)
—
—
—
—
Financial guarantee and similar
contracts
1,127
33
37
1,197
—
—
(11)
(11)
—
—
29.7
0.9
–  personal
303
—
—
303
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  corporate and commercial
563
33
37
633
—
—
(11)
(11)
—
—
29.7
1.7
–  financial
261
—
—
261
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
31 Dec 2025
379,450
21,233
3,721
404,404
(318)
(496)
(787)
(1,601)
0.1
2.3
21.2
0.4
1Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
27
Risk review
Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to
have suffered a SICR when they are 30 days past due ('DPD') and are
transferred from Stage 1 to Stage 2. The following disclosure
presents the ageing of Stage 2 financial assets by those less than
30 DPD and greater than 30 DPD and therefore presents those
financial assets classified as stage 2 due to ageing (30 DPD) and
those identified at an earlier stage (less than 30 DPD).
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2025
(Audited)
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage
2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage
2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage
2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1
30 and >
DPD1
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1
30 and >
DPD1
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1
30 and >
DPD1
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Loans and advances to
customers at amortised cost:
18,642
18,208
274
160
(477)
(412)
(35)
(30)
2.6
2.3
12.8
18.8
–  personal
10,823
10,534
176
113
(235)
(181)
(28)
(26)
2.2
1.7
15.9
23.0
–  corporate and commercial
7,633
7,488
98
47
(240)
(229)
(7)
(4)
3.1
3.1
7.1
8.5
–  non-bank financial
institutions
186
186
—
—
(2)
(2)
—
—
1.1
1.1
—
—
Other financial assets
measured at amortised cost
78
78
—
—
(3)
(3)
—
—
3.8
3.8
—
—
1DPD amounts presented above are on a contractual basis.
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2024
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Loans and advances to
customers at amortised cost
180,408
35,152
3,532
219,092
(275)
(565)
(648)
(1,488)
0.2
1.6
18.3
0.7
–  personal
121,438
24,971
857
147,266
(117)
(245)
(169)
(531)
0.1
1.0
19.7
0.4
–  corporate and commercial
51,144
9,858
2,638
63,640
(150)
(315)
(448)
(913)
0.3
3.2
17.0
1.4
–  non-bank financial
institutions
7,826
323
37
8,186
(8)
(5)
(31)
(44)
0.1
1.5
83.8
0.5
Loans and advances to banks
at amortised cost
7,263
—
2
7,265
—
—
(2)
(2)
—
—
100.0
—
Other financial assets
measured at amortised cost
83,160
136
31
83,327
(4)
(2)
(2)
(8)
—
1.5
6.5
—
Loan and other credit-related
commitments
70,280
3,810
385
74,475
(26)
(28)
(45)
(99)
—
0.7
11.7
0.1
–  personal
40,412
345
38
40,795
(5)
—
(2)
(7)
—
—
5.3
—
–  corporate and commercial
24,866
3,249
334
28,449
(20)
(28)
(42)
(90)
0.1
0.9
12.6
0.3
–  financial
5,002
216
13
5,231
(1)
—
(1)
(2)
—
—
7.7
—
Financial guarantee and similar
contracts
877
161
8
1,046
—
—
(3)
(3)
—
—
37.5
0.3
–  personal
306
7
—
313
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  corporate and commercial
380
121
8
509
—
—
(3)
(3)
—
—
37.5
0.6
–  financial
191
33
—
224
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2024
341,988
39,259
3,958
385,205
(305)
(595)
(700)
(1,600)
0.1
1.5
17.7
0.4
1Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2024
(Audited)
Gross  carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage
2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage
2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage
2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1
30 and >
DPD1
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1
30 and >
DPD1
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1
30 and >
DPD1
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Loans and advances to
customers at amortised cost:
35,152
34,612
363
177
(565)
(509)
(30)
(26)
1.6
1.5
8.3
14.7
–  personal
24,971
24,640
214
117
(245)
(201)
(23)
(21)
1.0
0.8
10.7
17.9
–  corporate and commercial
9,858
9,649
149
60
(315)
(303)
(7)
(5)
3.2
3.1
4.7
8.3
–  non-bank financial
institutions
323
323
—
—
(5)
(5)
—
—
1.5
1.5
—
—
Other financial assets
measured at amortised cost
136
136
—
—
(2)
(2)
—
—
1.5
1.5
—
—
1DPD amounts presented above are on a contractual basis.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
28
Risk review
Stage 2 decomposition
The following disclosure presents the stage 2 decomposition of gross
carrying amount and associated allowances for ECL for loans and
advances to customers and banks. It also sets out the reasons that
caused the exposures to be classified as stage 2 and therefore
presented as a SICR at 31 December 2025.
The quantitative classification shows gross carrying amount and
allowances for ECL for which the applicable reporting date
PD measure exceeds defined quantitative thresholds for retail and
wholesale exposures.
The qualitative classification primarily accounts for CRR deterioration,
watch-and-worry and retail management judgemental adjustments.
ÑA summary of our current policies and practices for the significant increase
in credit risk is set out in ‘Summary of material accounting policies’ on page
86.
Loans and advances to customers and banks1
At 31 Dec 2025
Loans and advances to customers
Loans and
advances to
banks at
amortised
cost
Total
stage 2
Personal
of which:
Corporate
and
commercial
Non-bank
financial
institutions
first lien
mortgage
credit
cards
other
personal
lending
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Quantitative
10,672
9,240
898
534
3,405
137
—
14,214
Qualitative
143
28
82
33
4,181
49
—
4,373
of which: forbearance
73
28
15
30
275
—
—
348
30 DPD backstop
8
4
2
2
47
—
—
55
Total gross carrying amount
10,823
9,272
982
569
7,633
186
—
18,642
Quantitative
(224)
(25)
(137)
(62)
(152)
(1)
—
(377)
Qualitative
(9)
—
(8)
(1)
(87)
—
—
(96)
of which: forbearance
(1)
—
—
(1)
(6)
—
—
(7)
30 DPD backstop
(2)
—
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
—
(4)
Total allowance for ECL
(235)
(25)
(146)
(64)
(240)
(2)
—
(477)
ECL coverage %
2.2
0.3
14.9
11.2
3.1
1.1
—
2.6
At 31 Dec 2024
Quantitative
23,222
21,991
615
616
7,320
304
—
30,846
Qualitative
1,748
1,690
29
29
2,479
19
—
4,246
of which: forbearance
65
10
28
27
184
3
—
252
30 DPD backstop
1
—
1
—
59
—
—
60
Total gross carrying amount
24,971
23,681
645
645
9,858
323
—
35,152
Quantitative
(239)
(38)
(136)
(65)
(240)
(5)
—
(484)
Qualitative
(6)
(4)
(1)
(1)
(71)
—
—
(77)
of which: forbearance
(1)
—
—
(1)
(4)
—
—
(5)
30 DPD backstop
—
—
—
—
(4)
—
—
(4)
Total allowance for ECL
(245)
(42)
(137)
(66)
(315)
(5)
—
(565)
ECL coverage %
1.0
0.2
21.2
10.2
3.2
1.5
—
1.6
1Where balances satisfy more than one of the above three criteria for determining a SICR, the corresponding gross carrying amount and ECL have been assigned
in order of categories presented.
2The decrease in Corporate and commercial balance includes the impact of new Wholesale PD models.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
29
Risk review
Credit exposure
Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)
‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table
The following table presents our maximum exposure before taking account of
any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such enhancements
meet accounting offsetting requirements). The table excludes financial
instruments whose carrying amount best represents the net exposure to
credit risk; and it excludes equity securities as they are not subject to credit
risk. For the financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum
exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount and is net of the
allowance for ECL; for financial guarantees and similar contracts granted, it is
the maximum amount that we would have to pay if the guarantees were
called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments, it
is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.
The offset in the table relates to amounts where there is a legally enforceable
right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result,
there is a net exposure for credit risk purposes. However, as there is no
intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances,
they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes. No offset has
been applied to off-balance sheet collateral. In the case of derivatives, the
offset column also includes collateral received in cash and other financial
assets.
The following table provides information on balance sheet items,
offsets, and loan and other credit-related commitments.
The offset on derivatives remains in line with the movements in
maximum exposure amounts.
Other credit risk mitigants
While not disclosed as an offset in the following ‘Maximum exposure
to credit risk’ table, other arrangements are in place which reduce our
maximum exposure to credit risk. These include a charge over
collateral on borrowers’ specific assets such as residential properties
and collateral held in the form of financial instruments that are not
held on balance sheet. See Note 22 for further details of collateral in
respect of certain loans and advances and derivatives.
Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)
At 31 Dec 2025
At 31 Dec 2024
Maximum
exposure
Offset
Net
Maximum
exposure
Offset
Net
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost
231,223
(4,505)
226,718
217,604
(3,310)
214,294
–  personal
154,094
—
154,094
146,735
—
146,735
–  corporate and commercial
68,604
(4,425)
64,179
62,727
(3,231)
59,496
–  non-bank financial institutions
8,525
(80)
8,445
8,142
(79)
8,063
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
6,636
—
6,636
7,263
—
7,263
Other financial assets held at amortised cost
84,205
—
84,205
83,458
—
83,458
–  cash and balances at central banks
40,369
—
40,369
52,276
—
52,276
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
—
21,560
11,776
—
11,776
–  financial investments
19,111
—
19,111
16,322
—
16,322
–  other assets
3,165
—
3,165
3,084
—
3,084
Derivatives
167
(124)
43
298
(295)
3
Total on-balance sheet exposure to credit risk
322,231
(4,629)
317,602
308,623
(3,605)
305,018
Total off-balance sheet
86,117
—
86,117
80,900
—
80,900
–  financial guarantees and similar contracts
3,980
—
3,980
3,440
—
3,440
–  loan and other credit-related commitments
82,137
—
82,137
77,460
—
77,460
Total
408,348
(4,629)
403,719
389,523
(3,605)
385,918
Concentration of exposures
(Audited)
The diversification of our lending portfolio and our broad range of
businesses and products ensured that we did not overly depend on
any one business segment to generate growth in 2025.
Loans and advances to customers and banks held at
amortised cost
The table on page 26 analyses loans and advances by industry sector
to show any concentration of credit risk exposures.
Other financial assets held at amortised cost
Financial investments
Our holdings of government and government agency debt securities,
corporate debt securities, asset-backed securities and other
securities were spread across a range of issuers in 2025 with 95%
(2024: 94%) invested in government or government agency debt
securities.
Measurement uncertainty and
sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
(Audited)
The recognition and measurement of ECL involves the use of
significant judgement and estimation. We form multiple economic
scenarios based on economic forecasts, apply these to credit risk
models to estimate future credit losses, and probability weight the
results to determine an unbiased ECL estimate.
Management assessed the current economic environment, reviewed
the latest economic forecasts and discussed key risks before
selecting the appropriate economic scenarios and their weightings.
Management judgemental adjustments are used where modelled
ECL does not fully reflect the identified risks and related uncertainty,
or to capture significant late-breaking events.
Methodology
At 31 December 2025, four economic scenarios are used to capture
the current economic environment and to articulate management’s
view of the range of risks and potential outcomes. Scenarios are
created using the latest economic forecasts and distributional
estimates every quarter.
Three of the scenarios, the Upside, Central and Downside, are drawn
from external consensus forecasts, market data and distributional
estimates of the entire range of economic outcomes. These
estimates are used as conditioning assumptions in a modelled
expansion of other variables, to ensure scenarios that are
economically coherent and internally consistent.
The consensus Central scenario is deemed the ‘most likely’ scenario,
and will attract the largest probability weighting. The consensus outer
scenarios represent short-term cyclical deviations from the Central
scenario, where variable paths converge back to long-term trend
expectations. They are calibrated to a 10% probability.
HSBC’s Central Scenario, constructed from a consensus of external
forecasts, assumes that the effects of announced climate measures,
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
30
Risk review
carbon pricing and green levies are incorporated into economic
forecasts where their short-term effects are known from enacted
legislation, or may be reasonably projected from current trends and
statutory targets.
Variable paths and projections aligned with long-term climate
outcomes, but which are dependent on additional policy adjustments,
carry greater uncertainty. Further details about our climate scenarios
have been disclosed on page 24.
The Downside 2 scenario explores more extreme economic
outcomes than those captured by the consensus scenarios. In this
scenario, variables do not, by design, revert to long-term trend
expectations. They may instead explore alternative states of
equilibrium, where economic variables move permanently away from
past trends. It is calibrated to a 5% probability.
In most circumstances, the alignment of weightings with the
calibrated probability of estimates is deemed appropriate for the
unbiased estimation of ECL. However, management may depart from
this probability-based scenario weighting approach when the
economic outlook is determined to be particularly uncertain and risks
are elevated.
Description of consensus economic scenarios
The economic assumptions presented in this section have been
formed by the HSBC Group with reference to external forecasts and
estimates, specifically for the purpose of calculating ECL.
Forecasts may change and remain subject to uncertainty. Outer
scenarios are designed to encompass the potential crystallisation of
key macro-financial risks and alternative paths for economic variables.
The scenarios used to calculate ECL in the Annual Report and
Accounts 2025 are described below.
The consensus Central scenario
HSBC UK’s Central scenario is consistent with a US tariff rate,
measured as an effective trade-weighted average, of 15% at the start
of 2026. This rate has fallen in recent months as it reflects the
lowering of US tariff rates on imports from mainland China, the
conclusion of a trade agreement with Switzerland and targeted tariff
exemptions on key products.
UK GDP growth expectations remain relatively subdued in the
scenario as unemployment has risen and business confidence has
weakened.
UK GDP is expected to grow by 1.1% in 2026 and the average rate of
UK GDP growth is 1.4% over the five-year forecast period.
The key features of our Central scenario are:
– GDP growth is expected to be slower in 2026 relative to 2025,
amid weak business confidence, higher unemployment and an
increased fiscal drag.
– Unemployment is forecast to rise moderately inline with slower
economic activity and subdued hiring. It is expected to remain
relatively low by historical standards.
– Inflation is forecast to fall over 2026 but stay above the BoE's target
rate, reflecting the effects of services prices.
– Policy interest rates are forecast to continue their gradual decline
in 2026. In the longer term, they are expected to remain at a
higher level than in recent years.
– House price growth is forecast to remain subdued in 2026 amid
weaker labour market conditions, although lower interest rates and
continued low housing supply are expected to maintain positive price
growth.
– Challenging conditions are also forecast to continue in certain
segments of the commercial property sector. Structural changes
to demand in the office segment in particular have driven lower
valuations.
– The Brent crude oil price is forecast to average around $65 per
barrel over the projection period.
The Central scenario was created with forecasts available in late
November, and subsequently kept under review until the end of
December 2025.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables in the
consensus Central scenario.
Central scenario
Average
2026–20301
Average
2025–20291
UK%
UK%
GDP growth rate (annual average
growth rate, %)
1.4
1.5
Unemployment rate (%)
4.7
4.5
House price index (annual average
growth rate, %)
2.5
3.2
Inflation rate (annual average
growth rate, %)
2.2
2.1
Central bank policy rate (annual
average, %)
3.6
3.9
1The five-year average is calculated over a projected period of 20 quarters
from 1Q26 to 4Q30 for the 4Q25 scenario and 1Q25 to 4Q29 for the 4Q24
scenario.
The consensus Upside scenario
Compared with the consensus Central scenario, the consensus
Upside scenario features stronger recovery in economic activity in the
near term, before converging to long-run trend expectations. It also
incorporates lower unemployment and higher asset prices than
incorporated in the Central scenario. Inflation accelerates modestly,
driven by increased investment and higher consumption spending.
The scenario is consistent with a number of key upside risk themes.
These include a partial rollback of tariff measures, deregulation, an
improvement in the US-China relationship, and a de-escalation in
geopolitical tensions.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables in the
consensus Upside scenario.
Consensus Upside scenario best outcome
2026 Q1-
2030 Q4
2025 Q1-
2029 Q4
GDP growth rate (%, start-to-peak)1
11.0 (4Q30)
11.3 (4Q29)
Unemployment rate (%, min)2
3.2 (4Q27)
3.5 (3Q26)
House price index (%, start-to-peak)1
20.0 (4Q30)
24.2 (4Q29)
Inflation rate (YoY % change)3
3.5 (1Q26)
1.4 (1Q26)
Central bank policy rate (%)3
3.9 (1Q26)
3.6 (4Q25)
1Cumulative change to the highest level of the series during the 20-quarter
projection.
2Lowest projected unemployment rate in the scenario.
3Highest (for 4Q25 scenarios)/ lowest (for 4Q24 scenarios) projected policy
rate and YoY percentage change in inflation in the scenario.
Downside scenarios
Downside scenarios explore the intensification and crystallisation of
key risk themes and are modelled so that economic shocks drive
consumption and investment lower and commodity prices fall. For
most markets, inflation and interest rates are lower compared with
the Central scenario. That narrative is disrupted in the US and Mexico
as higher tariff rates and other countermeasures are assumed to
drive a broad increase in import prices.
Key downside risks include:
– an increase in protectionist policies that lowers investment,
complicates international supply chains, and impedes trade flows;
– abrupt asset repricing given elevated valuations particularly in the
technology sector, eroding wealth effects and ultimately
increasing credit risks;
– broader and more prolonged conflicts in the Middle East and
between Russia and Ukraine, which undermines confidence and
investment; and
– continued differences between the US and China, which affects
economic confidence and global goods trade and supply chains for
critical technologies.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
31
Risk review
The consensus Downside scenario
In the consensus Downside scenario, the effects of tariffs on the
global economy are worse than expected, leading to weaker
economic activity compared with the Central scenario. The scenario
is consistent with the tariff rate, measured as an effective trade-
weighted average, rising to 19% in 2026, and remaining at that level
in 2027. The key driver of that increase is the application of sector-
specific tariff rates.
In this scenario, GDP declines and unemployment rates rise while
asset prices and commodity prices fall. The scenario features an
escalation in geopolitical tensions and an increase in tariffs over and
above those assumed in the Central scenario. Existing and recently
approved trade agreements are assumed to hold. Inflation declines
relative to the Central scenario, as tariffs are assumed to drive a drop
in export demand from the US.
In the scenario, oil prices trough at $40 per barrel.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables in the
Consensus Downside scenario.
Consensus Downside scenario
2026 Q1-
2030 Q4
2025 Q1-
2029 Q4
GDP growth rate (%, start-to-trough)1
(0.2) (2Q27)
(1.0) (4Q26)
Unemployment rate (%, max)2
6.2 (4Q26)
6.1 (4Q25)
House price index (%, start-to-trough)1
(4.1) (1Q27)
(4.5) (1Q26)
Inflation rate (YoY % change)3
1.3 (3Q26)
3.4 (4Q25)
Central bank policy rate (%)3
2.2 (3Q28)
5.0 (1Q25)
1Cumulative change to the lowest level of the series during the 20-quarter
projection.
2The highest projected unemployment rate in the scenario.
3The table shows the lowest (for 4Q25 projections) and highest (for 4Q24
projections) YoY percentage change in inflation and projected policy rates in
the scenario.
Downside 2 scenario
The Downside 2 scenario features a deep global recession and
reflects management's view of the tail of the economic distribution. It
incorporates the simultaneous crystallisation of a number of risks that
lead to a deep global recession. The subsequent drop in demand
leads to a steep fall in commodity prices, and a rapid increase in
unemployment.
The narrative features an escalation in tariff actions, resulting in a
global trade war, and further intensification of geopolitical crises.
Asset prices fall steeply, with technology-related stocks expected to
experience the most significant price adjustments. The scenario is
consistent with the US tariff rate, measured as an effective trade-
weighted average, rising to 25% in 2026, and remaining at that level
in 2027.
In the scenario, oil prices trough at $30 per barrel.
The table below describes key macroeconomic variables in the
Downside 2 scenario.
Downside 2 scenario worst outcome
2026 Q1-
2030 Q4
2025 Q1-
2029 Q4
GDP growth rate (%, start-to-trough)1
(5.3) (2Q27)
(9.1) (2Q26)
Unemployment rate (%, max)2
8.9 (2Q27)
8.4 (2Q26)
House price index (%, start-to-trough)1
(24.2) (4Q27)
(27.2) (4Q26)
Inflation rate (YoY % change) 3
(1.9) (4Q26)
10.1 (2Q25)
Central bank policy rate (%)3
1.4 (1Q27)
5.5 (1Q25)
1Cumulative change to the lowest level of the series during the 20-quarter
projection.
2The highest projected unemployment or policy interest rate in the scenario.
3The table shows the lowest (for 4Q25 projections) and highest (for 4Q24
projections) YoY percentage change in inflation and projected policy rates in
the scenario.
Following graph shows the historical and forecasted GDP growth rate
for the various economic scenarios.
13194139898013
Scenario weighting
Scenarios are calibrated to probabilities that are determined with
reference to consensus probability distributions. Management may
choose to vary weights, where they assess that the calibration lags
more recent events, or does not reflect their view of the distribution
of economic and geopolitical risk. Management’s view of the
scenarios and the probability distribution takes into consideration the
relationship of the consensus scenarios to both internal and external
assessments of risks.
For the fourth quarter of 2025, forecast and distributional estimates
were assessed to have incorporated available information around
tariffs and policy uncertainties and no major events had occurred
since scenario production that changed the outlook materially.
Forecast dispersion, financial market volatility and other measures of
uncertainty remained close to their long-term average.
Consequently, there was no variation in scenario weights and they
were aligned to the calibrated probabilities of the scenarios. The
consensus Central scenario was assigned a 75% probability
weighting. The consensus Upside scenario was assigned a 10%
weighting, and the consensus Downside scenario was given 10%.
The Downside 2 was assigned a 5% weighting.
In light of the US intervention in the political leadership and energy
assets of Venezuela during early January 2026, management
assessed the potential implications, including to oil prices, and
concluded that expected spillovers remain within the scope of
existing scenarios, including potentially significantly lower oil prices.
Subsequent tariff developments in relation to Greenland were also
assessed on the same basis, and no additional action was deemed
necessary for economic scenarios or weights.
Scenario weights %
4Q25
4Q24
Upside
10.0
10.0
Central
75.0
75.0
Downside
10.0
10.0
Downside 2
5.0
5.0
Critical estimates and judgements
The calculation of ECL under IFRS 9 involves significant judgements,
assumptions and estimates at 31 December 2025. These included:
– the selection and configuration of economic scenarios, given the
constant change in economic conditions and distribution of
economic risks; and
– estimating the economic effects of those scenarios on ECL,
where similar observable historical conditions cannot be captured
by the credit risk models.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
32
Risk review
How economic scenarios are reflected in ECL
calculations
Models are used to reflect economic scenarios in ECL estimates.
HSBC Group have developed globally consistent methodologies for
the application of forward economic guidance into the calculation of
ECL for wholesale and retail credit risk.
For wholesale portfolios, a global methodology is used for the
estimation of the term structure of PD and Loss given default ('LGD').
PDs use the correlation of forward economic guidance with default
rates for a particular industry within a country, and LGDs use the
correlation of forward economic guidance with collateral values and
realisation rates for a particular country and industry. PDs and LGDs
are estimated for the entire term structure of each instrument.
For impaired loans, ECL estimates are derived based on discounted
cash flow (‘DCF’) calculations for internal forward-looking scenarios
specific to individual borrower circumstances. Probability-weighted
outcomes are applied, and depending on materiality and status of the
borrower, the number of scenarios considered will change. Where
relevant for the case being assessed, forward economic guidance is
incorporated as part of these scenarios. LGD-driven ECL estimates
are used for certain less material cases.
For retail portfolios, the models are predominantly based on historical
observations and correlations with default rates and collateral values.
For PD, the impact of economic scenarios is modelled for each
portfolio, leveraging historical relationships between default rates and
macroeconomic variables. These are included within IFRS 9 ECL
estimates using either economic response models or models which
contain internal, external and macroeconomic variables. The
macroeconomic impact on PD is modelled over the period equal to
the remaining maturity of the assets.
For LGD, the impact is modelled for mortgage portfolios by
forecasting future loan-to-value ('LTV') profiles for the remaining
maturity of the asset, leveraging national level house price index
forecast and applying the corresponding LGD expectation relative to
the updated forecast collateral values.
For unsecured portfolios historically observed recovery rates are
leveraged to measure loss. For both mortgages and unsecured,
certain portfolios utilise a macroeconomic dependent stressed LGD
applied to the Downside 2 scenario.
Management judgemental adjustments
In the context of IFRS 9, management judgemental adjustments are
short-term increases or decreases to the modelled ECL at either a
customer, segment or portfolio level where management believes
ECL results do not sufficiently reflect the ECL at the reporting date.
These relate to risks or uncertainties which are not reflected in the
models and/or to any late-breaking events with significant
uncertainty, subject to management review and challenge.
The effect of management judgemental adjustments are considered
for both, gross balances and ECL when determining whether or not a
SICR has occurred and are attributed or allocated to a stage as
appropriate. This is in accordance with the internal adjustments
framework.
Management judgemental adjustments are reviewed under the
governance process for IFRS 9 (as detailed in the section ‘Credit risk
management’ on page 23). Review and challenge focuses on the
rationale and quantum of the adjustments with a further review
carried out by the second line of defence where significant. For some
management judgemental adjustments, internal frameworks
establish the conditions under which these adjustments should no
longer be required and as such are considered as part of the
governance process. This internal governance process allows
management judgemental adjustments to be reviewed regularly and,
where possible, to reduce the reliance on these through model
recalibration or redevelopment, as appropriate.
The drivers of management judgemental adjustments continue to
evolve with the economic environment, and as new risks emerge. In
addition to management judgemental adjustments, there are also
'Other adjustments', which are made to address process limitations
and data/model deficiencies and can also include, where appropriate,
the impact of new models where governance has sufficiently
progressed to allow an accurate estimate of ECL allowance to be
incorporated into the total reported ECL.
‘Management judgemental adjustments’ and ‘Other adjustments’
constitute the total value of adjustments to modelled ECL.
For the wholesale portfolio, defaulted exposures are assessed
individually and management judgemental adjustments are made only
to the performing portfolio.
Management judgemental adjustments made in estimating the
scenario-weighted reported ECL at 31 December 2025 are set out in
the following table. 
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December
20251
Retail
Wholesale2
Total
£m
£m
£m
Modelled ECL (A)3
585
385
970
Corporate lending
adjustments
—
9
9
Inflation related
adjustments
—
—
—
Other credit judgements
23
—
23
Total management
judgemental
adjustments (B)4
23
9
32
Other adjustments (C)5
(16)
29
13
Final ECL (A + B + C)6
592
423
1,015
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December
20241
Retail
Wholesale2
Total
£m
£m
£m
Modelled ECL (A)3
582
512
1,094
Corporate lending
adjustments
—
—
—
Inflation related
adjustments
3
—
3
Other credit judgements
7
—
7
Total management
judgemental
adjustments (B)4
10
—
10
Other adjustments (C)5
(43)
14
(29)
Final ECL (A + B + C)6
549
526
1,075
1Management judgemental adjustments presented in the table reflect
increases or (decreases) to allowance for ECL, respectively.
2The wholesale portfolio corresponds to adjustments to the performing
portfolio (stage 1 and stage 2).
3(A) refers to probability-weighted allowance for ECL before any adjustments
are applied.
4(B) refers to adjustments that are applied where management believes
allowance for ECL does not sufficiently reflect the credit risk/ECL of any
given portfolio at the reporting date. These can relate to risks or
uncertainties that are not reflected in the model and/or to any late-breaking
events.
5(C) refers to adjustments to allowance for ECL made to address process
limitations and data/model deficiencies and can also include where
appropriate, the impact of new models where governance has sufficiently
progressed to allow an accurate estimate of ECL allowance to be
incorporated into the total reported ECL.
6As presented within our internal credit risk governance.
At 31 December 2025, total adjustments of the Wholesale portfolio
to the modelled output were an ECL increase of £38m, comprising
£33m relating to corporate portfolios and £5m relating to retail small
and medium-sized enterprise portfolios (31 December 2024: £14m
increase including £8m from retail SME). The adjustments reflected
identified model limitations, data related adjustments, and
management judgmental adjustments to reflect portfolio movements
not captured in modelled results.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
33
Risk review
At 31 December 2025, total adjustments of the Retail portfolio to the
modelled output were an ECL increase of £7m (31 December 2024:
£(33)m).
– Management judgemental adjustments relating to Other credit
judgements increased ECL by £23m (31 December 2024: £7m).
The increase was primarily driven by an adjustment to reflect
lending and delinquency growth not captured in the modelled
ECL, and an adjustment to align LGD for unresolved cases with
the most recent observed performance of the portfolio.
– Management judgemental adjustments relating to Other
judgements reduced ECL by £16m (31 December 2024: £(43)m).
The reduction was primarily due to an ECL model update to align
PD to the most recent observed performance of the Mortgages
portfolio.
Economic scenarios sensitivity analysis of
ECL estimates
Management considered the sensitivity of the ECL outcome against
the economic forecasts as part of the ECL governance process by
recalculating the ECL under each scenario described above for
selected portfolios, applying a 100% weighting to each scenario in
turn. The weighting is reflected in both the determination of a SICR
and the measurement of the resulting ECL.
The ECL calculated for the Upside and Downside scenarios should
not be taken to represent the upper and lower limits of possible ECL
outcomes. The impact of defaults that might occur in the future
under different economic scenarios is captured by recalculating ECL
for loans at the balance sheet date.
There is a particularly high degree of estimation uncertainty in
numbers representing more severe risk scenarios when assigned a
100% weighting.
For wholesale credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis excludes
ECL and financial instruments related to defaulted (stage 3) obligors.
The measurement of stage 3 ECL is relatively more sensitive to credit
factors specific to the obligor than future economic scenarios, and
therefore the effect of macroeconomic factors are not necessarily the
key consideration when performing individual assessments of ECL
for obligors in default. Loans to defaulted obligors are a small portion
of the overall wholesale lending exposure, even if representing the
majority of ECL. Due to the range and specificity of the credit factors
to which the ECL is sensitive, it is not possible to provide a
meaningful alternative sensitivity analysis for a consistent set of risks
across all defaulted obligors.
For retail mortgage exposures, the sensitivity analysis includes ECL
for loans and advances to customers related to defaulted obligors.
This is because the retail ECL for secured mortgage portfolios,
including loans in all stages, is sensitive to macroeconomic variables.
Wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis
The wholesale and retail sensitivity tables present the 100%
weighted results for each of our scenarios. The results tables exclude
small portfolios, and as such cannot be directly compared to personal
and wholesale lending presented in other credit risk tables.
Additionally, in both the wholesale and retail analysis, the
comparative period results for Downside 2 scenarios are also not
directly comparable to the current period, because they reflect
different risks relative to the Consensus scenarios for the period end.
The wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis is stated inclusive of
management judgemental adjustments, as appropriate to each
scenario.
For both retail and wholesale portfolios, the gross carrying amount of
financial instruments are the same under each scenario. For
exposures with similar risk profile and product characteristics, the
sensitivity impact is therefore largely the result of changes in
macroeconomic assumptions.
Wholesale analysis
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1,2,3
2025
2024
£m
£m
ECL of financial instruments subject to
significant measurement uncertainty at
31 Dec
Reported ECL
423
526
Consensus scenarios
Central scenario
404
491
Upside scenario
365
390
Downside scenario
478
620
Downside 2 scenario
770
1,599
1ECL sensitivity includes off-balance sheet financial instruments that are
subject to significant measurement uncertainty.
2Includes low credit-risk financial instruments such as debt instruments at
FVOCI, which have high carrying amounts but low ECL under all the above
scenarios.
3Excludes defaulted obligors. For a detailed breakdown of performing and
non-performing wholesale portfolio exposures, see page 40.
Compared with 31 December 2024, the total ECL sensitivity across
all scenarios has decreased due to the effects of enhanced credit risk
models and updates to our forward economic scenarios.
In the wholesale portfolio, off-balance sheet financial instruments
have a lower likelihood to be fully converted to a funded exposure at
the point of default, and consequently the sensitivity of ECL is lower
in relation to its nominal amount, when compared with an on-balance
sheet exposure with a similar risk profile.
Retail analysis
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
2025
2024
£m
£m
ECL of loans and advances to customers at
31 Dec
Reported ECL
561
516
Consensus scenarios
Central scenario
551
498
Upside scenario
517
470
Downside scenario
573
520
Downside 2 scenario
793
866
1ECL sensitivities exclude portfolios utilising less complex modelling
approaches.
Mortgages reflected the lowest level of ECL sensitivity given the
significant levels of collateral relative to exposure values. Credit cards
and other unsecured lending across stage 1 and stage 2 are more
sensitive to economic forecasts and therefore reflected the highest
level of ECL sensitivity during 2025.
Total ECL sensitivity increased across all scenarios, inline with higher
reported ECL resulting from portfolio growth and model updates,
with the exception of the Downside 2 scenario. The Downside 2
scenario has decreased due to less severe forward economic
projections compared to 31 December 2024.
There is limited sensitivity in credit cards and other unsecured lending
in stage 3 as levels of loss on defaulted exposures remain consistent
through various economic conditions. The Downside 2 scenario is
from the tail of the economic distribution where ECL is more
sensitive based on historical experience and includes a stressed LGD
for a limited number of portfolios.
The following disclosure provides a reconciliation by stage of the
HSBC UK’s gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans
and advances to banks and customers, including loan commitments
and financial guarantees, reconciliation by stage of the HSBC UK’s
gross carrying amount and allowances for loans and advances to
banks and customers and Reconciliation by stage of the HSBC UK’s
nominal amount and allowances for loan commitments and financial
guarantees.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
34
Risk review
Movements are calculated on a quarterly basis and therefore fully
capture stage movements between quarters. If movements were
calculated on a year-to-date basis they would only reflect the opening
and closing position of the financial instrument.
The transfers of financial instruments represent the impact of stage
transfers upon the gross carrying/nominal amount and associated
allowance for ECL. The net remeasurement of ECL arising from stage
transfers represents the increase or decrease due to these transfers,
for example, moving from a 12-month (Stage 1) to a lifetime (Stage 2)
ECL measurement basis. Net remeasurement excludes the
underlying CRR/PD movements of the financial instruments
transferring stage. This is captured, along with other credit quality
movements in the ‘changes in risk parameters – credit quality’ line
item.
Changes in Net new and further lending/repayments includes ‘New
financial assets originated or purchased’, ‘Assets derecognised
(including final repayments)’ and ‘Changes to risk parameters –
further lending/repayment’ represent the impact from volume
movements within the HSBC UK’s lending portfolio.
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees1
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance
for ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
256,122
(301)
39,027
(593)
3,927
(698)
299,076
(1,592)
Transfers of financial instruments
8,276
(276)
(10,013)
353
1,737
(77)
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(29,764)
92
29,764
(92)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
38,340
(348)
(38,340)
348
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to Stage 3
(502)
8
(1,801)
144
2,303
(152)
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 3
202
(28)
364
(47)
(566)
75
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
241
—
(169)
—
(6)
—
66
Net new and further lending/repayments
29,827
(34)
(7,886)
145
(1,371)
317
20,570
428
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
50
—
(300)
—
(908)
—
(1,158)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
2
—
71
—
(12)
—
61
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(601)
601
(601)
601
Foreign exchange
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
1
Others
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2025
294,225
(317)
21,128
(493)
3,692
(783)
319,045
(1,593)
ECL income statement change for the period
259
(253)
(609)
(603)
Recoveries
78
Others
(5)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(530)
At 1 Jan 2024
240,631
(317)
47,362
(780)
4,252
(710)
292,245
(1,807)
Transfers of financial instruments:
(3,927)
(290)
2,298
344
1,629
(54)
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(37,934)
156
37,934
(156)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
34,287
(417)
(34,287)
417
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to Stage 3
(585)
5
(1,833)
145
2,418
(150)
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 3
305
(34)
484
(62)
(789)
96
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
254
—
(158)
—
(8)
—
88
Net new and further lending/repayments
19,372
(67)
(10,633)
231
(1,349)
298
7,390
462
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
99
—
(235)
—
(811)
—
(947)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
21
—
5
—
(18)
—
8
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(605)
605
(605)
605
Foreign exchange
—
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
Others
46
—
—
—
—
—
46
—
At 31 Dec 2024
256,122
(301)
39,027
(593)
3,927
(698)
299,076
(1,592)
ECL income statement change for the period
307
(157)
(539)
(389)
Recoveries
74
Others
(4)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(319)
1The Reconciliation excludes loans and advances to other HSBC Group companies. As at 31 December 2025, these amounted to £0.7bn (2024: £1.2bn) and were
classified as Stage 1 with no ECL.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
35
Risk review
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
186,510
(275)
35,152
(565)
3,534
(650)
225,196
(1,490)
Transfers of financial instruments:
8,153
(257)
(9,776)
333
1,623
(76)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(26,152)
89
26,152
(89)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
34,564
(327)
(34,564)
327
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(427)
8
(1,685)
142
2,112
(150)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
168
(27)
321
(47)
(489)
74
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
227
—
(161)
—
(6)
—
60
Net new and further lending/repayments
21,891
(36)
(6,733)
135
(1,104)
299
14,054
398
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
55
—
(291)
—
(907)
—
(1,143)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
2
—
71
—
(12)
—
61
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(601)
601
(601)
601
Foreign exchange
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
1
Others
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2025
216,554
(283)
18,643
(478)
3,452
(751)
238,649
(1,512)
ECL income statement change for the period
248
(246)
(626)
(624)
Recoveries
78
Others
(4)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(550)
At 1 Jan 2024
174,984
(286)
42,286
(755)
3,911
(665)
221,181
(1,706)
Transfers of financial instruments:
(3,944)
(280)
2,488
328
1,456
(48)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(33,463)
150
33,463
(150)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
29,766
(401)
(29,766)
401
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(482)
5
(1,647)
139
2,129
(144)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
235
(34)
438
(62)
(673)
96
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
245
—
(148)
—
(8)
—
89
Net new and further lending/repayments
15,424
(70)
(9,622)
221
(1,228)
249
4,574
400
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
96
—
(216)
—
(765)
—
(885)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
21
—
5
—
(18)
—
8
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(605)
605
(605)
605
Foreign exchange
—
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
Others
46
—
—
—
—
—
46
—
At 31 Dec 2024
186,510
(275)
35,152
(565)
3,534
(650)
225,196
(1,490)
ECL income statement change for the period
292
(138)
(542)
(388)
Recoveries
74
Others
(5)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(319)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
36
Risk review
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loan commitments and financial guarantees
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
69,612
(26)
3,875
(28)
393
(48)
73,880
(102)
Transfers of financial instruments
123
(19)
(237)
20
114
(1)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(3,612)
3
3,612
(3)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
3,776
(21)
(3,776)
21
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(75)
—
(116)
2
191
(2)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
34
(1)
43
—
(77)
1
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
14
—
(8)
—
—
—
6
Net new and further lending/repayments
7,936
2
(1,153)
10
(267)
18
6,516
30
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
(5)
—
(9)
—
(1)
—
(15)
At 31 Dec 2025
77,671
(34)
2,485
(15)
240
(32)
80,396
(81)
ECL income statement change for the period
11
(7)
17
21
Recoveries
—
Others
(1)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
20
At 1 Jan 2024
65,647
(31)
5,076
(25)
341
(45)
71,064
(101)
Transfers of financial instruments:
17
(10)
(190)
16
173
(6)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(4,471)
6
4,471
(6)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
4,521
(16)
(4,521)
16
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(103)
—
(186)
6
289
(6)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
70
—
46
—
(116)
—
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
9
—
(10)
—
—
—
(1)
Net new and further lending/repayments
3,948
3
(1,011)
10
(121)
49
2,816
62
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
3
—
(19)
—
(46)
—
(62)
At 31 Dec 2024
69,612
(26)
3,875
(28)
393
(48)
73,880
(102)
ECL income statement change for the period
15
(19)
3
(1)
Recoveries
—
Others
1
Total ECL income statement change for the period
—
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
We assess the credit quality of all financial instruments that are
subject to credit risk. The credit quality of financial instruments is a-
point-in-time assessment of PD, whereas Stages 1 and 2 are
determined based on relative deterioration of credit quality since
initial recognition. Accordingly, for non-credit-impaired financial
instruments there is no direct relationship between the credit quality
assessment and Stages 1 and 2, though typically the lower credit
quality bands exhibit a higher proportion in Stage 2.
The five credit quality classifications defined above each encompass
a range of granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale
and personal lending businesses and the external ratings attributed
by external agencies to debt securities, as shown in the table on page
23.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
37
Risk review
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
In-scope for IFRS 9
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost
135,440
50,642
38,564
4,637
3,453
232,736
(1,513)
231,223
–  personal
124,478
20,919
7,924
453
895
154,669
(575)
154,094
–  corporate and commercial
8,464
26,244
28,119
4,152
2,500
69,479
(875)
68,604
–  non-bank financial institutions
2,498
3,479
2,521
32
58
8,588
(63)
8,525
Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost
6,636
—
—
—
—
6,636
—
6,636
Cash and balances at central banks
40,369
—
—
—
—
40,369
—
40,369
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,097
463
—
—
—
21,560
—
21,560
Financial investments
19,112
—
—
—
—
19,112
(1)
19,111
Other assets
2,478
263
231
22
29
3,023
(7)
3,016
–  endorsements and acceptances
4
28
12
1
—
45
—
45
–  accrued income and other
2,474
235
219
21
29
2,978
(7)
2,971
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI1
22,965
—
—
—
—
22,965
—
22,965
Out-of-scope for IFRS 9 ECL
Derivatives
158
6
3
—
—
167
—
167
Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet
248,255
51,374
38,798
4,659
3,482
346,568
(1,521)
345,047
Percentage of total credit quality
71.7
14.8
11.2
1.3
1.0
100.0
Loan and other credit related commitments
46,043
19,079
13,600
847
202
79,771
(69)
79,702
Financial guarantees
567
180
402
11
37
1,197
(11)
1,186
In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial
guarantees
46,610
19,259
14,002
858
239
80,968
(80)
80,888
Loan and other credit related commitments
229
933
1,152
103
18
2,435
—
2,435
Performance and other guarantees
460
1,096
1,070
123
73
2,822
(28)
2,794
Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and Non-
financial guarantees
689
2,029
2,222
226
91
5,257
(28)
5,229
In-scope for IFRS 9
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost
128,253
44,989
37,009
5,309
3,532
219,092
(1,488)
217,604
–  personal
117,179
20,821
7,953
456
857
147,266
(531)
146,735
–  corporate and commercial
8,719
21,727
25,780
4,776
2,638
63,640
(913)
62,727
–  non-bank financial institutions
2,355
2,441
3,276
77
37
8,186
(44)
8,142
Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost
7,263
—
—
—
2
7,265
(2)
7,263
Cash and balances at central banks
52,276
—
—
—
—
52,276
—
52,276
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
11,776
—
—
—
—
11,776
—
11,776
Financial investments
16,323
—
—
—
—
16,323
(1)
16,322
Other assets
2,451
203
261
6
31
2,952
(7)
2,945
–  endorsements and acceptances
3
28
6
4
—
41
(3)
38
–  accrued income and other
2,448
175
255
2
31
2,911
(4)
2,907
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI1
22,263
—
—
—
—
22,263
(1)
22,262
Out-of-scope for IFRS 9
Derivatives
284
6
5
—
—
295
—
295
Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet
240,889
45,198
37,275
5,315
3,565
332,242
(1,499)
330,743
Percentage of total credit quality
72.5
13.6
11.2
1.6
1.1
100.0
Loan and other credit related commitments
45,768
14,077
13,135
1,110
385
74,475
(99)
74,376
Financial guarantees
490
228
240
80
8
1,046
(3)
1,043
In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial
guarantees
46,258
14,305
13,375
1,190
393
75,521
(102)
75,419
Loan and other credit related commitments
753
830
1,177
228
96
3,084
—
3,084
Performance and other guarantees
309
923
983
181
20
2,416
(19)
2,397
Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and Non-
financial guarantees
1,062
1,753
2,160
409
116
5,500
(19)
5,481
1For the purposes of this disclosure gross carrying amount is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such,
the gross carrying amount of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
38
Risk review
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
135,440
50,642
38,564
4,637
3,453
232,736
(1,513)
231,223
–  Stage 1
133,860
44,134
31,393
1,254
—
210,641
(284)
210,357
–  Stage 2
1,580
6,508
7,171
3,383
—
18,642
(477)
18,165
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
3,453
3,453
(752)
2,701
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
6,636
—
—
—
—
6,636
—
6,636
–  Stage 1
6,636
—
—
—
—
6,636
—
6,636
–  Stage 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
83,056
726
231
22
29
84,064
(8)
84,056
–  Stage 1
83,049
705
198
5
—
83,957
(1)
83,956
–  Stage 2
7
21
33
17
—
78
(3)
75
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
29
29
(4)
25
Loan and other credit-related commitments
46,043
19,079
13,600
847
202
79,771
(69)
79,702
–  Stage 1
45,873
18,978
12,031
207
—
77,089
(33)
77,056
–  Stage 2
170
101
1,569
640
—
2,480
(16)
2,464
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
202
202
(20)
182
Financial guarantees
567
180
402
11
37
1,197
(11)
1,186
–  Stage 1
567
179
379
2
—
1,127
—
1,127
–  Stage 2
—
1
23
9
—
33
—
33
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
37
37
(11)
26
At 31 Dec 2025
271,742
70,627
52,797
5,517
3,721
404,404
(1,601)
402,803
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
22,965
—
—
—
—
22,965
—
22,965
–  Stage 1
22,965
—
—
—
—
22,965
—
22,965
–  Stage 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2025
22,965
—
—
—
—
22,965
—
22,965
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
128,253
44,989
37,009
5,309
3,532
219,092
(1,488)
217,604
–  stage 1
117,139
32,452
29,282
1,535
—
180,408
(275)
180,133
–  stage 2
11,114
12,537
7,727
3,774
—
35,152
(565)
34,587
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
3,532
3,532
(648)
2,884
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
7,263
—
—
—
2
7,265
(2)
7,263
–  stage 1
7,263
—
—
—
—
7,263
—
7,263
–  stage 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
2
2
(2)
—
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
82,826
203
261
6
31
83,327
(8)
83,319
–  stage 1
82,791
167
200
2
—
83,160
(4)
83,156
–  stage 2
35
36
61
4
—
136
(2)
134
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
31
31
(2)
29
Loan and other credit-related commitments
45,768
14,077
13,135
1,110
385
74,475
(99)
74,376
–  stage 1
45,482
12,877
11,527
394
—
70,280
(26)
70,254
–  stage 2
286
1,200
1,608
716
—
3,810
(28)
3,782
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
385
385
(45)
340
Financial guarantees
490
228
240
80
8
1,046
(3)
1,043
–  stage 1
490
217
167
3
—
877
—
877
–  stage 2
—
11
73
77
—
161
—
161
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
8
8
(3)
5
At 31 Dec 2024
264,600
59,497
50,645
6,505
3,958
385,205
(1,600)
383,605
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
22,263
—
—
—
—
22,263
(1)
22,262
–  stage 1
22,263
—
—
—
—
22,263
(1)
22,262
–  stage 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2024
22,263
—
—
—
—
22,263
(1)
22,262
1For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying amount is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such,
the gross carrying amount of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
Credit-impaired loans
(Audited)
We determine that a financial instrument is credit-impaired and in
Stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily
whether:
– contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due
for more than 90 days;
– there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay,
such as a concession has been granted to the borrower for
economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial
condition; and
– the loan is otherwise considered to be in default. If such
unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed
to occur when an exposure is 90 DPD. Therefore, the definitions
of credit-impaired and default are aligned as far as possible so that
Stage 3 represents all loans which are considered defaulted or
otherwise credit-impaired.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
39
Risk review
The following table shows the gross carrying amounts of HSBC UK's
holdings of forborne loans and advances to customers by industry
sector and by stages. Mandatory and general offer loan modifications
that are not borrower-specific, for example market-wide customer
relief programmes, have not been classified as forborne loans.
ÑA summary of our current policies and practices for forbearance is set out in
‘Credit risk management’ on page 23.
Forborne loans and advances to customers at amortised costs by stage allocation
Performing –
Forborne
Non-Performing –
Forborne
Total
Forborne
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
Gross carrying amount
Personal
145
362
507
–  first lien residential mortgages
47
255
302
–  credit cards
51
42
93
Other personal lending
47
65
112
–  other personal lending which is secured
—
8
8
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
47
57
104
Wholesale
824
1,152
1,976
–  corporate and commercial
823
1,152
1,975
–  non-bank financial institutions
1
—
1
At 31 Dec 2025
969
1,514
2,483
Allowance for ECL
Personal
(10)
(88)
(98)
–  first lien residential mortgages
—
(30)
(30)
–  credit cards
(6)
(28)
(34)
Other personal lending
(4)
(30)
(34)
–  other personal lending which is secured
—
—
—
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
(4)
(30)
(34)
Wholesale
(59)
(195)
(254)
–  corporate and commercial
(59)
(195)
(254)
–  non-bank financial institutions
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2025
(69)
(283)
(352)
Gross carrying amount
Personal
133
372
505
–  first lien residential mortgages
21
234
255
–  credit cards
52
52
104
Other personal lending
60
86
146
–  other personal lending which is secured
—
—
—
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
60
86
146
Wholesale
864
1,408
2,272
–  corporate and commercial
861
1,405
2,266
–  non-bank financial institutions
3
3
6
At 31 Dec 2024
997
1,780
2,777
Allowance for ECL
Personal
(12)
(93)
(105)
–  first lien residential mortgages
—
(24)
(24)
–  credit cards
(6)
(25)
(31)
Other personal lending
(6)
(44)
(50)
–  other personal lending which is secured
—
—
—
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
(6)
(44)
(50)
Wholesale
(68)
(221)
(289)
–  corporate and commercial
(68)
(219)
(287)
–  non-bank financial institutions
—
(2)
(2)
At 31 Dec 2024
(80)
(314)
(394)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
40
Risk review
Wholesale lending
This section provides further detail on the products in wholesale
loans and advances to customers and banks. Product granularity is
also provided by stage. Additionally, this section provides a
reconciliation of the opening 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025
closing gross carrying/nominal amounts and the associated allowance
for ECL.
Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
59,346
7,633
2,500
69,479
(127)
(240)
(508)
(875)
–  agriculture, forestry and fishing
3,697
555
194
4,446
(7)
(17)
(27)
(51)
–  mining and quarrying
378
26
83
487
—
(1)
(43)
(44)
–  manufacturing
7,555
809
506
8,870
(9)
(22)
(68)
(99)
–  electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply
1,424
304
6
1,734
(2)
(7)
(1)
(10)
–  water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
856
34
32
922
(2)
(1)
(9)
(12)
–  real estate and construction
13,032
1,551
412
14,995
(29)
(69)
(91)
(189)
–  of which: CRE
11,083
1,458
264
12,805
(26)
(60)
(62)
(148)
–  wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles
9,249
1,334
463
11,046
(13)
(28)
(124)
(165)
–  transportation and storage
2,268
196
41
2,505
(2)
(5)
(4)
(11)
–  accommodation and food
4,617
927
282
5,826
(16)
(33)
(21)
(70)
–  publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting
3,178
381
200
3,759
(20)
(13)
(61)
(94)
–  professional, scientific and technical activities
4,336
315
79
4,730
(11)
(14)
(22)
(47)
–  administrative and support services
4,611
555
59
5,225
(6)
(10)
(17)
(33)
–  education
980
118
26
1,124
(2)
(7)
(7)
(16)
–  health and care
1,520
184
40
1,744
(3)
(5)
(5)
(13)
–  arts, entertainment and recreation
892
66
28
986
(2)
(3)
(5)
(10)
–  other services
752
277
49
1,078
(3)
(5)
(3)
(11)
–  activities of households
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  government
1
1
—
2
—
—
—
—
Non-bank financial institutions
8,344
186
58
8,588
(8)
(2)
(53)
(63)
Loans and advances to banks
6,636
—
—
6,636
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2025
74,326
7,819
2,558
84,703
(135)
(242)
(561)
(938)
Total wholesale credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
32,250
1,796
207
34,253
(20)
(12)
(31)
(63)
Financial
4,498
117
—
4,615
(2)
—
—
(2)
At 31 Dec 2025
36,748
1,913
207
38,868
(22)
(12)
(31)
(65)
Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
51,144
9,858
2,638
63,640
(150)
(315)
(448)
(913)
–  agriculture, forestry and fishing
3,416
709
192
4,317
(9)
(22)
(24)
(55)
–  mining and quarrying
423
178
1
602
(1)
(4)
—
(5)
–  manufacturing
6,483
1,127
341
7,951
(13)
(33)
(65)
(111)
–  electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply
1,305
43
5
1,353
(2)
—
—
(2)
–  water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
847
85
14
946
(1)
(2)
(2)
(5)
–  real estate and construction
9,094
3,723
514
13,331
(29)
(95)
(83)
(207)
–  of which: CRE
7,489
3,230
392
11,111
(24)
(81)
(57)
(162)
–  wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles
8,222
1,383
508
10,113
(17)
(43)
(98)
(158)
–  transportation and storage
1,794
294
67
2,155
(3)
(6)
(10)
(19)
–  accommodation and food
4,659
664
390
5,713
(15)
(30)
(35)
(80)
–  publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting
2,688
409
138
3,235
(22)
(27)
(29)
(78)
–  professional, scientific and technical activities
3,867
330
129
4,326
(13)
(17)
(51)
(81)
–  administrative and support services
4,588
383
58
5,029
(11)
(12)
(13)
(36)
–  education
599
96
31
726
(2)
(5)
(12)
(19)
–  health and care
1,405
297
99
1,801
(4)
(12)
(15)
(31)
–  arts, entertainment and recreation
834
56
36
926
(2)
(3)
(3)
(8)
–  other services
916
81
115
1,112
(6)
(4)
(8)
(18)
–  activities of households
1
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
–  government
3
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
Non-bank financial institutions
7,826
323
37
8,186
(8)
(5)
(31)
(44)
Loans and advances to banks
7,263
—
2
7,265
—
—
(2)
(2)
At 31 Dec 2024
66,233
10,181
2,677
79,091
(158)
(320)
(481)
(959)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
41
Risk review
Total wholesale credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution (continued)
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
25,246
3,370
342
28,958
(20)
(28)
(45)
(93)
Financial
5,193
249
13
5,455
(1)
—
(1)
(2)
At 31 Dec 2024
30,439
3,619
355
34,413
(21)
(28)
(46)
(95)
Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees1
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
93,966
(179)
13,704
(348)
3,032
(527)
110,702
(1,054)
Transfers of financial instruments
(5)
(100)
(1,370)
154
1,375
(54)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(9,158)
41
9,158
(41)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
9,366
(131)
(9,366)
131
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(284)
1
(1,384)
83
1,668
(84)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
71
(11)
222
(19)
(293)
30
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
103
—
(66)
—
(2)
—
35
Net new and further lending/repayments
15,845
(12)
(2,629)
100
(1,332)
270
11,884
358
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
8
—
(166)
—
(589)
—
(747)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
22
—
72
—
—
—
94
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(310)
310
(310)
310
Foreign exchange
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
1
Others
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2025
109,806
(157)
9,705
(254)
2,765
(592)
122,276
(1,003)
ECL income statement change for the period
121
(60)
(321)
(260)
Recoveries
9
Others
(5)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(256)
At 1 Jan 2024
85,019
(190)
19,191
(396)
3,228
(508)
107,438
(1,094)
Transfers of financial instruments
(1,209)
(85)
(153)
145
1,362
(60)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(14,756)
91
14,756
(91)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
13,823
(171)
(13,823)
171
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(351)
2
(1,358)
72
1,709
(74)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
75
(7)
272
(7)
(347)
14
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
101
—
(97)
—
(2)
—
2
Net new and further lending/repayments
10,110
(41)
(5,334)
120
(1,228)
252
3,548
331
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
11
—
(175)
—
(539)
—
(703)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
26
—
55
—
—
—
81
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(330)
330
(330)
330
Foreign exchange
—
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
Other
46
—
—
—
—
—
46
—
At 31 Dec 2024
93,966
(179)
13,704
(348)
3,032
(527)
110,702
(1,054)
ECL income statement change for the period
97
(97)
(289)
(289)
Recoveries
13
Others
(4)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(280)
1The reconciliation excludes loans and advances to other HSBC Group companies. As at 31 December 2025, these amounted to £0.7bn (2024: £1.2bn) and were
classified as Stage 1 with no ECL.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
42
Risk review
Wholesale lending – credit risk profile by obligor grade for loans and advances at amortised cost
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Basel one-year
PD range
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
ECL
coverage
Mapped
external rating
%
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
Corporate and commercial
59,346
7,633
2,500
69,479
(127)
(240)
(508)
(875)
1.3
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
956
—
—
956
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
7,487
21
—
7,508
(3)
—
—
(3)
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
25,770
474
—
26,244
(29)
(5)
—
(34)
0.1
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
15,655
1,661
—
17,316
(39)
(13)
—
(52)
0.3
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
8,447
2,356
—
10,803
(51)
(45)
—
(96)
0.9
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
612
1,412
—
2,024
(4)
(43)
—
(47)
2.3
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
246
866
—
1,112
(1)
(43)
—
(44)
4.0
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
173
843
—
1,016
—
(91)
—
(91)
9.0
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
2,500
2,500
—
—
(508)
(508)
20.3
D
Non-bank financial
institutions
8,344
186
58
8,588
(8)
(2)
(53)
(63)
0.7
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
247
—
—
247
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
2,251
—
—
2,251
—
—
—
—
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
3,479
—
—
3,479
(2)
—
—
(2)
0.1
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
1,761
38
—
1,799
(3)
(1)
—
(4)
0.2
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
591
131
—
722
(2)
(1)
—
(3)
0.4
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
10
11
—
21
(1)
—
—
(1)
4.8
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
4
6
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
1
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
58
58
—
—
(53)
(53)
91.4
D
Banks
6,636
—
—
6,636
—
—
—
—
—
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
6,591
—
—
6,591
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
45
—
—
45
—
—
—
—
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
D
At 31 Dec 2025
74,326
7,819
2,558
84,703
(135)
(242)
(561)
(938)
1.1
Corporate and commercial 1
51,144
9,858
2,638
63,640
(150)
(315)
(448)
(913)
1.4
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
520
—
—
520
—
(1)
—
(1)
0.2
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
7,449
750
—
8,199
(6)
(8)
—
(14)
0.2
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
19,978
1,749
—
21,727
(26)
(29)
—
(55)
0.3
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
13,479
2,262
—
15,741
(45)
(34)
—
(79)
0.5
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
8,292
1,747
—
10,039
(62)
(45)
—
(107)
1.1
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
644
1,158
—
1,802
(8)
(52)
—
(60)
3.3
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
590
1,420
—
2,010
(3)
(62)
—
(65)
3.2
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
192
772
—
964
—
(84)
—
(84)
8.7
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
2,638
2,638
—
—
(448)
(448)
17.0
D
Non-bank financial
institutions
7,826
323
37
8,186
(8)
(5)
(31)
(44)
0.5
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
298
—
—
298
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
2,057
—
—
2,057
(1)
—
—
(1)
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
2,384
57
—
2,441
(1)
(2)
—
(3)
0.1
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
2,715
100
—
2,815
(3)
—
—
(3)
0.1
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
355
106
—
461
(3)
(3)
—
(6)
1.3
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
6
57
—
63
—
—
—
—
—
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
10
3
—
13
—
—
—
—
—
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
1
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
37
37
—
—
(31)
(31)
83.8
D
Banks
7,263
—
2
7,265
—
—
(2)
(2)
—
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
7,181
—
—
7,181
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
82
—
—
82
—
—
—
—
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
2
2
—
—
(2)
(2)
100.0
D
At 31 Dec 2024
66,233
10,181
2,677
79,091
(158)
(320)
(481)
(959)
1.2
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
43
Risk review
Wholesale lending – credit risk profile by obligor grade for loan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Mapped
external rating
Basel one-year
PD range
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
ECL
coverage
%
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
Loan and other credit-
related commitments
35,924
1,880
170
37,974
(22)
(12)
(20)
(54)
0.1
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
2,382
84
—
2,466
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
8,577
6
—
8,583
(1)
—
—
(1)
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
14,713
52
—
14,765
(5)
—
—
(5)
—
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
6,030
499
—
6,529
(4)
(2)
—
(6)
0.1
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
4,018
631
—
4,649
(11)
(2)
—
(13)
0.3
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
181
392
—
573
(1)
(3)
—
(4)
0.7
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
21
167
—
188
—
(1)
—
(1)
0.5
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
2
49
—
51
—
(4)
—
(4)
7.8
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
170
170
—
—
(20)
(20)
11.8
D
Financial guarantees
824
33
37
894
—
—
(11)
(11)
1.2
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
2
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
262
—
—
262
—
—
—
—
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
179
1
—
180
—
—
—
—
—
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
200
6
—
206
—
—
—
—
—
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
179
17
—
196
—
—
—
—
—
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
2
3
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
—
3
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
—
3
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
37
37
—
—
(11)
(11)
29.7
D
At 31 Dec 2025
36,748
1,913
207
38,868
(22)
(12)
(31)
(65)
0.2
Loan and other credit-
related commitments
29,868
3,465
347
33,680
(21)
(28)
(43)
(92)
0.3
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
2,545
—
—
2,545
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
7,048
241
—
7,289
(2)
(1)
—
(3)
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
10,667
1,196
—
11,863
(4)
(5)
—
(9)
0.1
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
6,180
594
—
6,774
(5)
(2)
—
(7)
0.1
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
3,080
756
—
3,836
(9)
(6)
—
(15)
0.4
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
234
337
—
571
(1)
(3)
—
(4)
0.7
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
110
164
—
274
—
(3)
—
(3)
1.1
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
4
177
—
181
—
(8)
—
(8)
4.4
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
347
347
—
—
(43)
(43)
12.4
D
Financial guarantees
571
154
8
733
—
—
(3)
(3)
–  CRR 1
0.000 to 0.053
3
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
AA- and above
–  CRR 2
0.054 to 0.169
198
—
—
198
—
—
—
—
—
A+ to A-
–  CRR 3
0.170 to 0.740
203
11
—
214
—
—
—
—
—
BBB+ to BBB-
–  CRR 4
0.741 to 1.927
97
41
—
138
—
—
—
—
—
BB+ to BB-
–  CRR 5
1.928 to 4.914
67
24
—
91
—
—
—
—
—
BB- to B
–  CRR 6
4.915 to 8.860
1
32
—
33
—
—
—
—
—
B-
–  CRR 7
8.861 to 15.000
2
33
—
35
—
—
—
—
—
CCC+
–  CRR 8
15.001 to 99.999
—
13
—
13
—
—
—
—
—
CCC to C
–  CRR 9/10
100.000
—
—
8
8
—
—
(3)
(3)
37.5
D
At 31 Dec 2024
30,439
3,619
355
34,413
(21)
(28)
(46)
(95)
0.3
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
44
Risk review
Commercial real estate
CRE lending includes the financing of corporate, institutional and high
net worth customers who are investing primarily in income-producing
assets and, to a lesser extent, in their construction and development.
Our exposure mainly comprises the financing of investment assets,
the redevelopment of existing stock and the augmentation of both
commercial and residential markets to support economic growth.
Commercial real estate lending
2025
2024
£m
£m
Gross loans and advances
Stage 1
11,083
7,489
Stage 2
1,458
3,230
Stage 3
264
392
POCI
—
—
At 31 Dec
12,805
11,111
–  of which: forborne loans
306
400
Allowance for ECL
(148)
(162)
Refinance risk in commercial real estate
CRE lending tends to require the repayment of a significant
proportion of the principal at maturity. Typically, a customer will
arrange repayment through the acquisition of a new loan to settle the
existing debt. Refinance risk is the risk that a customer, being unable
to repay the debt on maturity, fails to refinance it at commercial rates.
We monitor our CRE portfolio closely, assessing indicators for signs
of potential issues with refinancing.
Commercial real estate gross loans and advances maturity
analysis
2025
2024
£m
£m
< 1 year
2,902
2,780
1-2 years
2,833
2,633
2-5 years
6,543
5,289
> 5 years
527
409
At 31 Dec
12,805
11,111
Collateral and other credit enhancement held
(Audited)
Although collateral can be an important mitigant of credit risk, it is
HSBC UK's practice to typically lend on the basis of the customer’s
ability to meet their obligations out of their cash flow resources rather
than placing primarily reliance on the collateral and other credit risk
enhancements. Depending on the customer’s standing and the type
of product, facilities may be provided unsecured.
For other lending, a charge over collateral is obtained and considered
in determining the credit decision and pricing. In the event of a
default, HSBC UK may utilise the collateral as a source of repayment.
Depending on its form, collateral can have a significant financial effect
in mitigating exposure to credit risk. Where there is sufficient
collateral, an expected credit loss is not recognised. This is the case
for reverse repurchase agreements and for certain loans and
advances to customers where the LTV is very low.
Mitigants may include a charge on borrowers' specific assets, such
as real estate or financial instruments. Risk may also be managed by
employing other types of collateral and credit risk enhancements,
such as second charges, other liens and unsupported guarantees.
Collateral on loans and advances
Collateral held is analysed separately for CRE and for other corporate
and commercial and financial (non-bank) lending. The following tables
include off-balance sheet loan commitments, primarily undrawn credit
lines.
The collateral measured in the following tables consists of fixed first
charges on real estate, and charges over cash and marketable
financial instruments. The values in the tables represent the expected
market value on an open market basis, actual values realised are a
function of market conditions. No adjustment has been made to the
collateral for any expected costs of recovery. Marketable securities
are measured at their fair value.
Other types of collateral such as unsupported guarantees and floating
charges over the assets of a customer’s business are not measured
in the following tables. While such mitigants have value, often
providing rights in insolvency, their assignable value is not sufficiently
certain and they are therefore assigned no value for disclosure
purposes.
The LTV ratios presented are calculated by directly associating loans
and advances with the collateral that individually and uniquely
supports each facility. When collateral assets are shared by multiple
loans and advances, whether specifically or, more generally, by way
of an all monies charge, the collateral value is pro-rated across
the loans and advances protected by the collateral.
For credit-impaired loans, the collateral values cannot be directly
compared with impairment allowances recognised. The LTV figures
use open market values with no adjustments, actual values realised
are a function of market conditions. Impairment allowances are
calculated on a different basis, by considering other cash flows and
adjusting collateral values for costs of realising collateral as explained
further on page 86.
Commercial real estate loans and advances
The value of CRE collateral is determined by using a combination of
external and internal valuations and physical inspections.
Facilities of a working capital nature are generally not secured by a
first fixed charge, and are therefore disclosed as not collateralised.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
45
Risk review
Wholesale lending: commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral (by stage)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount
ECL coverage
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Non Collateralised
6,130
275
42
6,447
0.2
8.7
19.0
0.7
Fully collateralised by LTV ratio
8,826
1,237
265
10,328
0.1
2.6
21.9
1.0
–  less than 50%
3,402
320
27
3,749
0.2
1.3
37.0
0.5
–  51% to 75%
3,993
681
156
4,830
0.2
3.8
25.0
1.5
–  76% to 90%
1,084
229
80
1,393
0.1
0.9
10.0
0.8
–  91% to 100%
347
7
2
356
—
—
50.0
0.3
Partially collateralised (A): LTV > 100%
1,574
86
50
1,710
0.1
1.2
18.0
0.7
–  collateral value on A
1,030
81
32
1,143
Total at 31 Dec 2025
16,530
1,598
357
18,485
0.2
3.6
21.0
0.9
Non Collateralised
3,410
1,462
102
4,974
0.4
3.7
27.7
2.0
Fully collateralised by LTV ratio
7,016
2,524
243
9,783
0.2
1.1
8.1
0.6
–  less than 50%
2,167
585
127
2,879
0.2
1.5
8.0
0.8
–  51% to 75%
3,273
1,350
56
4,679
0.2
1.2
11.5
0.6
–  76% to 90%
935
583
19
1,537
0.1
0.3
10.3
0.3
–  91% to 100%
641
6
41
688
0.1
7.8
2.7
0.3
Partially collateralised (A): LTV > 100%
387
449
95
931
0.3
2.9
21.1
3.7
–  collateral value on A
223
278
55
556
Total at 31 Dec 2024
10,813
4,435
440
15,688
0.2
2.1
15.4
1.2
Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances
Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans are
analysed separately in the following table. For financing activities in
other corporate and commercial lending that are not predominantly
CRE-oriented, collateral value is not strongly correlated to principal
repayment performance.
Collateral values are generally refreshed when an obligor’s general
credit performance deteriorates and HSBC UK have to assess the
likely performance of secondary sources of repayment should it prove
necessary to rely on them.
Wholesale lending: other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral
(by stage)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount
ECL coverage
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Non Collateralised
66,789
5,334
1,425
73,548
0.1
2.6
28.2
0.9
Fully collateralised by LTV ratio
16,680
2,027
701
19,408
0.1
2.2
9.0
0.7
–  less than 50%
6,559
714
320
7,593
0.2
2.1
9.1
0.7
–  51% to 75%
5,995
925
235
7,155
0.1
2.4
7.7
0.7
–  76% to 90%
1,900
215
105
2,220
0.1
2.3
10.5
0.8
–  91% to 100%
2,226
173
41
2,440
0.1
1.2
12.2
0.4
Partially collateralised (A): LTV > 100%
5,950
838
246
7,034
0.1
1.3
16.7
0.8
–  collateral value on A
3,447
457
167
4,071
Total at 31 Dec 2025
89,419
8,199
2,372
99,990
0.1
2.4
21.3
0.8
Non Collateralised
59,272
6,313
1,577
67,162
0.2
2.9
24.0
1.0
Fully collateralised by LTV ratio
14,734
2,258
769
17,761
0.1
2.5
5.6
0.7
–  less than 50%
5,800
947
377
7,124
0.1
2.3
2.7
0.6
–  51% to 75%
5,119
881
194
6,194
0.2
3.0
7.2
0.8
–  76% to 90%
1,843
292
103
2,238
0.2
2.4
15.3
1.2
–  91% to 100%
1,972
138
95
2,205
0.2
2.1
3.5
0.4
Partially collateralised (A): LTV > 100%
5,481
839
310
6,630
0.2
1.3
10.6
0.8
–  collateral value on A
2,979
463
200
3,642
Total at 31 Dec 2024
79,487
9,410
2,656
91,553
0.2
2.7
17.1
0.9
Other credit risk exposures
In addition to collateralised lending, other credit enhancements are
employed and methods used to mitigate credit risk arising from
financial assets. These are described in more detail below:
– Some securities issued by governments, banks and other financial
institutions benefit from additional credit enhancement provided
by government guarantees that cover the assets;
– Debt securities issued by banks and financial institutions include
asset-backed securities and similar instruments which are
supported by underlying pools of financial assets; and
– HSBC UK’s maximum exposure to credit risk includes financial
guarantees and similar contracts granted, as well as loan and
other credit-related commitments. Depending on the terms of the
arrangement, we may use additional credit mitigation if a
guarantee is called upon or a loan commitment is drawn and
subsequently defaults.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
46
Risk review
Personal lending
We provide a broad range of secured and unsecured personal lending
products to meet customer needs. Personal lending includes
advances to customers for asset purchases such as residential
property where the loans are secured by the assets being acquired.
We also offer unsecured lending products such as overdrafts, credit
cards and personal loans. Mortgages Stage 2 balances and ECL have
reduced at 31 December 2025 when compared with 31 December
2024 due to an ECL model update to align PD to the most recent
observed performance of the portfolio.
The following table shows the levels of personal lending products in the various portfolios.
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised costs by stage distribution
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages
129,401
9,272
587
139,260
(16)
(25)
(59)
(100)
Credit Cards
5,603
982
120
6,705
(65)
(146)
(45)
(256)
Other personal lending
7,947
569
188
8,704
(68)
(64)
(87)
(219)
–  other personal lending which is secured
1,118
41
12
1,171
—
—
(1)
(1)
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
6,829
528
176
7,533
(68)
(64)
(86)
(218)
At 31 Dec 2025
142,951
10,823
895
154,669
(149)
(235)
(191)
(575)
Total personal credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 31 Dec 2025
41,468
600
32
42,100
(11)
(4)
—
(15)
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised costs by stage distribution
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages
108,649
23,681
564
132,894
(15)
(42)
(48)
(105)
Credit Cards
5,574
645
105
6,324
(42)
(137)
(46)
(225)
Other personal lending
7,215
645
188
8,048
(60)
(66)
(75)
(201)
–  other personal lending which is secured
954
47
15
1,016
—
—
(1)
(1)
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
6,261
598
173
7,032
(60)
(66)
(74)
(200)
At 31 Dec 2024
121,438
24,971
857
147,266
(117)
(245)
(169)
(531)
Total personal credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 31 Dec 2024
40,718
352
38
41,108
(5)
—
(2)
(7)
Mortgage lending
We offer a wide range of mortgage products designed to meet
customer needs, including capital repayment, interest-only and offset
mortgages. Internal credit policies prescribe the range of acceptable
residential property LTV thresholds with the maximum upper limit for
new loans set between 50% and 95%, depending on the product
type and loan amount.
We have continued to see net growth in our Mortgage business of
£6.4bn in 2025. We have maintained strong presence in the market
through 2025 while, where appropriate, strengthening our
affordability controls and credit policy to reflect the more uncertain
economic outlook.
The quality of our mortgage book remained strong, with low levels of
impairment allowances. The average LTV ratio on new lending was
69%, compared with an estimated 55% for the overall mortgage
portfolio.
Exposure to interest-only mortgage loans
The following information is presented for the bank’s HSBC branded
interest-only mortgage loans. This excludes offset mortgages in first
direct and PB mortgages. At the end of 2025, the average LTV ratio
of the interest-only mortgage loans was 45%, and 98% had a LTV
ratio of 75% or less.
Of the interest-only mortgage loans that expired in 2023, 85% were
repaid within 12 months of expiry with a total of 92% being repaid
within 24 months of expiry. For those expired during 2024, 88% were
repaid within 12 months of expiry.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
47
Risk review
The exposure of interest-only mortgage loans at the end of 2025 is £13bn and the maturity profile is as follows:
HSBC interest-only mortgage loans
£m
Expired interest-only mortgage loans1
79
Interest-only mortgage loans by maturity
–  2026
128
–  2027
245
–  2028
346
–  2029
298
–  2030–2034
2,085
–  post 2034
9,430
At 31 Dec 2025
12,611
1Includes interest-only mortgages which have reached their contractual maturity date, but were unsettled at the end of 2025.
Exposure to offset mortgage in first direct
The offset mortgage in first direct is no longer on sale and is only
available for existing offset mortgage customers. It works by
grouping together the customer’s mortgage, savings and current
accounts to offset their credit and debit balances against their
mortgage balance which at the end of 2025 was £2.8bn with an
average LTV ratio of 28%.
Personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
162,156
(122)
25,323
(245)
895
(171)
188,374
(538)
Transfers of financial instruments
8,281
(176)
(8,643)
199
362
(23)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(20,606)
51
20,606
(51)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
28,974
(217)
(28,974)
217
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(218)
7
(417)
61
635
(68)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
131
(17)
142
(28)
(273)
45
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
138
—
(103)
—
(4)
—
31
Net new and further lending/repayments
13,982
(22)
(5,257)
45
(39)
47
8,686
70
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality
—
42
—
(134)
—
(319)
—
(411)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
(20)
—
(1)
—
(12)
—
(33)
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(291)
291
(291)
291
At 31 Dec 2025
184,419
(160)
11,423
(239)
927
(191)
196,769
(590)
ECL income statement change for the period
138
(193)
(288)
(343)
Recoveries
69
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(274)
At 1 Jan 2024
155,612
(127)
28,171
(384)
1,024
(202)
184,807
(713)
Transfers of financial instruments
(2,718)
(205)
2,451
199
267
6
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(23,178)
65
23,178
(65)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
20,464
(246)
(20,464)
246
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(234)
3
(475)
73
709
(76)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
230
(27)
212
(55)
(442)
82
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
153
—
(61)
—
(6)
—
86
Net new and further lending/repayments
9,262
(26)
(5,299)
111
(121)
46
3,842
131
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
88
—
(60)
—
(272)
—
(244)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
(5)
—
(50)
—
(18)
—
(73)
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(275)
275
(275)
275
At 31 Dec 2024
162,156
(122)
25,323
(245)
895
(171)
188,374
(538)
ECL income statement change for the period
210
(60)
(250)
(100)
Recoveries
61
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(39)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
48
Risk review
First lien residential mortgages – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
117,991
(17)
23,801
(42)
571
(47)
142,363
(106)
Transfers of financial instruments
9,596
(37)
(9,778)
35
182
2
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(17,329)
4
17,329
(4)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
26,954
(37)
(26,954)
37
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(89)
—
(222)
6
311
(6)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
60
(4)
69
(4)
(129)
8
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
19
—
(12)
—
—
—
7
Net new and further lending/repayments
11,518
(1)
(4,700)
5
(149)
5
6,669
9
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
14
—
(8)
—
(30)
—
(24)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
4
—
(3)
—
—
—
1
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(11)
11
(11)
11
At 31 Dec 2025
139,105
(18)
9,323
(25)
593
(59)
149,021
(102)
ECL income statement change for the period
36
(18)
(25)
(7)
Recoveries
—
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(7)
At 1 Jan 2024
113,303
(19)
25,510
(82)
605
(60)
139,418
(161)
Transfers of financial instruments
(3,073)
(44)
2,946
43
127
1
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(21,016)
7
21,016
(7)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
17,954
(47)
(17,954)
47
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(61)
—
(170)
7
231
(7)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
50
(4)
54
(4)
(104)
8
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
16
—
(13)
—
—
—
3
Net new and further lending/repayments
7,761
(4)
(4,655)
7
(157)
7
2,949
10
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
34
—
(1)
—
1
—
34
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
4
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(4)
4
(4)
4
At 31 Dec 2024
117,991
(17)
23,801
(42)
571
(47)
142,363
(106)
ECL income statement change for the period
46
(3)
8
51
Recoveries
—
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
51
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
49
Risk review
Credit cards – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to customers including loan
commitments and financial guarantees
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
30,183
(47)
808
(136)
125
(46)
31,116
(229)
Transfers of financial instruments
(874)
(101)
786
117
88
(16)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(2,071)
24
2,071
(24)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
1,215
(123)
(1,215)
123
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(55)
2
(102)
28
157
(30)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
37
(4)
32
(10)
(69)
14
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
82
—
(72)
—
(2)
—
8
Net new and further lending/repayments
1,151
2
(142)
11
60
23
1,069
36
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
14
—
(70)
—
(128)
—
(184)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
(25)
—
2
—
(13)
—
(36)
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(135)
135
(135)
135
At 31 Dec 2025
30,460
(75)
1,452
(148)
138
(47)
32,050
(270)
ECL income statement change for the period
73
(129)
(120)
(176)
Recoveries
39
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(137)
At 1 Jan 2024
29,045
(49)
1,448
(166)
170
(55)
30,663
(270)
Transfers of financial instruments
265
(89)
(323)
94
58
(5)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(949)
31
949
(31)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
1,211
(112)
(1,211)
112
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(106)
1
(131)
31
237
(32)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
109
(9)
70
(18)
(179)
27
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
75
—
(36)
—
(5)
—
34
Net new and further lending/repayments
873
(12)
(317)
62
22
23
578
73
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
22
—
(41)
—
(129)
—
(148)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
6
—
(49)
—
—
—
(43)
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(125)
125
(125)
125
At 31 Dec 2024
30,183
(47)
808
(136)
125
(46)
31,116
(229)
ECL income statement change for the period
91
(64)
(111)
(84)
Recoveries
32
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(52)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
50
Risk review
Other personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to customers
including loan commitments and financial guarantees
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allow-
ance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
13,982
(58)
714
(67)
199
(78)
14,895
(203)
Transfers of financial instruments
(441)
(38)
349
47
92
(9)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(1,206)
23
1,206
(23)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
805
(57)
(805)
57
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(74)
5
(93)
27
167
(32)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
34
(9)
41
(14)
(75)
23
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
37
—
(19)
—
(2)
—
16
Net new and further lending/repayments
1,313
(23)
(415)
29
50
19
948
25
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
14
—
(56)
—
(161)
—
(203)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
1
—
—
—
1
—
2
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(145)
145
(145)
145
At 31 Dec 2025
14,854
(67)
648
(66)
196
(85)
15,698
(218)
ECL income statement change for the period
29
(46)
(143)
(160)
Recoveries
30
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(130)
At 1 Jan 2024
13,264
(59)
1,213
(136)
249
(87)
14,726
(282)
Transfers of financial instruments
90
(72)
(172)
62
82
10
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(1,213)
27
1,213
(27)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
1,299
(87)
(1,299)
87
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(67)
2
(174)
35
241
(37)
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
71
(14)
88
(33)
(159)
47
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage
—
62
—
(12)
—
(1)
—
49
Net new and further lending/repayments
628
(10)
(327)
42
14
16
315
48
Change to risk parameters – credit quality
—
32
—
(18)
—
(144)
—
(130)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
(11)
—
(5)
—
(18)
—
(34)
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(146)
146
(146)
146
At 31 Dec 2024
13,982
(58)
714
(67)
199
(78)
14,895
(203)
ECL income statement change for the period
73
7
(147)
(67)
Recoveries
29
Others
—
Total ECL income statement change for the period
(38)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
51
Risk review
Personal lending – credit risk profile by internal PD band for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
PD range1,2
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
ECL
coverage
%
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
First lien residential
mortgages
129,401
9,272
587
139,260
(16)
(25)
(59)
(100)
0.1
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
72,744
555
—
73,299
(5)
(3)
—
(8)
—
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
44,658
1,003
—
45,661
(6)
(3)
—
(9)
—
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
10,775
5,990
—
16,765
(3)
(9)
—
(12)
0.1
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
890
1,402
—
2,292
(1)
(5)
—
(6)
0.3
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
144
216
—
360
—
(2)
—
(2)
0.6
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
190
106
—
296
(1)
(3)
—
(4)
1.4
–  Band 7
100.00
—
—
587
587
—
—
(59)
(59)
10.1
Credit cards
5,603
982
120
6,705
(65)
(146)
(45)
(256)
3.8
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
2,360
—
—
2,360
(3)
—
—
(3)
0.1
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
657
—
—
657
(4)
—
—
(4)
0.6
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
1,205
43
—
1,248
(13)
(2)
—
(15)
1.2
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
1,058
465
—
1,523
(27)
(36)
—
(63)
4.1
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
311
392
—
703
(16)
(73)
—
(89)
12.7
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
12
82
—
94
(2)
(35)
—
(37)
39.4
–  Band 7
100.00
—
—
120
120
—
—
(45)
(45)
37.5
Other personal lending
(excluding credit cards)
7,947
569
188
8,704
(68)
(64)
(87)
(219)
2.5
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
1,803
1
—
1,804
(2)
—
—
(2)
0.1
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
697
—
—
697
(1)
—
—
(1)
0.1
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
2,905
1
—
2,906
(16)
—
—
(16)
0.6
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
2,250
130
—
2,380
(34)
(4)
—
(38)
1.6
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
286
380
—
666
(14)
(38)
—
(52)
7.8
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
6
57
—
63
(1)
(22)
—
(23)
36.5
–  Band 7
100.00
—
—
188
188
—
—
(87)
(87)
46.3
At 31 Dec 2025
142,951
10,823
895
154,669
(149)
(235)
(191)
(575)
0.4
First lien residential
mortgages
108,649
23,681
564
132,894
(15)
(42)
(48)
(105)
0.1
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
65,282
1,174
—
66,456
(6)
(2)
—
(8)
—
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
36,307
9,189
—
45,496
(6)
(8)
—
(14)
—
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
6,379
10,720
—
17,099
(2)
(17)
—
(19)
0.1
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
518
1,985
—
2,503
—
(8)
—
(8)
0.3
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
75
421
—
496
—
(3)
—
(3)
0.6
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
88
192
—
280
(1)
(4)
—
(5)
1.8
–  Band 7
100.00
—
—
564
564
—
—
(48)
(48)
8.5
Credit cards
5,574
645
105
6,324
(42)
(137)
(46)
(225)
3.6
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
2,395
—
—
2,395
(3)
—
—
(3)
0.1
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
777
—
—
777
(3)
—
—
(3)
0.4
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
1,156
—
—
1,156
(10)
—
—
(10)
0.9
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
1,246
—
—
1,246
(26)
—
—
(26)
2.1
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
—
600
—
600
—
(118)
—
(118)
19.7
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
—
45
—
45
—
(19)
—
(19)
42.2
–  Band 7
100.00
—
—
105
105
—
—
(46)
(46)
43.8
Other personal lending
(excluding credit cards)
7,215
645
188
8,048
(60)
(66)
(75)
(201)
2.5
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
1,184
1
—
1,185
(1)
—
—
(1)
0.1
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
870
—
—
870
(1)
—
—
(1)
0.1
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
2,555
11
—
2,566
(14)
—
—
(14)
0.5
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
2,228
190
—
2,418
(29)
(7)
—
(36)
1.5
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
373
317
—
690
(14)
(30)
—
(44)
6.4
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
5
126
—
131
(1)
(29)
—
(30)
22.9
–  Band 7
100.00
—
—
188
188
—
—
(75)
(75)
39.9
At 31 Dec 2024
121,438
24,971
857
147,266
(117)
(245)
(169)
(531)
0.4
112-month point in time adjusted for multiple economic scenarios.
2PD bands do not consider the impact of any management judgemental adjustments on stage or allowances for ECL, including the impact of new models not yet
formally implemented. For a list of management judgemental adjustments see pages 32 to 33.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
52
Risk review
Personal lending – credit risk profile by internal PD band for loan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
PD range1
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
ECL
coverage
%
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
Loan and other credit-
related commitments
41,165
600
32
41,797
(11)
(4)
—
(15)
—
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
31,597
38
—
31,635
(4)
—
—
(4)
—
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
3,317
42
—
3,359
(1)
—
—
(1)
—
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
4,265
49
—
4,314
(4)
—
—
(4)
0.1
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
1,748
317
—
2,065
(2)
(3)
—
(5)
0.2
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
235
122
—
357
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
3
32
—
35
—
(1)
—
(1)
2.9
–  Band 7
100.000
—
—
32
32
—
—
—
—
—
Financial guarantees
303
—
—
303
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
303
—
—
303
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 7
100.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2025
41,468
600
32
42,100
(11)
(4)
—
(15)
—
Loan and other credit-
related commitments
40,412
345
38
40,795
(5)
—
(2)
(7)
—
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
33,780
44
—
33,824
(4)
—
—
(4)
—
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
2,109
1
—
2,110
(1)
—
—
(1)
—
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
2,210
4
—
2,214
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
2,051
51
—
2,102
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
216
207
—
423
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
46
38
—
84
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 7
100.000
—
—
38
38
—
—
(2)
(2)
5.3
Financial guarantees
306
7
—
313
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 1
0.000 to 0.250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 2
0.251 to 0.500
290
—
—
290
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 3
0.501 to 1.500
14
—
—
14
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 4
1.501 to 5.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 5
5.001 to 20.000
2
7
—
9
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 6
20.001 to 99.999
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Band 7
100.000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2024
40,718
352
38
41,108
(5)
—
(2)
(7)
—
112-month point in time adjusted for multiple economic scenarios.
Collateral on loans and advances
(Audited)
The following table provides a quantification of the value of fixed
charges HSBC UK holds over specific assets where it has a history of
enforcing, and is able to enforce, collateral in satisfying a debt in the
event of the borrower failing to meet its contractual obligations, and
where the collateral is cash or can be realised by sale in an
established market. The collateral valuation excludes any adjustments
for obtaining and selling the collateral and, in particular, loans shown
as not collateralised or partially collateralised may also benefit from
other forms of credit mitigants.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
53
Risk review
Personal lending: residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount
ECL coverage
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Fully collateralised by LTV ratio
139,069
9,322
588
148,979
—
0.3
9.9
0.1
–  less than 50%
56,928
5,096
301
62,325
—
0.1
8.3
0.1
–  51% to 70%
44,840
2,940
184
47,964
—
0.3
8.7
0.1
–  71% to 80%
18,485
872
61
19,418
—
0.6
14.8
0.1
–  81% to 90%
16,390
386
34
16,810
—
0.8
17.6
0.1
–  91% to 100%
2,426
28
8
2,462
—
—
25.0
0.1
Partially collateralised (A): LTV > 100%
36
1
5
42
—
—
40.0
4.8
–  collateral value on A
18
—
5
23
Total at 31 Dec 2025
139,105
9,323
593
149,021
—
0.3
10.1
0.1
Fully collateralised by LTV ratio
117,879
23,789
567
142,235
—
0.2
8.3
0.1
–  less than 50%
48,999
12,995
340
62,334
—
0.1
7.1
0.1
–  51% to 70%
39,117
8,126
151
47,394
—
0.2
9.3
0.1
–  71% to 80%
15,943
1,888
50
17,881
—
0.4
12.0
0.1
–  81% to 90%
12,554
730
18
13,302
—
0.5
11.1
0.1
–  91% to 100%
1,266
50
8
1,324
—
—
12.5
0.2
Partially collateralised (A): LTV > 100%
112
12
4
128
—
—
25.0
0.8
–  collateral value on A
87
9
3
99
Total at 31 Dec 2024
117,991
23,801
571
142,363
—
0.2
8.4
0.1
Treasury risk
See page 21 for our definition of Treasury risk.
Approach and Policy
(Audited)
We manage treasury risk in order to maintain appropriate levels of
capital, liquidity, funding, foreign exchange and non-traded market
risk to support our business strategy and meet our regulatory
requirements, including those related to stress testing.
Our approach to treasury management is shaped by our
organisational needs, and the regulatory, economic and commercial
landscape. We aim to maintain a strong capital and liquidity base to
manage inherent business risks and invest in accordance with our
strategy, adhering to both consolidated and local regulatory
requirements at all times.
Our policy is supported by a risk management framework with further
details provided on page 14.
ÑFor further details, refer to our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2025.
Treasury Risk Management
Key developments in 2025
– The group continues to maintain and benefit from a healthy
capital, liquidity and funding position, which has been resilient
throughout the periods of volatility in the macroeconomic
environment and global markets during 2025.
ÑSee page 16 for a summary of key risks including geopolitical and
macroeconomic risks that we are managing.
– The bank issued its first EUR denominated covered bond with a
principal amount of €750m in June 2025. The issuance adds to the
outstanding GBP covered bond issuances.
– HSBC UK executed a £5bn Collateralised Lending Obligation
(‘CLO’) in November 2025.
– Plans to utilise part of the surplus in the HBUK section of the
HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme to support certain of the bank’s
employer pension contributions have been delayed pending legal
clarification and Court approval of the pension scheme’s governing
documentation.
ÑFor quantitative disclosures on capital ratios, own funds and Risk-Weighted
Assets ('RWAs'), see pages 56 to 57. For quantitative disclosures on
liquidity and funding metrics, see page 57.
Governance and structure
The CRCO is the accountable risk steward, and the CFO is the risk
owner, for all treasury risks.
Capital risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk in the banking book
('IRRBB'), structural foreign exchange risk and transactional foreign
exchange risk are the responsibility of the CFO and overseen by the
Risk Committee. Treasury actively manages these risks on an
ongoing basis, supported by the HSBC UK Finance Management
Meeting (‘FMM’).
Pension risk is overseen by a Pensions RMM chaired by the
accountable risk steward.
Capital, liquidity and funding risk
management
Assessment and risk appetite
Our capital management approach is underpinned by a global capital
risk policy and supporting frameworks for recovery and resolution
planning and stress testing. The policy outlines our approach to
determining key capital risk appetites including CET1, total capital,
minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (‘MREL’),
and the leverage ratio. Our ICAAP evaluates the group’s capital
position, considering both regulatory and internal capital resources
and requirements.
HSBC Holdings provides our MREL, including equity and non-equity
capital. These investments are funded by HSBC Holdings’ plc own
equity capital and MREL-eligible debt. MREL includes own funds and
eligible liabilities that can be written down or converted into capital
resources in order to absorb losses or recapitalise a bank in the event
of its failure. In line with our existing structure and business model,
HSBC has three resolution groups – the European (of which HSBC
UK forms part), the Asian and the US resolution groups.
We seek to ensure management oversight of our liquidity and
funding risks at group and entity level through governance
engagements aligned with our risk management framework. Liquidity
and funding risks are managed in accordance with globally consistent
policies, procedures and reporting standards.
Our ILAAP seeks to ensure that we have strategies, policies,
processes and systems in place for the identification, measurement,
management and monitoring of liquidity risk across various time
horizons, including intra-day. The ILAAP informs the setting of risk
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
54
Risk review
appetite and helps to assess our capability to manage liquidity and
funding effectively. Metrics are set and managed locally but are
subject to global review and challenge to help ensure consistency of
approach and application of the HSBC Group’s policies and controls.
Planning and performance
Capital and RWAs are integral to our annual financial resource plan
that is approved by the Board. Capital and RWA forecasts are
submitted to the FMM on a monthly basis, and capital and RWAs are
monitored and managed against the plan.
Our internal governance processes aim to enhance discipline over our
investment and capital allocation decisions, helping to ensure that
returns align with management’s objectives. The Group allocates
financial resources to businesses and entities to support the
execution of our strategy and to help meet their regulatory and
economic capital needs. We assess business returns by using a RoTE
measure and a related economic profit measure.
Funding and liquidity plans also form part of the Board-approved
financial resource plan. Key measures include LCR, net stable funding
ratio (‘NSFR’), and an internal liquidity metric. We employ a set of
measures to maintain a suitable funding and liquidity profile, such as
depositor concentration limits, intra-day liquidity and forward-looking
funding assessments.
ÑFor details on regulatory developments see our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31
December 2025.
Stress testing and recovery and resolution
planning
We employ stress testing to guide the management of capital and
liquidity required to withstand both internal and external shocks, such
as a global economic downturn or a systems failure.
In addition to our internal stress tests, we undergo supervisory stress
testing by the PRA and the BoE. The results from these tests are
used for evaluating our internal capital and liquidity needs through the
ICAAP and ILAAP. The outcomes of these assessments influence the
establishment of regulatory requirements and inform the setting of
internal management buffers.
Stress tests are input into business performance through tangible
equity allocation, and prompt a reassessment of business plans when
capital, liquidity or returns fall short of targets. These tests also
inform risk mitigation strategies and aid in recovery and resolution
planning. We maintain recovery plans outlining potential stress
events that could result in a breach of capital or liquidity buffers.
Our recovery plan establishes a framework and governance
arrangements to support restoring HSBC UK to a stable and viable
position, helping to reduce the probability of failure from either
specific stress or systemic market-wide issues. Our recovery plan
provides detailed actions that could be taken to help stabilise our
financial position in stress environments.
The HSBC Group, including HSBC UK Bank plc, is equipped with the
necessary capabilities and resources to help manage the unlikely
scenario in which HSBC becomes non-recoverable and requires
regulatory resolution. We are committed to continuous improvement
of recovery and resolution capabilities, aligning with the BoE’s
expectations and Resolvability Assessment Framework ('RAF')
requirements.
Measurement of interest rate risk in the
banking book processes
IRRBB refers to the potential negative impact on  earnings or capital
due to fluctuations in market interest rates or changes in expected
repricing of client products. The risk arises from our non-traded
assets and liabilities, that are not held for trading intent or in order to
hedge positions held with trading intent. Our global IRRBB risk
management framework is designed to help identify, measure,
manage and monitor all material sources of IRRBB. We have
established policies and frameworks to help ensure comprehensive
oversight.
To help manage IRRBB and provide more stable earnings, we use a
structural hedge, which is a portfolio of fixed rate assets such as
bonds, derivatives and customer loans. The size and duration of this
hedge may be limited in certain currencies and locations, depending
on available financial resources and market conditions. To reduce
accounting mismatches, we mostly hedge with amortised cost
financial instruments or hedge-accounted derivatives. However,
bonds measured at FVOCI are also used.
We utilise a combination of economic value and earnings-based
measures to help manage IRRBB effectively. These measures are
used to assess IRRBB risks across the banking book, supporting the
overall monitoring against risk appetite. They include:
– Banking Net Interest Income (‘BNII’) Sensitivity; and
– Economic Value of Equity (‘EVE’) Sensitivity.
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking book in
2025
Banking net interest income sensitivity
BNII sensitivity assesses the risk to earnings from the banking book
due to changes in market implied interest rates over a 12-month
period using a static rolling balance sheet assumption.
The static assumptions ensure that IRRBB management actions
concentrate on risks which can be managed within Treasury.
However, for certain interest bearing non-maturity deposits, we use
dynamic assumptions to accurately capture any potential changes
over the potential shock horizon and rate scenario.
At 31 December 2025, the 12-month BNII sensitivity for the bank to
an immediate 100 bps parallel shock to interest rates is £281m for an
upwards shock (31 December 2024: £207m), and £(377)m for a
downwards shock (31 December 2024: £(298)m). This assessment is
based on a static balance sheet with no management actions from
Treasury, a 50% pass-on assumption on certain interest-bearing
deposits and excludes pensions.
ÑFurther details of HSBC UK's risk management of IRRBB can be found in
our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2025.
Non-trading portfolios
Non-trading portfolios consist of positions primarily arising from
managing interest rates related to our retail and wholesale banking
assets and liabilities. They also include financial investments
assessed at FVOCI or at amortised cost.
The following table summarises the main risk types where non-
trading market risks reside, and the market risk measures used to
monitor and limit exposures.
Non-Trading risk
Risk types
– Interest rates
– Credit spreads
Risk measure
Value at risk | Sensitivity | Stress testing
Value at Risk of the non-trading portfolios
(Audited)
Value at risk (‘VaR’) of non-trading portfolios is a technique for
estimating potential losses on risk positions as a result of movements
in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a
given level of confidence. It is integrated into the market risk
management of non-trading portfolios to help provide a
comprehensive risk overview, complementing risk sensitivity
analysis.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
55
Risk review
Our models predominantly rely on historical simulations incorporating
the following features: 
– historical market rates and prices, calculated with reference to
interest rates, credit spreads and the associated volatilities;
– potential market movements derived from data spanning the past
two years; and
– calculations to a 99% confidence level with a 10-day holding
period.
Although a valuable guide to risk, VaR is used for non-trading
portfolios with awareness of its limitations. For example:
– Historical data used to estimate future market movements may
not cover all potential events, particularly those that are extreme
in nature. As the model is calibrated on the last 500 business
days, it does not adjust instantly to a change in market regime.
– The 10-day holding period for risk management purposes of non-
trading books is an indication and does not reflect the actual time
needed to hedge or liquidate positions.
– The use of a 99% confidence level does not consider losses that
might occur beyond this level of confidence.
Non-trading VaR includes non-trading financial instruments held in
portfolios managed by Treasury.
The non-trading VaR as at 31 December 2025 was £108.2m,
predominately driven by IRRBB arising from Markets Treasury
business. The non-trading VaR decreased during the year, fluctuating
between £100.6m and £128.1m with a 2025 average of £111.0m.
Markets remained volatile driven by continued geopolitical events and
the shifting of the path of central bank interest rate expectations
driven by changes to economic growth, inflation outlook and supply
chain disruptions.
The weekly levels of total non-trading VaR over the last year are set out in the graph below.
Weekly VaR (non-trading portfolios), 99% 10 day (£m)
7
Dec-24
Jan-25
Feb-25
Mar-25
April-25
May-25
Jun-25
Jul-25
Aug-25
Sep-25
Oct-25
Nov-25
Dec-25
The HSBC UK's non-trading VaR for the year is shown in the table below.
Non-trading VaR, 99% 10 day
(Audited)
Credit
spread
Interest
Rates
Portfolio
Diversification 1
Total2
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 31 Dec 2025
5.1
104.2
(1.1)
108.2
Average
6.6
106.3
(1.9)
111.0
Maximum
8.4
124.0
128.1
Minimum
4.5
98.4
100.6
Balance at 31 Dec 2024
7.2
114.4
(3.1)
118.6
Average
6.4
122.3
(3.9)
124.8
Maximum
7.9
168.4
170.6
Minimum
5.2
86.3
87.7
1Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic
market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types, for example, interest rate and credit risk together in one portfolio. It is measured as the
difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification.
As the maximum occurs on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for this measure.
2The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
56
Risk review
Other risks
Non-trading book foreign exchange
exposures
Structural foreign exchange exposures
Structural foreign exchange exposures occur when capital is invested
or net assets are held in a foreign operation, such as a subsidiary,
associate, joint venture or branch operating in a different country or
currency than the reporting entity. The functional currency of an
entity typically aligns with the primary economic environment in
which the entity operates.
HSBC UK has no such foreign operations.
Our structural foreign exchange exposures arising from capital
investments and RWAs are managed with the primary objective of
ensuring, where practical, that our capital ratios are largely protected
from the effect of exchange rates fluctuation.
Transactional foreign exchange exposures
Transactional foreign exchange risk arises primarily from day-to-day
transactions in the banking book generating profit and loss or FVOCI
reserves in a currency other than the reporting currency of the
operating entity. Transactional foreign exchange exposure generated
through profit and loss is periodically transferred to Markets and
Securities Services and managed within limits, with the exception of
limited residual foreign exchange exposure arising from timing
differences or for other reasons. Transactional foreign exchange
exposure generated through OCI reserves is managed by Markets
Treasury within approved appetite.
Pension risk management process
In the UK, all future pension benefits are provided on a defined
contribution basis. A defined benefit pension plan remains in respect
of past service. The defined benefit pension plan is sectionalised
seeking to ensure no entities outside the ring-fence participate in the
same section as HSBC UK. In the defined contribution pension plan,
the contributions that HSBC UK is required to make are known, while
the final pension benefits depend on investment returns from 
employee selected options. While the market risk of the defined
contribution plan is minimal for HSBC UK, operational and
reputational risks remain.
In the defined benefit pension plan, the level of pension benefit is
known while the level of contributions required by HSBC UK can
fluctuate due to a number of risks, including:
– investments delivering a return below that required to provide the
projected plan benefits;
– economic environment downturns causing asset value reductions
(both equity and debt);
– a change in either interest rates or inflation, causing an increase in
the value of the plan liabilities; and
– plan members living longer than expected (longevity risk).
Pension risk is assessed using an economic capital model that takes
into account potential variations in these factors. The impact of these
variations on both pension assets and pension liabilities is assessed
using a one-in-200-year stress test. Scenario analysis and other stress
tests are also used to support pension risk management.
To fund the benefits associated with HSBC UK’s defined benefit plan,
HSBC UK makes contributions in accordance with advice from
actuaries and in consultation with the plan’s trustees where relevant.
Contributions are required when the plan's assets are considered
insufficient to cover the existing pension liabilities. Contributions are
typically reviewed once every three years.
The defined benefit plan invests contributions in a range of
investments designed to limit the risk of assets failing to meet the
plan’s liabilities. Any changes in expected returns from the
investments may also change future contribution requirements. In
pursuit of these long-term objectives, an overall target allocation is
established for asset classes of the defined benefit plan. Bonds and
derivatives are allocated to match expected benefit outflows so as to
reduce interest, inflation and currency risk. Each permitted asset
class has its own benchmarks, such as property valuation indices or
liability characteristics. The benchmarks are reviewed on a manager
by manager basis at least once every three to five years and more
frequently if required by circumstances. The process takes account of
changes in the plan's liabilities. The most significant benchmark is the
interest rate and inflation hedging programme and this was last
reviewed during 2025. The assets are invested in a diverse range of
asset classes to reduce any concentration of risk.
In addition, the defined benefit plan holds longevity swap contracts
offering long term protection against costs resulting from longer than
expected lifespans. As at 31 December 2025 the contracts cover
approximately 50% of the pension liabilities.
Capital Risk in 2025
Capital overview
Capital adequacy metrics
At 31 Dec
2025
2024
Available capital (£m)
Common equity tier 1 capital
15,509
15,059
Tier 1 capital
18,218
17,307
Total regulatory capital
21,888
20,500
Risk-weighted assets (£m)
Credit risk
100,297
94,418
Counterparty credit risk
255
243
Market risk
97
173
Operational risk
16,814
15,589
Total risk-weighted assets
117,463
110,423
Capital ratios (%)
Common equity tier 1
13.2
13.6
Total tier 1
15.5
15.7
Total capital
18.6
18.6
Leverage ratio
Total leverage ratio exposure measure (£m)
325,950
297,157
Leverage ratio (%)
5.6
5.8
References to EU regulations and directives (including technical
standards) should, as applicable, be read as references to the UK’s
version of such regulation or directive, as onshored into UK law under
the EU (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and as may be subsequently amended
under UK law.
Capital figures and ratios are calculated in accordance with the
regulatory requirements of the Capital Requirements Regulation and
Directive, the CRR II regulation and the PRA Rulebook (‘CRR II’).
Effective 1 January 2025, the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements came
to an end. Accordingly, our current period capital figures are the same
on both the transitional and end-point basis.
Own funds
At 31 December 2025, our CET1 capital ratio decreased to 13.2%
from 13.6% at 31 December 2024.
The key drivers for the decrease in the CET1 capital ratio were:
– a decrease of 0.8% driven by a £7bn increase in RWAs mainly
from growth in lending, increase in operational risk RWAs and
changes in asset quality. This was partly offset by reductions from
the execution of a new CLO, credit risk parameter refinements
and model updates;
– an increase of 0.4% from £0.6bn of capital generation mainly
through profits net of dividends, partly offset by a £0.2bn increase
in regulatory deductions.
Our Pillar 2A requirement at 31 December 2025, as per the PRA’s
Individual Capital Requirement based on a point-in-time assessment,
was 3.8% of RWAs, of which 2.1% was required to be met by CET1.
Throughout 2025, we complied with the PRA’s regulatory capital
adequacy requirements.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
57
Risk review
Own funds disclosure
(Audited)
At
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Ref*
£m
£m
CET1 capital: instruments and reserves
1
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts1
—
—
–  ordinary shares1
—
—
2
Retained earnings
21,494
20,154
3
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)
2,388
1,580
5a
Independently reviewed net profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend
593
1,387
6
CET1 capital before regulatory adjustments
24,475
23,121
28
Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier 1
(8,966)
(8,062)
29
CET1 capital
15,509
15,059
36
Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments
2,709
2,248
44
Additional tier 1 capital
2,709
2,248
45
Tier 1 Capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)
18,218
17,307
51
Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments
3,670
3,193
58
Tier 2 capital
3,670
3,193
59
Total capital
21,888
20,500
1The authorised and paid ordinary share capital of the bank at 31 December 2025 was £50,002 (2024: £50,002) ordinary shares of £1.00 each.
Risk-weighted assets
RWA movement by business by key driver
Credit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational risk
Market
risk
Total
RWAs
Retail Banking
and Wealth
Private
Bank
Commercial
Banking
Corporate
Institutional
Banking
Corporate
Centre
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
RWAs at 1 Jan 2025
34,465
1,887
71,604
574
1,720
173
110,423
Acquisitions and disposals
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Asset size
1,648
(34)
9,858
58
(214)
(69)
11,247
Asset quality
1,126
98
(362)
—
24
—
886
Model updates
(543)
—
146
—
2
—
(395)
–  new/updated models
(543)
—
146
—
2
—
(395)
Methodology and policy
428
(60)
(4,996)
—
50
—
(4,578)
–  internal updates
428
(60)
(4,996)
—
50
—
(4,578)
Foreign exchange movement
—
11
(52)
(10)
(62)
(7)
(120)
Total RWA movement
2,659
15
4,594
48
(200)
(76)
7,040
RWAs at 31 Dec 2025
37,124
1,902
76,198
622
1,520
97
117,463
Excluding a decrease in RWAs of £0.1bn due to foreign currency
translation differences, RWAs increased by £7.1bn during the period,
primarily due to lending growth,increase in operational risk RWAs and
changes in asset quality. This was partly offset by reduction from
methodology and policy and model updates.
Asset size:
Increase in RWAs by £11.2bn mainly in CMB and RBW driven by
growth in corporate and retail lending combined with operational risk
RWAs due to higher average revenue.
Asset quality:
Increase in RWAs of £0.9bn mainly in RBW were partly offset by
CMB due to changes in the underlying portfolio mix.
Model updates:
Decrease in RWAs of £0.4bn mainly in RBW due to recalibration of
post-model adjustments.
Methodology and policy:
Decrease in RWAs by £4.6bn mainly in CMB due to £2.6bn decrease
from the execution of a new CLO combined with £2.5bn decrease
due to credit risk parameter refinements including methodology
changes to undrawn exposures, partly offset by £0.4bn increase in
RBW due to credit risk parameter refinements.
Leverage ratio
At 31 December 2025, our leverage ratio decreased to 5.6% from
5.8% at 31 December 2024.
The key drivers for the decrease in the leverage ratio were:
– a 0.5% decrease due to an increase in exposure of £29bn mainly
due to growth in corporate and retail lending combined with
increase in reverse repurchase agreements due to diversification
of the liquid asset buffer and financial investments due to treasury
management activities.
– a 0.3% increase from £0.5bn of AT1 capital issuance combined
with £0.6bn capital generation mainly through profits net of
dividend partly offset by £0.2bn increase in regulatory deductions.
Pillar 3 disclosure requirements
Pillar 3 of the Basel regulatory framework is related to market
discipline and aims to make financial services firms more transparent
by requiring publication of wide-ranging information on their risks,
capital and management. Our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December
2025 is published on HSBC Group’s website, www.hsbc.com, under
‘Investors’.
Liquidity and funding risk in 2025
Liquidity metrics
During 2025, we were above regulatory minimum levels. We
maintain sufficient unencumbered liquid assets to comply with
regulatory requirements.
We maintain sufficient stable funding relative to the required stable
funding assessed using the NSFR.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
58
Risk review
Our liquidity and funding position for 2025 is analysed in the following
sections. The LCR and NSFR ratios presented in the below table are
based on average values. The LCR is the average of the preceding 12
months and the NSFR is the average of the preceding four quarters.
HSBC UK Bank Domestic Liquidity Sub-group1
Average for
2025
2024
LCR (%)
175
190
High-quality liquid assets (£m)
93,670
91,348
Net outflows (£m)
53,471
48,057
NSFR (%)
146
154
1As at the 31 December 2025, the HSBC UK Bank Domestic Liquidity Sub-
group comprises: HSBC UK Bank plc, Marks and Spencer Financial Services
plc, HSBC Innovation Bank Limited and HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited. It
reflects the way we manage liquidity within HSBC UK as a single operating
entity, in line with the application of UK liquidity regulation as agreed with
the PRA.
At 31 December 2025, HSBC UK's LCR was above the regulatory
minimum. The 2025 average LCR of 175% continues to reflect a
strong liquidity position.
Liquid assets
We had an average total of £93.7bn of highly liquid unencumbered
LCR eligible liquid assets (2024 average: £91.3bn) held in a range of
asset classes and currencies. Of these, 97% were eligible as level 1
(2024: 97%).
The below tables reflects the composition of the average liquidity
pool by asset type and currency for 2025 and 2024:
Liquidity
pool
Cash
Level 1
Level 2
£m
£m
£m
£m
Cash and balance at central bank
42,134
42,134
—
—
Central and local government bonds
46,640
—
45,102
1,538
Regional government public sector
entities
179
—
179
—
International organisation and
multilateral developments banks
2,290
—
2,290
—
Covered bonds
2,226
—
793
1,433
Other
201
—
—
201
Average Total for 2025
93,670
42,134
48,364
3,172
Average Total for 2024
91,348
54,033
34,767
2,548
 
£
$
€
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Average Liquidity Pool for
2025
73,871
9,698
6,813
3,288
93,670
Average Liquidity Pool for
2024
77,403
8,034
3,365
2,546
91,348
Sources of funding
Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts and
customer savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice. The
following ‘Funding sources and uses’ table provides a consolidated
view of how our balance sheet is funded, and should be read in light
of the Liquidity and Funding Risk management Framework ('LFRF'),
which requires that we manage liquidity and funding risk on a stand-
alone basis.
The table analyses our consolidated balance sheet according to the
assets that primarily arise from operating activities and the sources of
funding primarily supporting these activities. In 2025, the level of
customer accounts exceeded the level of loans and advances to
customers. The positive funding gap was predominantly deployed in
liquid assets, cash and balances with central banks and financial
investments, as required by the LFRF.
Funding Sources
(Audited)
2025
2024
£m
£m
Sources
Customer accounts
288,756
280,366
Deposits by banks
7,709
11,144
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
6,276
420
Debt securities in issue
3,019
2,044
Cash collateral, margin, settlement accounts and
items in the course of transmission to other banks
411
449
Subordinated liabilities
16,423
15,686
Total equity
28,261
25,971
Other balance sheet liabilities
5,075
4,797
At 31 Dec
355,930
340,877
Funding Uses
(Audited)
2025
2024
£m
£m
Uses
Loans and advances to customers
231,223
217,604
Loans and advances to banks
6,636
7,263
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
11,776
Cash collateral, margin, settlement and items in
the course of collection from other banks accounts
1,136
1,196
Financial investments
41,638
37,801
Cash and balances with Central banks
40,369
52,276
Other balance sheet assets
13,368
12,961
At 31 Dec
355,930
340,877
Market risk
See page 21 for our definition of Market risk.
Market risk management
Key developments in 2025
There were no material changes to our policies and practices for the
management of market risk in 2025.
Market risk governance
(Audited)
The following table summarises the market risk measures used to
monitor and limit exposures within HSBC UK. Trading portfolio
market risk exposures within the entity are not material, primarily
because customer facing trades within Markets business are hedged
on a one for one basis and trading book within Markets Treasury
business is limited to short dated cash management.
Trading risk
Risk types
– Foreign exchange
– Interest rates
Risk measure
VaR | Sensitivity | Stress testing
Market risk is managed and controlled through limits approved by the
Group CRCO for HSBC Holdings plc. These limits are allocated across
business lines and to the Group’s legal entities, including HSBC UK.
The level of limits set is based on the overall risk appetite for HSBC
UK being cascaded down to the individual entities and the limits
required for the individual desks to be able to execute their stated
business strategy under the HSBC UK ring-fencing Exceptions Policy.
The market risk limits are endorsed by HSBC UK RMM. HSBC UK
has an independent market risk management and control sub-
function, which is responsible for measuring, monitoring and
reporting market risk exposures against limits on a daily basis. The
Traded Risk function enforces the controls around trading in
permissible instruments approved for HSBC UK as well as following
completion of the new product approval process.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
59
Risk review
Key Risk Management processes
Monitoring and limiting market risk
exposures
Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures while
maintaining a market profile consistent with HSBC UK strategy and
risk appetite as well as operating within the HSBC Group’s risk
appetite for the entity. We use a range of tools to monitor and limit
market risk exposures including sensitivity analysis, VaR, and stress
testing.
VaR is a technique that estimates the potential losses on market risk
positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a
specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. The use of
VaR is integrated into market risk management and is calculated for
all trading positions. HSBC UK does not have a market risk internal
model approval and therefore, VaR is not used for any regulatory
return but only used for internal MI.
Trading book VaR is not used for calculating capital requirements
arising from market risk within HSBC UK. Therefore there is no back
testing of trading book VaR.
Defined benefit pension scheme
Market risk also arises within HSBC UK's defined benefit pension
plan to the extent that the obligations of the plan are not fully
matched by assets with determinable cash flows. Refer to Pension
risk section on page 56 for additional information.
Climate risk
Overview
Climate risks have the potential to cause both financial and non-
financial impacts for HSBC UK. Financial impacts could materialise,
for example, through greater transactional losses and/or increased
capital requirements. Non-financial impacts could materialise if our
own assets or operations are impacted by extreme weather or
chronic changes in weather patterns, or as a result of business
decisions to help achieve HSBC Group’s ESG-related ambitions,
targets and commitments.
Our approach to managing climate risk in HSBC UK is aligned to
HSBC Group’s risk management framework, climate risk approach
document, and three lines of defence model, which sets out how we
identify, assess, and manage our risks, and we continue to integrate
climate risk within the risk management framework through policies
and controls for traditional risks where appropriate.
We have adopted HSBC Group's ESG-related ambitions, targets and
commitments to align its financed emissions to net zero by 2050.
Key Developments
– HSBC UK's RAS was approved by the HSBC UK Board and
includes the measures we intend to take to support meeting
HSBC Group's ambitions, targets and commitments. In HSBC UK,
our measures are focused on the oversight and management of
climate risks in the commercial and retail portfolios, and are
reviewed annually, or sooner should a breach occur.
– HSBC Group completed its 2025 Internal Climate Scenario
Analysis (ICSA) exercise which focused on generating more
granular insights which are used to improve the assessment of
risk exposures for use in risk management, business decision
making, and to meet ongoing regulatory expectations.
Governance and structure
The HSBC UK Board takes overall responsibility for our climate
strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the
approach, execution, and associated reporting.
Our CRCO is responsible for climate financial risks under the UK
Senior Managers Regime. The CRCO attends HSBC UK Board
meetings and is a member of the Operating Committee and, where
appropriate, provides verbal or written updates on climate risk.
The HSBC UK RMM and the HSBC UK Risk Committee receive
updates on our climate risk profile.
Key risk management processes
We continue to enhance the way we manage climate considerations
across the organisation.
Key challenges include:
– an increasingly complex and divergent regulatory environment
across jurisdictions;
– the diverse range of internal and external data sources and data
structures needed for climate-related reporting, which introduces
data accuracy and reliability risks;
– industry-wide data gaps on customer emissions and transition
plans, and methodology gaps, which limit our ability to assess
transition risks accurately; and;
– data limitations on customer assets and supply chains, and
methodology gaps, which hinder our ability to assess physical
risks accurately.
Resilience risk
See page 22 for our definition of Resilience risk.
Key developments in 2025
– We monitored geopolitical events for any potential impact they
may have on our colleagues and operations, enhancing response
playbooks as events evolved.
– Throughout 2025, we conducted a series of targeted initiatives to
keep pace with evolving geopolitical, regulatory and technology
changes and to help strengthen the management of resilience
risk. Whilst we have reduced the average time of incidents during
2025, we remain acutely aware of their effects on our customers.
We are committed to ongoing improvements in our systems and
controls to help further reduce incident times and enhance the
overall resilience of our operations.
– We provided analysis and easy-to-access risk and control
information and metrics, empowering management to prioritise
non-financial risks in both decision making and risk appetite
setting.
– We successfully closed out the previous year's CAP on
Operational Resilience in 2025, transitioning from programme
mode to business-as-usual delivery.
– We recognise that our customers were impacted at time by
service disruptions. We responded to these in line with our
Incident Management plans and aimed to recover with minimal
delay and customer impact. Following any operational disruption,
we conducted post-incident reviews to identify lessons and
strengthen our operations.
– When we identified that enhancements were required to our
operational resilience capabilities, these were incorporated into
the HSBC UK business and investment planning, helping to
ensure we continue to meet the expectations of our customers
and our regulators.
Governance and structure
The Resilience Risk target operating model provides a consistent
view across resilience risks, helping to strengthen our risk
management oversight while we seek to operate effectively as part
of a simplified non-financial risk structure. We view resilience risk
across seven sub-risk types related to: technology and cyber security
risk; third-party risk; transaction processing risk; business interruption
and incident risk; data risk; facilities availability, safety and security
risk; and operational and resilience regulatory reporting risk.
Performance against risk appetite and key escalations for resilience
risk are reported to the HSBC UK RMM (chaired by the HSBC UK
CRCO) as required, with a further escalation path to the Group RMM
and the Group Risk Committee.
Operational resilience
Operational resilience is our ability to anticipate, prevent, adapt,
respond to, recover, and learn from internal or external disruption,
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
60
Risk review
continuing to provide IBS to customers and clients, while seeking to
minimise any impact on the wider financial system, when disruption
occurs. We have invested to seek to improve response and recovery
strategies for our IBS and Important Group Business Services, to
align to regulatory and customer expectations and to help minimise
any potential impacts should disruption occur.
Business operations continuity
We continue to monitor potential disruptive events such as
geopolitical volatility, adverse weather conditions and cyber attacks
and remain ready to take measures to help ensure business
continuity, should the need require. When disruptive events occur,
business and infrastructure functions continually review plans and
responses to help minimise any potential impact.
Regulatory compliance risk
See page 22 for our definition of Regulatory compliance risk.
Regulatory compliance risk
management
Key developments in 2025
Regulatory horizon scanning and mapping capabilities continue to
evolve with a focus on enhanced connectivity to Risk management
systems to help support better traceability of regulatory obligations. 
Work is underway to transition from event-driven technology to
incorporate cloud and analytics capability to help enhance our
oversight abilities in areas such as surveillance.
Regulatory developments
Financial service providers continue to operate to stringent regulatory
and supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas of capital and
liquidity management, conduct of business, financial crime, internal
control frameworks, the use of models and the integrity of financial
services delivery.
Within this intense and complex regulatory agenda, there continues
to be ongoing focus by regulators to improve outcomes for banks’
customers, particularly vulnerable ones, as well as ensuring market
integrity and promoting effective competition. The following are areas
of particular focus:
– Higher levels of consumer protection in retail financial markets,
following implementation of the Consumer Duty.
– Commitment to rebalancing risk and helping to support
investment, innovation and growth in the real economy, and
consideration of barriers to investment and rules and risks
associated with retail customer investment, pension planning and
support required to move away from cash only deposits.
– Continuing the focus on improving the ring-fencing regime in order
to seek to better serve customers and address future risks.
– Progress in refining the regulatory framework for payment
systems is facilitating payment innovation for firms and
stakeholders, advancing the government’s National Payments
Vision for the UK and supporting the development of digital
currency.
– Significant initiatives are being carried out to simplify the
regulatory environment, reduce regulatory cost, reduce reporting
requirements and make better use of firm and customer data.
The competitive landscape in which HSBC UK operates may be
impacted by future regulatory changes and government intervention. 
We continue to engage in the development of new and amended
regulations in the UK to help ensure that the implications have been
fully considered by regulators and the wider industry. We also
continue to work with the UK authorities, regulatory and industry
bodies to discuss any impacts on customers and markets.
Conduct of business
At HSBC UK our conduct management approach guides us to do the
right thing and to focus on the impact we have on our customers and
the financial markets in which we operate. Customer outcome is at
the heart of how we operate, and we aim to act responsibly and with
integrity.The Board maintains oversight of conduct matters directly
via the report on retail customer outcomes and through the Risk
Committee.
Financial crime risk
See page 22 for our definition of Financial crime risk.
Financial Crime Risk Management
Key developments in 2025
We regularly review our financial crime risk management framework
to help ensure it remains effective and resilient in a rapidly changing
risk and regulatory environment. We continued to make progress
with several key financial crime risk management initiatives,
including:
– Responding to evolving financial sanctions and trade restrictions,
including methods used to evade sanctions and export controls.
– Enhancing fraud controls throughout the customer journey,
investing in technology to respond to the changing fraud risk
landscape while seeking to maintain minimal customer friction.
– Seeking to improve scam prevention and detection through
engagement with potential scam victims.
– Reducing the timeframes for key operational controls, such as due
diligence reviews and financial crime-related client exits.
Key risk management processes
We will not tolerate knowingly conducting business with individuals
or entities believed to be engaged in criminal activity. We require
everybody in HSBC UK to play their role in maintaining effective
systems and controls to prevent and detect financial crime. Where
we believe we have identified suspected criminal activity or
vulnerabilities in our control framework, we will take appropriate
mitigating action.
We manage financial crime risk because it is the right thing to do to
protect our customers, shareholders, staff, the communities in which
we operate, as well as the integrity of the financial system on which
we all rely. We operate in a highly regulated industry in which the
same policy goals are codified in law and regulation.
We are committed to complying with the laws and regulations and
applying a consistent financial crime standard across all of the
markets in which we operate.
We continued to invest in enhancing our operational control
capabilities and technology solutions to help deter and detect criminal
activity. We further strengthened our financial crime risk taxonomy
and control libraries and our monitoring capabilities through
technology deployments. We developed more targeted metrics, and
continued to seek to enhance our governance and reporting.
We are committed to working in partnership with the wider industry
and the public sector in managing financial crime risk.
In 2025, our focus remained on measures to improve the overall
effectiveness of the global financial crime framework and promote a
risk-based approach, notably by providing input into legislative and
regulatory reform activities in the UK. We did this by participating in
consultations and other engagement, focused on delivering more
effective outcomes in managing financial crime risk, which also
enhances financial inclusion. Key themes for external engagement
include risk-based supervision, the use of innovative technology,
payment transparency standards, fraud risk management, and
tackling sanctions and export controls evasion.
The HSBC UK RMM provides oversight of financial crime risk
matters, as well as the HSBC UK Risk Committee, on behalf of the
Board, including matters relating to anti-money laundering, fraud,
sanctions, terrorist financing and proliferation financing.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
61
Corporate Governance Report
Model risk
See page 22 for our definition of Model risk.
Key developments in 2025
In 2025, we continued to make improvements in our MRM processes
amid regulatory changes in model requirements.
Initiatives during the year included:
– further updates to our MRM Framework to meet the
requirements of the PRA’s SS1/23. Our multi-year programme of
work is in progress to implement these changes across the full
model landscape;
– completing the identification of Deterministic Quantitative
Methods (DQMs) across the organisation. These are complex and
material calculators that although not technically models, still
present similar risks;
– continued enhancements to the development and validation
processes for IRB models;
– continued enhancements to our framework for the independent
validation of models, including new GenAI techniques that are
becoming more widely used; and
– continued to work closely with businesses and infrastructure
teams in developing a governance framework to manage the
range of risks these AI techniques, including machine learning and
agentic AI (autonomous systems powered by AI agents), can
introduce.
Governance and structure
The HSBC UK Model Risk Committee is chaired by the CRCO and
provides oversight of model risk. The committee includes senior
leaders and risk owners across the lines of business, functions and
Risk and focuses on model-related concerns and key model risk
metrics.
Key risk management processes
We use a variety of modelling approaches, including regression,
simulation, sampling, machine learning and judgmental scorecards for
a range of business applications. These activities include customer
selection, product pricing, financial crime transaction monitoring,
creditworthiness evaluation and financial reporting.
Responsibility for managing model risk is delegated from the RMM to
the HSBC UK Model Risk Committee. This committee regularly
reviews our MRM policies and procedures, and requires the first line
of defence to demonstrate comprehensive and effective controls
based on a library of model risk controls provided by MRM. MRM
also reports on model risk to senior management on a regular basis
through the use of risk Management Information, risk appetite
metrics and top and emerging risks.
We regularly review the effectiveness of these processes, including
the model oversight forum structure, to help ensure appropriate
understanding and ownership of model risk is embedded in the
businesses and functions.
Corporate Governance Report
Corporate governance statement
The Company, together with the wider Group, is committed to high
standards of corporate governance. The Group has a comprehensive
range of principles, policies and procedures influenced by the UK
Corporate Governance Code with requirements in respect of Board
independence, composition and effectiveness to ensure that the
HSBC Group is well managed, with appropriate oversight and control.
During the year, the Company adhered to these corporate
governance principles, policies and procedures, as applicable.
As a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc, the Company adopts the HSBC
Group’s Subsidiary Accountability Framework (‘SAF’). The SAF
principles set out HSBC Holdings plc’s high level expectations for
corporate governance arrangements in its subsidiaries. The Board
considers the SAF to be sufficiently comprehensive and robust and
has, therefore, chosen not to adopt another corporate governance
code.
Role of the Board
The role of the Board of Directors is to provide entrepreneurial
leadership of the Company within a framework of prudent and
effective controls which enables risks to be assessed and managed.
The Board is collectively responsible for: the long-term success of the
Company and delivery of sustainable value to its shareholders; setting
and approving the Company’s strategy, RAS and management’s
capital and operating plans to achieve the strategic objectives.
The Board comprises a majority of independent non-executive
directors. The roles of the Chairman and CEO are separate. The
Chairman leads the Board and is responsible for its effectiveness and
the CEO leads the day-to-day management of the Company and
execution of strategy.
During the year, the Board completed its annual effectiveness
review. The Board considered the outcome of this review and
endorsed actions to further optimise and enhance governance. All
enhancements suggested in the 2024 review were considered to
have been completed or in the course of being addressed.
In 2025, the Board held six routine meetings and an additional three
ad-hoc meetings to consider matters of a time sensitive nature. The
Board received information from management between meetings
and Directors have full access to all relevant information on a timely
basis, access to the advice of the company secretary and are entitled
to obtain independent external advice at the Company’s expense.
ÑDetails of the Board's engagement may be found in ‘Stakeholder
engagement’ on page 5.
Culture and values
Through its work, the Board supports the Company’s purpose and
values outlined on page 3 of the Strategic report by ensuring that the
Company conducts its business by treating customers fairly and
openly, doing business with the right customers and in the right way,
ensuring customers receive good outcomes as required by the
Consumer Duty, is a responsible employer, acts responsibly towards
the communities in which it operates and considers its other
stakeholders.
Board of Directors
All Directors are subject to annual re-election by the shareholder at
the Company’s Annual General Meeting ('AGM').
The Directors who served during the year ended 31 December 2025
and up to the date of this report are shown below:
Dame Clara Furse
Chairman and Independent non-executive
Director
Chairman of the Chairman’s Nomination and Remuneration
Committee
Appointed to the Board: 10 April 2017
Clara is a non-executive director of Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A. She
is a member of the Panel of Senior Advisors to Chatham House and a
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
62
Corporate Governance Report
member of the European Financial Services Round Table. She is Chair
of the UK Carbon Markets Forum. Former appointments include: non-
executive director of Vodafone Group plc and Amadeus IT Group
S.A.; External Member of the BoE’s Financial Policy Committee; lead
independent director of the UK's Department for Work and Pensions;
Chief Executive of the London Stock Exchange; Group Chief
Executive of Credit Lyonnais Rouse; member of the Shanghai
International Financial Advisory Council and non-executive director of
Euroclear plc, LCH Clearnet Group Ltd, Fortis SA, Nomura Holdings
and the Legal & General Group.
David Lindberg
Executive Director and Chief Executive
Officer
Chairman of the Operating Committee
Appointed to the Board: 8 December 2025
David was appointed CEO of HSBC UK Bank plc in December 2025
and is a member of the Group Operating Committee as well as
chairing HSBC UK's Operating Committee. David brings over 27
years of international experience, having led teams across the UK,
North America and Australia. His experience spans retail and
commercial banking, digital transformation, product development,
and strategic planning.
Before joining HSBC, David served as CEO of Retail Banking at
NatWest Group. His career also includes senior leadership roles at
Westpac, The Commonwealth Bank of Australia, ANZ, and First
Manhattan Consulting Group. While at Westpac, he was Chief
Executive of both their Consumer Bank and their Commercial and
Business Bank.
Marie Claire Baird (known as Claire
Baird)
Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer
Member of the Operating Committee
Appointed to the Board: 6 January 2022
Claire was appointed CFO of HSBC UK Bank plc in January 2022 and
is a member of the HSBC UK and Global Finance operating
committees. Prior to her current role, Claire was CFO of Global
Wealth and Personal Banking ('WPB').
Before joining HSBC, Claire spent 18 years with RBS/NatWest Group,
most recently as Finance Director for Personal Banking, Deputy CFO
for Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS’ Scottish banking subsidiary) and as
a non-executive director of Coutts & Company (RBS’ private bank).
Previous roles include Finance Director for Services & Functions,
Head of Global Finance Services, and for Ulster Bank (RBS’ Irish/
Northern Irish subsidiaries), she was Group Financial Controller and
Head of Finance, Retail Banking. Claire is a fellow of Chartered
Accountants Ireland.
Abimbola Afolami (known as Bim
Afolami)
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Risk Committee
Appointed to the Board: 9 January 2025
Bim is a corporate lawyer and former Minister, whose career prior to
becoming an MP encompassed law and banking. Bim has a depth of
experience in policy-making and regulatory processes within financial
services. His role as Economic Secretary to the Treasury and City
Minister covered a wide brief including banking, asset management,
pensions, insurance, private equity, and venture capital, and involved
extensive engagement across the City and with regulators. During his
years of public service Bim held several roles including Vice Chairman
of the Conservative Party, Principal Private Secretary to the Secretary
of State for Trade, and the Foreign Secretary. He also sat as Chair of
the Renewable and Sustainable Energy Parliamentary Group.
Bim has first-hand experience of HSBC UK, having previously held a
role within the Group which included his involvement at the outset of
the ring-fencing process. He currently holds an executive role with
Acrisure, a US headquartered financial technology and insurance
company and works as a patron for the charities Spotlight on Africa
and GRIT (Growing Resilience In Teens).
Simon Calver
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Audit Committee
Appointed to the Board: 1 April 2023
Simon is the Chair of Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc and
an independent non-executive director of Marks and Spencer Unit
Trust Management Limited, both wholly owned subsidiaries of the
Company. He is also Chair of Vinterior Group Limited and Chair of
MicroLub Limited. Simon is also a qualified and practicing executive
coach. He was previously a Fellow of the Institute of Directors (UK)
and a former Entrepreneur of the Year regional winner in the UK.
Throughout his career he has led innovation and disruption in major
markets, such as the education sector with Riverdeep and
entertainment sector as CEO of LoveFilm up to the sale to Amazon in
2011. His former appointments include CEO of Mothercare plc and
LoveFilm International, chairman of Fenwick 1882 Limited, Moo Print
Ltd, Chemist Direct Ltd, Gousto Ltd, Firefly Learning Ltd, UK
Business Angels Association and also a non-executive director of
Datalex plc.
Oliver Corbett
Independent non-executive Director
Chair of the Audit Committee, Member of the Risk Committee, and
the Chairman's Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Appointed to the Board: 1 January 2024
Oliver joined the Board at the start of 2024 and has been a non-
executive director of Allianz (UK) Limited since November 2023. He is
a non-executive director of CFC Group Limited and CFC Underwriting
Limited, of which he is also Audit Committee Chair. After qualifying
as an accountant, Oliver spent 13 years in investment banking in
London and New York. He was previously Founding CFO of McGill
and Partners and before that held CFO roles at Howden, LCH
Clearnet plc and Novae. He has also served as a non-executive
director and Audit Chair for Close Brothers Group plc and prior to that
Rathbone Brothers Group plc.
Carolyn Dittmeier
Independent non-executive Director
Chair of the Risk Committee, Member of the Audit Committee, and
the Chairman's Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Appointed to the Board: 1 October 2024
Carolyn joined the Board in October 2024 and she also currently
serves as an independent member of the Board of Eni and Illycaffè 
and of the Board of Statutory Auditors of Moncler and Bologna
University Business School. Her career has included heading Internal
Audit of significant enterprises including Poste Italiane and
Montedison. In parallel, she served as Vice Chair of the Board of the
Global IIA, Chair of the European Confederation of Internal Auditors
and IIA Italy. She also launched and led Corporate Governance
Services at Klynveld Peat Marwick Goerdeler 'KPMG' (Italy). Carolyn's
previous directorships include President of the Board of Statutory
Auditors of Assicurazioni Generali as well as independent director of
Alpha Bank, Italmobiliare and Autogrill, chairing the Audit and Risk
Committee in all cases.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
63
Corporate Governance Report
Jenny Goldie-Scot
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Risk Committee and Member of the Audit Committee
Appointed to the Board: 19 July 2022
Jenny is the Chair of Marks and Spencer Unit Trust Management
Limited. She is also an independent non-executive director of Marks
and Spencer Financial Services plc, all of which are wholly owned
subsidiaries of the Company. She has spent the bulk of her career in
investment banking operations and finance in senior leadership roles
at Morgan Stanley, both in the UK and the US. She has had a specific
focus on system and process transformation and her last role was
leading a large digital transformation for Google LLC in California.
Jenny has previously served as Chairman of HSBC Trust Company
(UK) Limited, and on the board of LCH Clearnet plc where she was
chair of the Nomination Committee.
Mridul Hegde CB
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Risk Committee and Member of the Audit Committee
and the Chairman’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Appointed to the Board: 7 February 2018
Mridul is the Chair of HSBC Innovation Bank Limited, a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company. Mridul's former appointments include:
Member of Ernst & Young LLP Public Interest and UK Audit Board:
non-executive director of the UK Municipal Bonds Agency and
member of its Risk and Audit Committee; and senior roles at the
Financial Reporting Council ('FRC') and HM Treasury, where she was
Director of Financial Stability during the 2008 financial crisis and prior
to that, Director of Public Spending.
Janet Henry
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: 1 November 2022
Janet was appointed as HSBC’s Global Chief Economist in August
2015 and is responsible for all of HSBC’s economic forecasts and
thematic economic research output globally. She is a Governor of the
UK’s National Institute of Economic and Social Research and a
member of the World Economic Forum’s Chief Economists
Community. Janet joined HSBC in 1996 in Hong Kong where she
worked as an Asian economist. She was previously HSBC’s Chief
European Economist. She is also a director of 3 College Fields
Management Company Limited.
Zoe Knight
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: 1 January 2024
Zoë has global responsibility for the Sustainability Research product
across asset classes at HSBC Global Research. She has been
advising institutional investors and other stakeholders on equities and
climate change for over 25 years. While most of her career has been
in capital markets, she has also worked on corporate sustainability
strategy for HSBC in the Middle East. An economist by academic
background, she has participated in a variety of advisory boards and
councils on climate change across the financial services industry,
including the UK All Parliamentary Group on Climate Change, the
Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures and the Energy
Transition Commission.
Brendan Nelson
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Chairman's Nomination and Remuneration
Committee
Appointed to the Board: 9 January 2025
Brendan joined the Board in January 2025 and is also Chairman of
HSBC Holdings plc, where he Chairs the Group Audit Committee and
the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, and is a
Member of the Group's Risk Committee and the Technology and
Operations Committee. He is also Chairman of BP Pension Trustees
Limited and a Director of the Institute of International Finance.
Brendan spent over 25 years at KPMG LLP, where he was admitted
as a Partner in 1984. During his time at KPMG, he held various
positions, including Global Chairman of Banking and Global Chairman
of Financial Services. He served on the KPMG UK Board, starting in
2000. He became a Vice Chairman in 2006 – a position he held until
his retirement from KPMG in 2010. He has also served as non-
executive Director on the Boards of bp plc, from 2010 to 2021, and
NatWest Group plc, from 2010 to 2019. He was Chairman of the
Audit Committee at both companies.
Brendan is a qualified Chartered Accountant and was President of the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland in 2013-2014. He was
also a member of the Financial Services Practitioner Panel and the
Financial Reporting Review Panel of the UK FRC.
Other Directors that served during the
year
John David Stuart (known as Ian Stuart) – CEO and Executive
Director. Resigned from the Board on 12 January 2026.
Company Secretary
Fiona Mackay
Appointed: October 2024
Board activities during 2025
The Board’s key areas of focus during 2025 were aligned to the
bank's strategic priorities. In overseeing management's execution
against these priorities, the Board considers whether the actions
being taken will deliver improvements in customer experience and
growth to support our ambition to be the most trusted bank globally,
putting customers at the heart of everything we do:
– Customer-centricity – the Board considered the areas for strategic
growth in the bank's businesses, including the proposed
divisionalisation of MSFS into HSBC UK (see page 6 for more
information). The Board also received updates on the bank's
societal purpose strategy, as well as approving the annual
Consumer Duty Board Report.
– Simple and agile – the Board assessed the improvements being
made on Operational Resilience, culminating in the approval of the
Operational Resilience Entity Level Self-Assessment as set out on
page 6. Consideration was also given to how technology enabled
the bank's strategy.
– Focused sustainable growth – the Board reviewed management's
approach to building a future state workforce blueprint for the
desired size, shape and skills base of its workforce. It considered
the bank's cultural ambition to create a customer-centric and high
performance culture. The Board also received updates on the
progress being made on the bank's net zero commercialisation
strategy.
The Board routinely invites senior management from Risk,
Compliance and Legal to Board meetings to support the discharge of
its responsibilities. The non-executive Directors meet privately with
the CEO ahead of every Board meeting and hold an in-camera
session at the end of every meeting to consider the effectiveness of
the meeting, the papers and presentations.
The Board met nine times during 2025.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
64
Corporate Governance Report
Board committees
The Board has established committees to assist it in discharging its
responsibilities. Each Board committee operates within Terms of
Reference approved by the Board that set out the scope of the
delegation and responsibilities, the membership and operation of the
committee and its reporting requirements to the Board. The Chairs of
the Board committees report to each Board meeting on their
activities. Following the Board's approval of revised Terms of
Reference for its committees, the most material change related to an
expansion of the scope of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities in
relation to internal controls, with effect from 1 January 2025. This
resulted in the Audit Committee assuming responsibility for the
holistic oversight of the wider internal control environment, reflecting
its experience in overseeing internal controls over financial reporting,
and supporting HSBC Group’s forthcoming responsibility to make a
declaration on the effectiveness of material controls under the 2024
UK Corporate Governance Code.
During the year and up to the date of this report, the Board's
committees were as follows:
Audit Committee
Role
The Audit Committee has been delegated responsibility for oversight
of financial reporting related matters, internal controls and oversight
of HSBC UK's Internal Audit function. All the members of the
committee are independent non-executive directors.
Committee activities during 2025
During the year, the committee reviewed and provided oversight on:
the HSBC UK group’s financial reporting; the integrity of financial
statements and disclosures and management’s application of key
accounting policies and significant accounting judgements; the bank's
progress on improving operational resilience; the transformation plans
and cost management; the financial and regulatory reporting control
environment; financial performance; liquidity, funding and capital
adequacy monitoring; the Company’s Financial Resource Plan; the
nature and scope of Internal Audit reviews; the effectiveness of the
internal financial reporting control systems; the effectiveness of the
Internal Audit function; and the external audit process.
To support the discharge of its responsibilities, the committee
routinely invites senior management from Finance, Internal Audit and
the External Auditor to its meetings. The committee also meets
separately with the External Audit Partner and Internal Audit at least
twice each year without any management present.
The committee met six times in 2025.
Risk Committee
Role
The Risk Committee has been delegated responsibility for oversight
and monitoring of risk related matters impacting the Company and
risk governance. All the members of the committee are independent
non-executive directors.
Committee activities during 2025
During the year, the committee has, amongst other matters: provided
oversight of risk-related matters including financial and non-financial
risk; assessed the Company’s risk profile and how risks are mitigated
and controlled; considered current and forward-looking risk
exposures; considered the Company's risk appetite and tolerance to
inform the Company’s strategy and business plans and made
recommendations to the Board; assessed technology and cyber
security risk; reviewed the Company’s ICAAP and ILAAP and stress
testing and made recommendations, as appropriate, to the Board;
considered the risk management framework; assessed data risk;
reviewed reports from Compliance and Legal; received updates on
the FCA's Consumer Duty; and considered the effectiveness of the
CRCO and risk management function.
The committee routinely invites senior management from Risk,
Compliance, Finance, Legal, Internal Audit and the External Auditor to
support the discharge of its delegated responsibilities. It also meets
twice a year in a private session with each of the CRCO, Internal
Auditor and External Audit Partner without any management present.
The committee met six times in 2025.
Chairman’s Nomination and
Remuneration Committee
Role
The Chairman’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee has been
delegated responsibilities from the Board in relation to nominations
and remuneration for the Company and its subsidiaries. The
committee keeps the composition of the Board and its committees
under constant review and strives to ensure that the membership,
both individually and collectively, has the skills, knowledge and
experience necessary to oversee, challenge and support
management in the achievement of the bank's strategic and business
objectives. The committee also ensures that HSBC UK's Board
Diversity and Inclusion Policy ("Policy") is taken into consideration in
the succession planning, nomination, selection, operation and
evaluation of the Board. The Policy sets out an aspiration of a
minimum of 40% of the Board to be female and to maintain or
improve the ethnic heritage mix on the Board. The current
composition of the Board meets these targets. All the members of
the committee are independent non-executive directors.
Committee activities during 2025
In undertaking its responsibilities, the committee has, amongst other
things, during the year: led the process to identify and recommend to
the Board a new CEO; considered the Board succession plan;
reviewed and recommended changes to the Board's structure, size
and composition, including skills, knowledge and diversity of the
Board; assessed the independence of non-executive Directors by
reference to the criteria in legislation and regulation and, in particular,
the PRA Rulebook for Ring-fenced Bodies; and ensured that the
remuneration framework and pay review decisions are made in line
with the business strategy, objectives, values and long-term interests
of the Company.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
65
Corporate Governance Report
The committee regularly invites the CEO and senior management in
the People function to attend meetings to support the discharge of its
delegated responsibilities.
The committee met seven times during 2025.
Operating Committee
Role
The Board had previously delegated the management and day-to-day
running of the Company to the Executive Committee which exercised
all the powers, authorities and discretions of the Board in accordance
with such policies and directions as the Board or HSBC Group may
from time to time determine. From February 2025, the Board
demised the Executive Committee and delegated authority to the
CEO for the management and day-to-day running of the Company. To
support them in the performance of their duties, the CEO established
an Operating Committee. Membership comprised the CEO's senior
management team.
The committee met eight times in 2025.
Conflicts of interest and
indemnification of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association give the Board the authority to
approve Directors’ actual conflicts and potential conflicts of
interest.The Board has adopted a Conflicts of Interest policy and
procedures for considering and authorising conflicts. On appointment,
new Directors are advised of the process for managing conflicts and
a review of those conflicts that have been authorised, and any terms
of those authorisations, is routinely undertaken by the Board.
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s
Articles of Association, all directors are entitled to be indemnified out
of the assets of the Company in respect of claims from third parties
that may arise in connection with the performance of their functions.
All Directors have the benefit of directors’ and officers’ liability
insurance.
Internal control
The Board is responsible for establishing a framework of controls to
enable the assessment and management of risk and sets the
Company’s RAS. This responsibility is discharged through reviewing
the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems
and by determining the appetite and tolerance levels for the types of
risks the Company is willing to take to achieve its strategic objectives
for its long-term success and the benefit of its stakeholders. For
more information, please refer to 'Internal Control' section on page
15.
Employment of people with a
disability
HSBC UK strongly believes in providing equal opportunities for all
employees. The employment of people with a disability is included in
this commitment. The recruitment, training, development and
promotion of people with a disability are based on the aptitudes and
abilities of the individual. Should employees become disabled during
their employment with us, efforts are made to continue their
employment. Where necessary, we will provide appropriate training,
facilities and equipment to ensure that barriers to work are removed
for colleagues. Continuous work is done to ensure individual support
is provided to make home office adjustments. Further information on
Diversity and Inclusion is included on page 4.
Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ("PwC") is the external auditor to the
Company. PwC has expressed its willingness to continue in office
and the Board recommends that PwC be re-appointed as the
Company's auditor. A resolution proposing the reappointment of PwC
as the Company's auditor and giving authority to the Audit
Committee to determine its remuneration will be submitted to the
forthcoming AGM.
Statement on Going Concern
The Board, having made appropriate enquiries, is satisfied that the group as a whole has adequate resources to continue operations for a period
of at least 12 months from the date of this report, and it, therefore, continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial
statements.
In making their going concern assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of detailed information relating to present and potential
conditions including: profitability; cash flows; capital requirements; and capital resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that
reflect the uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, including inflation, rapidly changing interest rates,disrupted supply chains as a result
of the Russia-Ukraine war and conflict in the Middle East or elsewhere. Additional considerations include changes to tariff rates and heightened
strategic competition between the US and China. They also considered other top and emerging risks, including climate change, as well as from
the related impacts on profitability, capital and liquidity.
Further information relevant to the assessment is provided in the Strategic report and the Report of the Directors, in particular:
– A description of the group’s strategic direction;
– A summary of the group’s financial performance and a review of performance by business;
– Reports and updates regarding regulatory and internal stress testing;
– The group’s approach to capital management and its capital position; and
– The top and emerging risks facing the group, as appraised by the Directors, along with details of the group's approach to mitigating those
risks and its approach to risk management in general.
The objectives, policies and processes for managing credit, liquidity and market risk are set out in the 'Risk section' of the ‘Report of the
Directors' on pages 14 to 61.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
66
Directors' Report Disclosures table
Directors' Report Disclosures table
The following table sets out the disclosures required in the Directors' Report by the Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as updated by Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018),
which are incorporated by reference in this Directors' Report:
Page
Stakeholder Engagement
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172(1) on page 5
Employee Engagement
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172(1) on page 5
Results and Dividends
Financial summary on pages 11 to 13 and Note 6 of the Financial statements on page 98
Hedge accounting policy
Note 9 of the Financial Statements on page 101
Future Developments
Strategic report 'Our purpose, values and strategy' on pages 3 to 4
Post Balance Sheet Events
Note 28 of the Financial statements on page 121
The Report of the Directors comprising pages 14 to 66 was approved by the Board on 24 February 2026 and is signed by order of the Board:
Fiona Mackay
Company Secretary
HSBC UK Bank plc
Registered number 9928412
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
67
Statement of directors' responsibilities in respect of the financial statements
Statement of directors' responsibilities
in respect of the financial statements
The directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic report, Report of the Directors and the financial statements in accordance with
applicable law and regulation.
Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared the
group and the Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards ('IAS'). In preparing the group
and Company financial statements, the directors have also elected to comply with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IFRSs as issued by 'IASB').
Under company law, directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the
state of affairs of the group and Company and of the profit or loss of the group for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the
directors are required to:
– select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
– state whether applicable UK-adopted IAS and IFRSs as issued by IASB have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements;
– make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
– prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and Company will continue
in business.
The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the group’s and Company’s
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the group and Company and enable them to ensure that
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the company’s financial statements published on the ultimate parent
company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors' confirmations
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed in Corporate Governance Report confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:
– the group and Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IAS and IFRSs issued by IASB, give
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the group and Company, and of the profit of the group; and
– the Strategic report and Report of the Directors include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position
of the group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.
In the case of each director in office at the date the directors’ report is approved:
– so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the group’s and Company’s auditors are unaware; and
– they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information
and to establish that the group’s and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.
Approved by the Board on 24 February 2026 and is signed by order of the Board:
Fiona Mackay
Company Secretary
HSBC UK Bank plc
Registered number 9928412
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
68
Independent auditors’ report to the members of HSBC UK Bank plc
Independent auditors’ report to the
members of HSBC UK Bank plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, HSBC UK Bank plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”):
– give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2025 and of the group’s profit
and the group’s and parent company’s cash flows for the year then ended;
– have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions
of the Companies Act 2006; and
– have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2025 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise:
– Consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2025;
– Consolidated income statement for the year then ended;
– Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
– Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
– Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended;
– HSBC UK Bank plc balance sheet as at 31 December 2025;
– HSBC UK Bank plc statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
– HSBC UK Bank plc statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
– The notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory information.
Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.
Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as issued by the IASB
As explained in note 1.1(a) to the financial statements, the group and parent company, in addition to applying UK-adopted international
accounting standards, have also applied international financial reporting standards (IFRSs) as issued by the International Accounting Standards
Board (IASB).
In our opinion, the group and parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the
IASB.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in
the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided.
Other than those disclosed in Note 4, we have provided no non-audit services to the parent company or its controlled undertakings in the
period under audit.
Our audit approach
Context
HSBC UK Bank plc is a member of the HSBC Group, the ultimate parent company of which is HSBC Holdings plc. HSBC UK Bank plc operates
in the United Kingdom.
Overview
Audit scope
– We performed a full scope audit of the significant component, HSBC UK Bank plc (parent company). For non-significant components, we
performed risk assessment procedures to confirm no additional procedures were required in line with our conclusions drawn from our
scoping assessment.
Key audit matters
– Expected credit losses ('ECL') provision for loans and advances (group and parent).
– Valuation of the defined benefit obligation (group and parent).
Materiality
– Overall group materiality: £280m (2024: £282m) based on 5% of profit before tax.
– Overall parent company materiality: £264m (2024: £267.5m) based on 5% of profit before tax.
– Performance materiality: £210m (2024: £211m) (group) and £198m (2024: £200.5m) (parent company).
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
69
Independent auditors’ report to the members of HSBC UK Bank plc
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud)
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit;
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a
separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
The key audit matters below are consistent with last year.
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Determining ECL involves management judgement and is subject to a
high degree of estimation uncertainty.
Management makes various assumptions when estimating ECL. We
performed a risk assessment to identify those assumptions with
significant levels of management judgement and for which variations
had the most material impact on ECL.
Assumptions were made in determining economic scenarios and their
probability weightings. The level of estimation uncertainty and
judgement in this area has remained high as a result of tariff and trade
policy developments and geopolitical environment. The fast moving
nature of trade and tariff policy developments and geopolitical volatility
required additional focus in the year from management in determining
economic scenarios and their probability weightings in the year, and
from us in auditing those judgements and assumptions which most
drove estimation uncertainty in ECL.
Judgement is also involved in determining the estimated loss for the
individually assessed, wholesale credit impaired cases, specifically
around cash flow assumptions.
The modelling methodologies used to estimate ECL are developed
using historical experience. We assess the impact of limitations in
these methodologies when forecasting the extent and timing of future
customer defaults or when responding to emerging risks, such as
climate risk. The focus of our assessment of the impact of climate risk
on ECL was to evaluate management’s risk assessment process for
identifying, quantifying and concluding that the impact of climate risk
on ECL for the year end was immaterial.
We reported to the Audit Committee our observations covering
governance and controls, the assumptions used, and the modelling
methodologies implemented by management in determining ECL,
with a significant focus on the uncertain prevailing macroeconomic
conditions. Our observations regarded:
– the determination of economic scenarios, and their related
probability weightings. In particular we discussed the potential
economic consequences of trade and tariff policy developments
and geopolitical events and whether the economic scenarios and
weightings adequately captured future potential economic risks in
this area;
– significant assumptions used to estimate the discounted cash flow
projections for larger individually assessed credit impaired
wholesale exposures; and
– the disclosures made in relation to ECL.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We assessed the effectiveness of governance and controls over the estimation of ECL. We observed management’s review and challenge in
key governance forums for (1) the determination of economic scenarios and their probability weightings, and (2) the assessment of ECL for
retail and wholesale portfolios.
We also tested controls over:
– model validation and monitoring;
– credit reviews that determine credit risk ratings (‘CRRs’) for wholesale customers;
– the input of critical data into source systems and the flow and transformation of critical data from source systems to impairment models;
and
– the approval impairments of individually assessed, credit impaired wholesale exposures.
We involved our economic experts in assessing the significant assumptions made in determining the severity and probability weighting of
economic scenarios. We focused on whether the scenarios adequately captured future potential economic risks, such as risks caused by tariff
and trade policy developments and the geopolitical environment. These assessments considered the sensitivity of ECLs to variations in the
severity and probability weighting of economic scenarios. We also involved our modelling specialists in assessing the appropriateness of the
significant assumptions and methodologies used for ECL models. We independently re-performed the ECL calculations for a sample of those
models. We further considered whether the judgements made in selecting the significant assumptions would give rise to indicators of
possible management bias.
In respect to a sample of individually assessed credit impaired wholesale exposures, we assessed the significant assumptions used to
estimate the discounted cash flow projections, and where appropriate we involved experts to assess the underlying collateral or business
valuations.
We evaluated management’s risk assessment in respect of the impact of climate change on the ECL provision, including involving our
modelling specialists to evaluate the stress testing and scenario analysis methodology used and sensitising key assumptions. Finally, we
tested the audited Credit Risk disclosures made in the Annual Report.
Relevant references in the Annual Report and Accounts 2025
Audited credit risk disclosures, Note 1.2(e): Financial instruments measured at amortised cost and Note 1.2(h): Impairment of amortised cost
and FVOCI financial assets.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
70
Independent auditors’ report to the members of HSBC UK Bank plc
Valuation of the defined benefit obligation (group and parent)
Key audit matter
Matters discussed with the Audit Committee
The Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme for its
employees, which relates to HSBC Bank (UK) pension scheme ('the
principal plan').
As of 31 December 2025, the principal plan is in a surplus of £5,262m
(2024: £5,126m). This is made up of defined benefit obligation of
£13,397m (2024: £13,730m) and plan assets of £18,659m (2024:
£18,856m).
The present value of the defined benefit obligation is materially
sensitive to certain actuarial assumptions. We consider the discount
rate, inflation and mortality rates to be the most significant
assumptions used in determining the defined benefit obligation.
Changes in these assumptions gives rise to estimation uncertainty due
to their subjectivity and the long duration of the pension liabilities.
Management performs a review of the valuation methodology and
significant assumptions each year, using third party actuarial experts.
The assumptions are updated to reflect market practice and future
outlook. The valuation methodology also uses a number of market-
based inputs and other financial and demographic assumptions.
We discussed the significant assumptions used by management to
determine the value of the defined benefit obligation including the
results of the work performed by our actuarial experts.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We obtained and reviewed management’s experts' report to confirm our understanding of the methodology and key assumptions adopted in
calculating the valuation of the defined benefit obligation. We considered the independence, objectivity and competence of the third-party
actuary engaged by management to perform their valuation.
We tested effectiveness of controls in place to oversee the appropriateness of the methodology and the significant assumptions, including
those in relation to the use of management's experts.
We independently assessed, using our own actuarial experts, the discount rate, inflation, mortality rates, as well as other demographic and
financial assumptions. We compared them to external market rates as at 31 December 2025 for schemes of a similar duration.
We tested the defined benefit obligation disclosures within the financial statements, including the disclosure regarding the sensitivity of
significant assumptions.
Relevant references in the Annual Report and Accounts 2025
Note 1.2 (h): Employee compensation and benefits
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in
which they operate.
The risks that HSBC UK Bank plc faces are diverse, with the interdependencies between them being numerous and complex. In performing our
risk assessment we engaged with a number of stakeholders to ensure we appropriately understood and considered these risks and their
interrelationships. This included stakeholders within HSBC and our own experts within PwC. This engagement covered external factors across
the geopolitical, macroeconomic, regulatory and accounting landscape, and the impact of climate risk. It also covered the strategy and
transformation-driven internal environment at HSBC.
HSBC UK Bank plc is structured into five divisions which are Retail Banking and Wealth (RBW), Private Banking (PB), Commercial Banking (CB)
and Corporate and Institutional Banking (CIB), all of which are supported by the Corporate Centre (CC). The divisions operate across a number
of subsidiary entities in the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial statements are an aggregation of the subsidiary entities (‘reporting
units’). Each reporting unit submits their financial information to the group which is aggregated within the group’s main consolidation and
financial reporting system.
The risks of material misstatement can be reduced to an acceptable level by testing the entities that are significant due to their size and those
that drive particular significant risks identified as part of our risk assessment. We continually assessed risks and changed the scope of our audit
where necessary.
As a result of our group scoping, we determined that an audit of the complete financial information of HSBC UK Bank plc (parent company) was
necessary, due to its risk and size.
We then considered the significance of other reporting units in relation to primary statement account balances. In doing this we also considered
the presence of any significant audit risks and other qualitative factors (including history of misstatements through fraud or error). For the
remaining reporting units, the risk of material misstatement was mitigated through group audit procedures including testing of entity level
controls, IT general controls and subsidiary level risk assessment analytical review procedures.
Additional audit procedures were performed on certain group-level account balances.
For the parent company, the group audit engagement partner was also the partner overseeing the audit work performed.
For the parent company, we determined our scope of work using our risk assessment and parent company materiality level. Based on these,
we assessed the level of testing required on each financial statement line item in order to be able to give an opinion on the parent company
financial statements. We utilised work performed over the HSBC UK Bank plc reporting unit as part of the group audit, performing further work
where necessary, and testing parent company balances such as investments in subsidiaries.
Certain balances were audited by the PwC HSBC Holdings plc Group engagement team where they related to Group level processes. HSBC
has entity level controls that have a pervasive influence across the Group, as well as other global and regional governance and controls over
aspects of financial reporting, such as those operated by the Global Risk function for expected credit losses. A significant amount of IT and
operational processes and controls relevant to financial reporting are undertaken in operations centres run by Digital Business Services ('DBS').
Whilst these operations centres are not separate components, the IT and operational processes and controls are relevant to the financial
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
71
Independent auditors’ report to the members of HSBC UK Bank plc
information of HSBC UK Bank plc. Financial reporting processes and controls are also performed centrally in HSBC UK Bank plc’s finance
operations centres (‘Finance Operations’), including the impairment assessment of investment in subsidiaries and intangible assets, the
consolidation of HSBC UK Bank plc's results, the preparation of financial statements, and certain management oversight controls relevant to
financial reporting.
HSBC Holdings plc Group-wide processes or processes in DBS and Finance Operations are subject to specified audit procedures or an audit
over specific financial statement line items (FSLIs). These procedures primarily relate to testing of IT general controls, forward looking
economic scenarios for ECL, operating expenses, intangible assets, valuation of financial instruments, intercompany eliminations,
reconciliations, consolidation and payroll. For these areas, we either performed audit work ourselves, or directed and provided oversight of the
audit work performed by other PwC teams. This audit work, together with analytical review procedures and assessing the outcome of local
external audits, also addressed the risk of material misstatement for balances in entities that were not part of a significant component.
The impact of climate risk on our audit
A broad range of stakeholders are increasingly focused on the impact of climate change and how this could lead to potential financial and other
impacts on the banking sector. This is a highly evolving area and there are a number of industry wide challenges as a result of data limitations
and developing modelling capabilities.
In considering the impact of climate risk on our audit, we:
– Made enquiries of management to understand the extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the financial statements and we
remained alert when performing our audit procedures for any indicators of the impact of climate risk, in particular in areas where the balance
sheet carrying value of is underpinned by future forecasts or collateral that might be impacted by climate risks.
– Understood, evaluated and challenged management's assessment of the impact of climate risk, which includes the potential impact on ECL,
classification and measurement of financial instruments, goodwill and other intangible assets, and assumptions used in making the long-
term viability statement and going concern assumption.
– Read the disclosures in relation to climate risk made in the other information within the Annual Report to ascertain whether the disclosures
are materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge from our audit.
Management has explained in their disclosures that whilst the effects of climate change are a source of uncertainty, as at 31 December 2025
they do not consider there to be a material impact on the critical judgements and estimates in relation to climate-related risks.
Our procedures did not identify any material incremental adjustments needed to capture climate impacts on the Group and parent company
financial statements.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the
financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Financial statements - group
Financial statements - parent company
Overall materiality
£280m (2024: £282m)
£264m (2024: £267.5m)
How we determined it
5% of profit before tax
5% of profit before tax
Rationale for benchmark
applied
A benchmark of profit before tax has been used, this reflects the
primary measure used by shareholders in assessing the performance
of the group.
A benchmark of profit before tax has been used, this reflects
the primary measure used by shareholders in assessing the
performance of the parent.
For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of
materiality allocated across components was £13m - £198m. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was
also less than our overall group materiality.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our
performance materiality was 75% (2024: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £210m (2024: £211m) for the group financial statements and
£198m (2024: £200.5m) for the parent company financial statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £14.0m (group audit)
(2024: £14.1m) and £13.2m (parent company audit) (2024: £13.3m) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted
reporting for qualitative reasons.
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's and the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of
accounting included:
– Performing a risk assessment to identify factors that could impact the going concern basis of accounting, including both internal risks (e.g.
strategy execution) and external risks (e.g. macroeconomic conditions).
– Understanding and reviewing the group's financial forecasts, including assessing the historical accuracy of these forecasts.
– Understanding and evaluating multiplate credit rating agency ratings and actions to obtain an independent evaluation of the group’s
creditworthiness.
– Understanding and evaluating the group's stress testing of liquidity and regulatory capital, including the severity of the stress scenarios that
were used.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
72
Independent auditors’ report to the members of HSBC UK Bank plc
– Review of correspondence with and reports from regulators, including the Prudential Regulation Authority ('PRA') and Financial Conduct
Authority ('FCA').
– Reading and evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures made in the financial statements in relation to going concern.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of
the financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's and the parent
company's ability to continue as a going concern.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon.
The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and,
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance
thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be
materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Report of the Directors, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies
Act 2006 have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as
described below.
Strategic report and Report of the Directors
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Report of the
Directors for the year ended 31 December 2025 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with
applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did
not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Report of the Directors.
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors' responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the directors are responsible for
the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair
view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors
either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities,
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of
detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related
to breaches of financial crime laws and regulations and regulatory compliance, including regulatory reporting requirements and conduct of
business, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered
those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006 and UK tax legislation. We
evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of
controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to meet performance targets, and
management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they
could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team
included:
– Review of correspondence with and reports from regulators, including the Prudential Regulation Authority ('PRA') and Financial Conduct
Authority ('FCA').
– Review of reporting to the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee in respect of compliance and legal matters.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
73
Independent auditors’ report to the members of HSBC UK Bank plc
– Enquiry of management and those charged with governance, and review of internal audit reports, in so far as they related to the financial
statements.
– Obtaining legal confirmations from legal advisors relating to material litigation and compliance matters.
– Assessing matters reported on the group's whistleblowing programmes and the results of management's investigation of such matters,
insofar as they related to the financial statements.
– Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in its significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to the
determination of expected credit losses, and the valuation of defined benefit pensions obligation.
– Obtaining confirmations from third parties to confirm the existence of a sample of balances.
– Identifying and testing journal entries, including those posted with certain descriptions, posted to certain account combinations, or posted by
unexpected users.
– Incorporating unpredictability into the nature, timing and/or extent of our testing.
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with
laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting
a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques.
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior
consent in writing.
Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
– we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
– adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from
branches not visited by us; or
– certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
– the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
Appointment
We were first appointed by the parent company for the financial year ended 31 December 2017. Our uninterrupted engagement covers nine
financial years.
Other matter
The company is required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules to include these financial statements
in an annual financial report prepared under the structured digital format required by DTR 4.1.15R - 4.1.18R and filed on the National Storage
Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority. This auditors’ report provides no assurance over whether the structured digital format annual
financial report has been prepared in accordance with those requirements.
Sheena Coutinho (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP                                                                                                                                       
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors                                                                                                                                         
Birmingham                                                                                                                                                                                                             
24 February 2026
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
74
Financial statements
Financial statements
Contents
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows
HSBC UK Bank plc balance sheet
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of changes in equity
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of cash flows
Notes on the financial statements
Contents
1
Basis of preparation and material accounting policies
17
Debt securities in issue
2
Net fee income
18
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
3
Employee compensation and benefits
19
Provisions
4
Auditors’ remuneration
20
Subordinated liabilities
5
Tax
21
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet
commitments
6
Dividends
7
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
22
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
8
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
23
Called up share capital and other equity instruments
9
Derivatives
24
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments, guarantees and
contingent assets
10
Financial investments
11
Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred
25
Finance lease receivables
12
Interests in joint ventures
26
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
13
Investments in subsidiaries
27
Related party transactions
14
Structured entities
28
Events after the balance sheet date
15
Goodwill and intangible assets
29
HSBC UK Bank plc’s subsidiaries and joint ventures
16
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
75
Financial statements
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December
2025
2024
Notes
£m
£m
Net interest income
8,650
8,084
–  interest income1,2,3
14,860
14,789
–  interest expense
(6,210)
(6,705)
Net fee income
2
1,286
1,308
–  fee income
1,621
1,605
–  fee expense
(335)
(297)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
430
454
Other operating income
102
133
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
10,468
9,979
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(539)
(315)
Net operating income
9,929
9,664
Employee compensation and benefits
3
(1,205)
(1,128)
General and administrative expenses
(2,610)
(2,442)
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
(105)
(99)
Total operating expenses excluding amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
(3,920)
(3,669)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
(390)
(348)
Total operating expenses
(4,310)
(4,017)
Operating profit
5,619
5,647
Profit before tax
5,619
5,647
Tax expense
5
(1,517)
(1,508)
Profit for the year
4,102
4,139
Attributable to:
–  ordinary shareholder
4,097
4,134
–  non-controlling interests
5
5
Profit for the year
4,102
4,139
1Interest income recognised on financial assets measured at amortised cost is £13,913m (2024: £13,836m).
2Interest income recognised on financial assets measured at FVOCI is £947m (2024: £953m).
3Interest income calculated using the effective interest method comprises interest recognised on financial assets measured at either amortised cost or FVOCI.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
76
Financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
2025
2024
£m
£m
Profit for the year
4,102
4,139
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
73
(35)
–  fair value gains/(losses)
122
(17)
–  fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal
(20)
(31)
–  income taxes
(29)
13
Cash flow hedges
734
(365)
–  fair value gains/(losses)
543
(1,496)
–  fair value losses reclassified to the income statement
476
989
–  income taxes
(285)
142
Exchange differences
1
1
–  other exchange differences
1
1
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit asset
(80)
(285)
–  before income taxes
(111)
(398)
–  income taxes
31
113
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax
728
(684)
Total comprehensive income for the year
4,830
3,455
Attributable to:
–  ordinary shareholder
4,825
3,450
–  non-controlling interests
5
5
Total comprehensive income for the year
4,830
3,455
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
77
Financial statements
Consolidated balance sheet
at 31 December
2025
2024
Notes
£m
£m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
40,369
52,276
Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
7
175
174
Derivatives
9
167
298
Loans and advances to banks
6,636
7,263
Loans and advances to customers
231,223
217,604
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
11,776
Financial investments
10
41,638
37,801
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
16
9,736
9,303
Current tax assets
3
—
Interests in joint ventures
12
10
9
Goodwill and intangible assets
15
4,413
4,373
Total assets
355,930
340,877
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
7,709
11,144
Customer accounts
288,756
280,366
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
6,276
420
Derivatives
9
162
107
Debt securities in issue
17
3,019
2,044
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
18
3,524
3,476
Current tax liabilities
218
449
Provisions
19
264
265
Deferred tax liabilities
5
1,318
949
Subordinated liabilities
20
16,423
15,686
Total liabilities
327,669
314,906
Equity
Called up share capital
23
—
—
Share premium account
23
—
—
Other equity instruments
23
2,691
2,196
Other reserves
2,387
1,579
Retained earnings
23,163
22,136
Total shareholders’ equity
28,241
25,911
Non-controlling interests
20
60
Total equity
28,261
25,971
Total liabilities and equity
355,930
340,877
The accompanying notes on pages 83 to 122 and the audited sections in: the 'Financial summary' on pages 11 to 13 and the ‘Report of the
Directors’ on pages 14 to 67 form an integral part of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 February 2026 and signed on its behalf by:
David Lindberg
Director
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
78
Financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Called up
share
capital
and
share
premium
Other
equity
instru-
ments
Retained
earnings
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash flow
hedging
reserve
Group re-
organisati-
on
reserve4
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
—
2,196
22,136
(206)
(658)
2,443
25,911
60
25,971
Profit for the year
—
—
4,097
—
—
—
4,097
5
4,102
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)
—
—
(80)
74
734
—
728
—
728
–  debt instruments at fair value through
other comprehensive income
—
—
—
73
—
—
73
—
73
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
734
—
734
—
734
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
—
—
(80)
—
—
—
(80)
—
(80)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
—
1
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
4,017
74
734
—
4,825
5
4,830
Issue of other equity instruments1
—
495
—
—
—
—
495
—
495
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(3,023)
—
—
—
(3,023)
(5)
(3,028)
Share premium reclassification to retained
earnings3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Capitalisation of Group reorganisation
reserve through bonus share issuance3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cancellation of bonus shares3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other movements2
—
—
33
—
—
—
33
(40)
(7)
At 31 Dec 2025
—
2,691
23,163
(132)
76
2,443
28,241
20
28,261
At 1 Jan 2024
9,015
2,196
7,573
(172)
(293)
7,691
26,010
60
26,070
Profit for the year
—
—
4,134
—
—
—
4,134
5
4,139
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)
—
—
(285)
(34)
(365)
—
(684)
—
(684)
–  debt instruments at fair value through
other comprehensive income
—
—
—
(35)
—
—
(35)
—
(35)
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
(365)
—
(365)
—
(365)
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
—
—
(285)
—
—
—
(285)
—
(285)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
—
1
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
3,849
(34)
(365)
—
3,450
5
3,455
Issue of other equity instruments
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(3,564)
—
—
—
(3,564)
(5)
(3,569)
Share premium reclassification to retained
earnings3
(9,015)
—
9,015
—
—
—
—
—
—
Capitalisation of Group reorganisation
reserve through bonus share issuance3
5,248
—
—
—
—
(5,248)
—
—
—
Cancellation of bonus shares3
(5,248)
—
5,248
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other movements2
—
—
15
—
—
—
15
—
15
At 31 Dec 2024
—
2,196
22,136
(206)
(658)
2,443
25,911
60
25,971
1Other equity instruments were issued net of cost.
2Relates to a tax credit on share based payments £32m in 2025 (2024: £20m) and £1m pension assets transfer from HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited and
HSBC Bank plc (2024: £(7)m) and £(40)m repayment of other equity instruments to non-controlling interests to HSBC Holdings plc.
3During Q4 2024, HSBC UK Bank plc converted £5.2bn of its group reorganisation reserve and £9.0bn of its share premium account into retained earnings. For
further details, please refer to Note 23.
4The Group reorganisation reserve is an equity reserve which was used to recognise the contribution of equity reserves associated with the ring fenced
businesses that were notionally transferred from HSBC Bank plc. As at 31 December 2025, the balance mainly comprises of the reserve created on
consolidation for the goodwill transfer.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
79
Financial statements
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December
2025
2024
£m
£m
Profit before tax
5,619
5,647
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
495
447
Net gain from investing activities
(20)
(38)
Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges
616
386
Provisions including pensions
(181)
(198)
Share-based payment expense
30
28
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax
(249)
(249)
Elimination of exchange differences1
143
142
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Change in net trading securities and derivatives
1,208
(626)
Change in loans and advances to banks and customers
(14,483)
(5,073)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
(4,764)
(1,952)
Change in financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value
(1)
(39)
Change in other assets
(730)
(748)
Change in deposits by banks and customer accounts
4,956
12,322
Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading
5,856
(4,231)
Change in debt securities in issue
975
56
Change in other liabilities
(113)
(900)
Contributions paid to defined benefit plans
—
(1)
Tax paid
(1,632)
(1,209)
Net cash from operating activities
(2,275)
3,764
Purchase of financial investments
(26,063)
(33,396)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments
22,519
22,617
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
—
27
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(73)
(71)
Purchase of intangible assets
(438)
(363)
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets
10
1
Net cash flow on acquisition of subsidiaries, businesses and joint venture
1
—
Net cash from investing activities
(4,044)
(11,185)
Issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments
495
—
Subordinated loan capital issued2
3,194
3,259
Subordinated loan capital repaid2
(2,414)
(2,194)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company and non-controlling interests
(3,028)
(3,569)
Repayment of other equity instruments to non-controlling interests
(40)
—
Net cash from financing activities
(1,793)
(2,504)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(8,112)
(9,925)
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan
63,366
73,381
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents
45
(90)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
55,299
63,366
Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
–  cash and balances at central banks
40,369
52,276
–  loans and advances to banks of one month or less
6,399
7,263
–  reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less
7,485
2,466
–  treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months
1,156
1,103
–  cash collateral, net settlement accounts and items in course of collection from/transmission to other banks
(110)
258
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
55,299
63,366
Interest received was £14,458m (2024: £14,463m) and interest paid was £6,182m ( 2024: £6,630m).
1Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be
determined without unreasonable expense.
2Subordinated liabilities changes during the year are attributable to cash flows from issuance of securities of £3,194m (2024: £3,259m) and repayments of
£(2,414)m (2024: £(2,194)m). Non-cash changes during the year included foreign exchange losses of £(234)m (2024: £(55)m).
3At 31 December 2025, cash and cash equivalents of £5,870m (2024: £6,190m) was not available for use by the group, mainly related to mandatory deposits at
central banks.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
80
Financial statements
HSBC UK Bank plc balance sheet
at 31 December
2025
2024
Notes
£m
£m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
40,368
52,275
Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
7
175
174
Derivatives
9
163
295
Loans and advances to banks
13,325
13,070
Loans and advances to customers
219,070
206,187
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
11,776
Financial investments
10
41,449
37,597
Investments in subsidiaries
13
1,000
1,148
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
16
9,516
9,226
Interests in joint ventures
12
5
5
Goodwill and intangible assets
15
1,282
1,221
Total assets
347,913
332,974
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
12,096
14,780
Customer accounts
282,274
274,160
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
6,276
420
Derivatives
9
162
107
Debt securities in issue
17
2,100
1,621
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
18
3,326
3,244
Current tax liabilities
97
281
Provisions
19
243
246
Deferred tax liabilities
5
1,338
971
Subordinated liabilities
20
16,423
15,686
Total liabilities
324,335
311,516
Equity
Called up share capital
23
—
—
Share premium account
23
—
—
Other equity instruments
23
2,691
2,196
Other reserves
(59)
(866)
Retained earnings
20,946
20,128
Total equity
23,578
21,458
Total liabilities and equity
347,913
332,974
Profit after tax for the year was £3,888m (2024: £4,125m).
The accompanying notes on pages 83 to 122, and the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors’ on pages 14 to 67 form an integral part
of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 February 2026 and signed on its behalf by:
David Lindberg
Director
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
81
Financial statements
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Called up
share capital
and share
premium
Other
equity
instruments
Retained
earnings
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash flow
hedging
reserve
Group
reorganisation
reserve4
Total
share-
holders’
equity
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
—
2,196
20,128
(208)
(658)
—
21,458
Profit for the year
—
—
3,888
—
—
—
3,888
Other comprehensive expense (net of tax)
—
—
(80)
73
734
—
727
–  debt instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
72
—
—
72
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
734
—
734
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
—
—
(80)
—
—
—
(80)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
3,808
73
734
—
4,615
Issue of other equity instruments1
—
495
—
—
—
—
495
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(3,023)
—
—
—
(3,023)
Share premium reclassification to retained
earnings3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Capitalisation of Group reorganisation reserve
through bonus share issuance3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cancellation of bonus shares3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other movements2
—
—
33
—
—
—
33
At 31 Dec 2025
—
2,691
20,946
(135)
76
—
23,578
At 1 Jan 2024
9,015
2,196
5,578
(178)
(293)
5,248
21,566
Profit for the year
—
—
4,125
—
—
—
4,125
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)
—
—
(285)
(30)
(365)
—
(680)
–  debt instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
(31)
—
—
(31)
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
(365)
—
(365)
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
—
—
(285)
—
—
—
(285)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
3,840
(30)
(365)
—
3,445
Issue of other equity instruments
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(3,564)
—
—
—
(3,564)
Share premium reclassification to retained
earnings3
(9,015)
—
9,015
—
—
—
—
Capitalisation of Group reorganisation reserve
through bonus share issuance3
5,248
—
—
—
—
(5,248)
—
Cancellation of bonus shares3
(5,248)
—
5,248
—
—
—
—
Other movements2
—
—
11
—
—
—
11
At 31 Dec 2024
—
2,196
20,128
(208)
(658)
—
21,458
1Other equity instruments were issued net of cost.
2Relates to a tax credit on share based payments £32m in 2025 (2024: £18m) and £1m pension assets transfer from HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited and
HSBC Bank plc (2024: £(7)m).
3In Q4 2024, HSBC UK Bank plc converted £5.2bn of its group reorganisation reserve and £9.0bn of its share premium account into retained earnings. For further
details, please refer Note 23.
4The Group reorganisation reserve is an equity reserve which was used to recognise the contribution of equity reserves associated with the ring fenced
businesses that were notionally transferred from HSBC Bank plc.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
82
Financial statements
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December
2025
2024
£m
£m
Profit before tax
5,289
5,489
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
461
419
Net gain from investing activities
187
(37)
Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges
527
308
Provisions including pensions
(188)
(198)
Share-based payment expense
22
21
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax
(241)
(240)
Elimination of exchange differences1
34
201
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Change in net trading securities and derivatives
1,209
(626)
Change in loans and advances to banks and customers
(14,757)
(5,072)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
(4,764)
(1,952)
Change in financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value
(1)
(39)
Change in other assets
(628)
(1,266)
Change in deposits by banks and customer accounts
5,429
12,478
Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading
5,856
(4,231)
Change in debt securities in issue
479
57
Change in other liabilities
(65)
(799)
Contributions paid to defined benefit plans
—
(1)
Tax paid
(1,471)
(1,156)
Net cash from operating activities
(2,622)
3,356
Purchase of financial investments
(25,231)
(33,404)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments
21,842
22,618
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
—
13
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(73)
(71)
Purchase of intangible assets
(422)
(346)
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets
6
1
Net cash from investing activities
(3,878)
(11,189)
Issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments
495
—
Subordinated loan capital issued2
3,194
3,259
Subordinated loan capital repaid2
(2,414)
(2,194)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company
(3,023)
(3,564)
Net cash from financing activities
(1,748)
(2,499)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(8,248)
(10,332)
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan
65,428
75,910
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents
152
(150)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
57,332
65,428
Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
–  cash and balances at central banks
40,368
52,275
–  loans and advances to banks of one month or less
8,590
9,666
–  reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less
7,485
2,466
–  treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months
1,156
933
–  cash collateral, net settlement accounts and items in course of collection from/transmission to other banks
(267)
88
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
57,332
65,428
Interest received was £13,704m (2024: £13,642m), interest paid was £6,162m (2024: £6,581m) and dividends received were £333m (2024:
£354m).
1Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on line-by-line basis, as details cannot be
determined without unreasonable expense.
2Subordinated liabilities changes during the year are attributable to cash flows from issuance of securities of £3,194m (2024: £3,259m) and repayments of
£(2,414)m (2024: £(2,194)m). Non-cash changes during the year included foreign exchange losses of £(234)m (2024: £(55)m).
3At 31 December 2025, cash and cash equivalents £5,870m (2024: £6,020m) was not available for use by the bank, mainly related to mandatory deposits at
central banks.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
83
Notes on the financial statements
Notes on the financial statements
1Basis of preparation and material accounting policies
1.1Basis of preparation
(a)Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
The consolidated financial statements of HSBC UK and the separate financial statements of the bank comply with UK-adopted international
accounting standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. These financial statements are also prepared in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ('IFRS Accounting Standards'), including
interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there are no applicable differences from IFRS Accounting Standards for the
periods presented. There were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2025 affecting these consolidated and
separate financial statements.
IFRS Accounting Standards adopted during the year ended 31 December 2025
There were no new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations that had an effect on these financial statements. Accounting
policies have been applied consistently.
(b)Future accounting developments
Minor amendments to IFRS Accounting Standards
The IASB has published a number of minor amendments to IFRS Accounting Standards that are effective from 1 January 2026. The group
expects they will have an insignificant effect, when adopted, on the consolidated financial statements of the group and the separate financial
statements of the bank.
Other amendments and new IFRS Accounting Standards
Amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’
In May 2024, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, effective for
annual reporting periods beginning on, or after, 1 January 2026. In addition to guidance as to when certain financial liabilities can be deemed
settled when using an electronic payment system, the amendments also provide further clarification regarding the classification of financial
assets that contain contractual terms that change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows, including those arising from ESG-related
contingencies, and financial assets with certain non-recourse features. The group does not expect any material impact from these
amendments.
IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’
In April 2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, effective for annual reporting periods beginning
on or after 1 January 2027. The new accounting standard aims to give users of financial statements more transparent and comparable
information about an entity’s financial performance. It will replace IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ but carries over many
requirements from that IFRS Accounting Standard unchanged. In addition, there are three sets of new requirements relating to the structure of
the income statement, management-defined performance measures and the aggregation and disaggregation of financial information.
While IFRS 18 will not change recognition criteria or measurement bases, it will have an impact on presenting information in the financial
statements, in particular the income statement and to a lesser extent the cash flow statement. The group is currently evaluating impacts and
ensuring data readiness is adequate in anticipation of implementation.
(c)Foreign currencies
The functional currency of the bank is £ sterling, which is also the presentational currency of the consolidated financial statements of
the group.
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date except non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at
historical cost, which are translated using the rate of exchange at the initial transaction date. Exchange differences are recognised in the
income statement except where otherwise required such as exchange components of gains and losses on non-monetary items which are
recognised in the income statement or OCI depending on where the gain or loss on the underlying item is presented.
(d)Presentation of information
Certain disclosures required by IFRS Accounting Standards have been included in the sections marked as ('Audited') in the Annual Report and
Accounts 2025 as follows:
– disclosures concerning the nature and extent of risks relating to financial instruments are included in the ‘Risk review’ on pages 14 to 61;
and
– capital disclosures are included in the ‘Risk review’ on pages 56 to 57. 
In publishing the parent company financial statements together with the group financial statements, the bank has taken advantage of the
exemption in Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and related notes.
(e)Critical estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and judgements about future conditions. In view of the inherent
uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition or measurement of items highlighted as the critical estimates and
judgements in section 1.2 below, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from those on which management’s
estimates are based. This could result in materially different estimates and judgements from those reached by management for the purposes
of these financial statements. Management’s selection of the group’s accounting policies that contain critical estimates and judgements
reflects the materiality of the items to which the policies are applied and the high degree of judgement and estimation uncertainty involved.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
84
Notes on the financial statements
Management has considered the impact of climate-related risks on HSBC UK’s financial position and performance. While the effects of climate
change are a source of uncertainty, as at 31 December 2025 management did not consider there to be a material impact on our critical
judgements and estimates from the physical, transition and other climate-related risks in the short to medium term. In particular management
has considered the known and observable potential impacts of climate-related risks of associated judgements and estimates in our value in use
('VIU') calculations.
(f)Segmental analysis
HSBC UK's chief operating decision-maker is the group Chief Executive, supported by the group Operating Committee, and operating
segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the group Chief Executive and the group Operating
Committee.
Measurement of segmental assets, liabilities, income and expenses is in accordance with the group’s accounting policies. Segmental income
and expenses include transfers between segments and these transfers are conducted at arm’s length. Shared costs are included in segments
on the basis of the actual recharges made.
(g)Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the group and bank have the resources to
continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating
to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources.
These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, including inflation, rapidly
changing interest rates, disrupted supply chains as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war and conflict in the Middle East or elsewhere. Additional
considerations include changes to tariff rates and heightened strategic competition between the US and China. They also considered other top
and emerging risks, including climate change, as well as the related impacts on profitability, capital and liquidity.
1.2Summary of material accounting policies
(a)Consolidation and related policies
Consolidation
HSBC consolidates entities that it controls as demonstrated by power over the investee, exposure to variable returns, and the ability to use its
power to affect the amount of its returns. Where an entity is governed by voting rights, the group generally has power leading to control when
it holds, directly or indirectly, the necessary voting rights to pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the assessment of
control is more complex and requires judgement of other factors, including contractual arrangements.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The amount of non-controlling interest is measured either at fair value
or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. This election is made for each business
combination.
Investments in subsidiaries
The bank's investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment losses. Where the investment in a subsidiary is designated in a fair
value hedging relationship for foreign currency risk, the carrying value is adjusted for any associated hedge adjustment arising therefrom.
Impairment testing of investments in subsidiaries is performed where there is an indication of impairment. Indicators of impairment include
both external and internal sources of information.
Interests in associates and joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are investments in which the group, together with one or more parties, has joint control. Depending on the group’s rights
and obligations, the joint arrangement is classified as either a joint operation or a joint venture.
The group classifies investments in entities over which it has significant influence but not control or joint control as associates and accounts for
them using the equity method. Under this method, the attributable share of net assets, results and reserves are included in the consolidated
financial statements based on either financial statements made up to 31 December, or pro-rated amounts adjusted for any material transactions
or events occurring between the date the financial statements are available and 31 December.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are assessed at each reporting date and tested for impairment when there is an indication that the
investment may be impaired, by comparing the recoverable amount of the relevant investment to its carrying amount. Goodwill on acquisition
of interests in joint ventures and associates is not tested separately for impairment, but is assessed as part of the carrying amount of the
investment.
(b)Impairment of goodwill and other non-financial assets
Goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to Cash-generating Units ('CGU') for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which
goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
Impairment testing is performed at least once a year, or whenever there is an indication of impairment, by comparing the recoverable amount
of a CGU with its carrying amount.
Goodwill is included in a disposal group if the disposal group is a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated or it is an operation within such a
CGU. The amount of goodwill included in a disposal group is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of and the
portion of the CGU retained.
Other non-financial assets
Software under development is tested for impairment at least annually. Other non-financial assets are property, plant and equipment, intangible
assets (excluding goodwill) and right-of-use assets. They are tested for impairment at the individual asset level when there is indication of
impairment at that level, or at the CGU level for assets that do not have a recoverable amount at the individual asset level. In addition,
impairment is also tested at the CGU level when there is indication of impairment at that level.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
85
Notes on the financial statements
Impairment testing compares the carrying amount of the non-financial asset or CGU with its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the fair
value less costs of disposal or the VIU. The carrying amount of a CGU comprises the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities, including non-
financial assets that are directly attributable to it and non-financial assets that can be allocated to it on a reasonable and consistent basis. Non-
financial assets that cannot be allocated to an individual CGU are tested for impairment at an appropriate grouping of CGUs. The recoverable
amount of the CGU is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal of the CGU, which is determined by independent and qualified valuers
where relevant, and the VIU, which is calculated based on appropriate inputs (see Note 15).
When the recoverable amount of a CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement to the
extent that the impairment can be allocated on a pro-rata basis to the non-financial assets by reducing their carrying amounts to the higher of
their respective individual recoverable amount or nil. Impairment is not allocated to the financial assets in a CGU.
Impairment losses recognised in prior periods for non-financial assets are reversed when there has been a change in the estimate used to
determine the recoverable amount. The impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the non-financial assets would
not exceed the amount that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior
periods.
(c)Net operating income
Interest income and expense
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments, excluding those classified as held for trading are recognised in ‘interest income’ and
‘interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method.
Interest on credit-impaired financial assets is recognised by applying the effective interest rate ('EIR') to the amortised cost (i.e. gross carrying
amount of the asset less allowance for ECL).
Non-interest income and expense
The group generates fee income from services provided over time, such as account service and card fees, or when it delivers a specific
transaction at a point in time, such as broking services and import/export services. Where fees are variable, for example certain performance
fees, such fees are recognised when the associated uncertainties are resolved, and to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant
reversal will not occur.
The group acts as principal in the majority of contracts with customers, with the exception of broking services. For most brokerage trades, the
group acts as agent in the transaction and recognises broking income net of fees payable to other parties in the arrangement.
The group recognises fees earned on transaction-based arrangements at a point in time when it has provided the service to the customer.
Where the contract requires services to be provided over time, income is recognised on a systematic basis over the life of the agreement.
Where the group offers a package of services that contains multiple non-distinct performance obligations, such as those included in account
service packages, the promised services are treated as a single performance obligation. If a package of services contains distinct performance
obligations, the corresponding transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on the estimated stand-alone selling prices.
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.
The group buys and sells currencies to customers, as principal and presents the results of this activity, including the related gains and losses
from changes in foreign exchange rates, as trading.
Gains and losses from financial instruments measured as at fair value through profit or loss includes the following:
– ‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’: This comprises net trading activities, which
includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading and other financial
instruments managed on a fair value basis, together with the related interest income, interest expense and dividend income, excluding the
effect of changes in the credit risk of liabilities managed on a fair value basis. It also includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair
value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss.
– ‘Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss’: This includes interest on
instruments that fail the solely payments of principal and interest ('SPPI') test, see (e) below.
(d)Valuation of financial instruments
Financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and on initial recognition is generally the transaction
price. However, if there is a difference between the transaction price and the fair value of financial instruments whose fair value is based on a
quoted price in an active market or a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, the group recognises the difference as a
trading gain or loss at inception (a ‘day 1 gain or loss’). In all other cases, the entire day 1 gain or loss is deferred and recognised in the income
statement over the life of the transaction until the transaction matures, is closed out, the valuation inputs become observable or HSBC UK
enters into an offsetting transaction.
The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on an individual basis. Financial instruments are classified into one of three fair
value hierarchy levels, described in Note 7, ‘Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value’.
(e)Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect the contractual cash flows and which contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash
flows that are SPPI are measured at amortised cost. Such financial assets include most loans and advances to banks and customers and some
debt securities. In addition, most financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost. The group accounts for regular way amortised cost
financial instruments using trade date accounting. The carrying value of these financial assets at initial recognition includes any directly
attributable transactions costs.
Non-trading reverse repurchase, repurchase and similar agreements
When securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain on the balance sheet and
a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to resell (‘reverse repos’) are not
recognised on the balance sheet and an asset is recorded in respect of the initial consideration paid. Non-trading repos and reverse repos are
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
86
Notes on the financial statements
measured at amortised cost. The difference between the sale and repurchase price or between the purchase and resale price is treated as
interest and recognised in net interest income over the life of the agreement.
Finance lease receivables
Agreements which transfer to counterparties substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of assets are classified as
finance leases. They are recorded at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease, less any impairment allowance. The net investment in
finance leases represents the sum of the minimum payments receivable (gross investment in the lease) discounted at the rate of interest
implicit in the lease. Initial direct costs incurred in arranging the lease, less any fee income related to the lease, are included in the initial
measurement of the net investment.
(f)Financial assets measured at FVOCI
Financial assets managed within a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and which contain
contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI are measured at FVOCI. These comprise primarily debt
securities. They are generally recognised on trade date when the group enters into contractual arrangements to purchase and are generally
derecognised when they are either sold or redeemed. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value with changes therein (except for those
relating to impairment, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses) recognised in OCI until the assets are sold. Upon
disposal, the cumulative gains or losses in OCI are recognised in the income statement. Financial assets measured at FVOCI are included in
impairment calculations and impairment is recognised in profit or loss.
(g)Derivatives
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, interest rates or other indices.
Derivatives are recognised initially and are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are classified as assets when
their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. This includes embedded derivatives in financial liabilities, which are
bifurcated from the host contract when they meet the definition of a derivative on a stand-alone basis.
Hedge accounting
When derivatives are not part of fair value designated relationships, if held for risk management purposes they are designated in hedge
accounting relationships where the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness are met. The group uses these derivatives or,
where allowed, other non-derivative hedging instruments in fair value hedges or cash flow hedges as appropriate to the risk being hedged.
Fair value hedge
Fair value hedge accounting does not change the recording of gains and losses on derivatives and other hedging instruments, but results in
recognising changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities attributable to the hedged risk that would not otherwise be recognised in
the income statement. If a hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is discontinued and the
cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item for which the EIR method is used is amortised to the income statement on a
recalculated EIR, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case it is recognised in the income statement immediately.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of gains and losses on hedging instruments is recognised in OCI and the ineffective portion of the change in fair value of
derivative hedging instruments that are part of a cash flow hedge relationship is recognised immediately in the income statement. The
accumulated gains and losses recognised in OCI are reclassified to the income statement in the same periods in which the hedged item affects
profit or loss. When a hedge relationship is discontinued, or partially discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss recognised in OCI remains in
equity until the forecast transaction is recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified to the income statement.
(h)Impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI financial assets
ECL are recognised for loans and advances to banks and customers, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other financial assets held at
amortised cost, debt instruments measured at FVOCI, and certain loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. At initial recognition, an
allowance (or provision in the case of some loan commitments and financial guarantees) is recognised for ECL resulting from possible default
events within the next 12 months, or less, where the remaining life is less than 12 months (’12-month ECL’). In the event of a significant
increase in credit risk, an allowance (or provision) is recognised for ECL resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the
financial instrument (‘lifetime ECL’). Financial assets where 12-month ECL is recognised are considered to be ‘stage 1’; financial assets which
are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk are in ‘stage 2’; and financial assets for which there is objective evidence
of impairment, and so are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired are in ‘stage 3’. Purchased or originated credit-impaired
financial assets (‘POCI') are treated differently as set out below.
Unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk (stage 1)
ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months ('12-month ECL') are recognised for financial instruments that
remain in stage 1.
Significant increase in credit risk (stage 2)
An assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed at each reporting period by considering
the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument.
The assessment explicitly or implicitly compares the risk of default occurring at the reporting date compared with that at initial recognition,
taking into account reasonable and supportable information, including information about past events, current conditions and future economic
conditions. The assessment is unbiased, probability-weighted, and to the extent relevant, uses forward-looking information consistent with that
used in the measurement of ECL. The analysis of credit risk is multifactor. The determination of whether a specific factor is relevant and its
weight compared with other factors depends on the type of product, the characteristics of the financial instrument and the borrower.
Therefore, it is not possible to provide a single set of criteria that will determine what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk and
these criteria will differ for different types of lending, particularly between retail and wholesale. However, unless identified at an earlier stage,
all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when 30 days past due. In addition, wholesale loans that are
individually assessed, which are typically corporate and commercial customers, and included on a watch or worry list, are included in stage 2.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
87
Notes on the financial statements
For wholesale portfolios, the quantitative comparison assesses default risk using a lifetime PD which encompasses a wide range of information
including the obligor’s customer risk rating ('CRR'), macro-economic condition forecasts and credit transition probabilities. For origination CRRs
up to 3.3, significant increase in credit risk is measured by comparing the average PD for the remaining term estimated at origination with the
equivalent estimation at the reporting date.
The quantitative measure of significance varies depending on the credit quality at origination as follows:
Origination CRR
Significance trigger – PD that increases by
0.1-1.2
15 bps
2.1-3.3
30 bps
For CRRs greater than 3.3 that are not impaired, a significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when the origination PD has
doubled. The significance of changes in PD was informed by expert credit risk judgement, referenced to historical credit migrations and to
relative changes in external market rates.
For loans originated prior to the implementation of IFRS 9, the origination PD does not include adjustments to reflect expectations of future
macroeconomic conditions since these are not available without the use of hindsight. In the absence of this data, origination PD must be
approximated assuming through-the-cycle PDs and through-the-cycle migration probabilities, consistent with the instrument’s underlying
modelling approach and the CRR at origination.
The quantitative comparison is supplemented with additional CRR deterioration-based thresholds, as set out in the table below:
Origination CRR
Additional significance criteria – Number of CRR grade notches
deterioration required to identify as significant credit deterioration (stage
2) (> or equal to)
0.1
5 notches
1.1-4.2
4 notches
4.3-5.1
3 notches
5.2-7.1
2 notches
7.2-8.2
1 notch
8.3
0 notches
For retail portfolios, default risk is assessed using a reporting date 12-month PD derived from internal models, which incorporate all available
information about the customer. This PD is adjusted for the effect of macroeconomic forecasts for periods longer than 12 months and is
considered to be a reasonable approximation of a lifetime PD measure. Retail exposures are first segmented into homogenous portfolios,
generally by country, product and brand. Within each portfolio, the stage 2 accounts include accounts with an adjusted 12-month PD greater
than the average 12-month PD of loans in that portfolio 12 months before they become 30 days past due. The expert credit risk judgement is
that no prior increase in credit risk is significant. This portfolio-specific threshold therefore identifies loans with a PD higher than would be
expected from loans that are performing as originally expected and higher than that which would have been acceptable at origination. It
therefore approximates a comparison of origination to reporting date PDs.
We have implemented in the UK and continue to refine the retail transfer criteria approach to utilise a more relative approach for certain
portfolios as additional data becomes available. These enhancements take advantage of the increase in origination-related data in the
assessment of significant increases in credit risk by comparing remaining lifetime PD to the comparable remaining term lifetime PD at
origination based on portfolio-specific origination segments. 
Credit impaired (stage 3)
The group determines that a financial instrument is credit impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily whether
contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days, there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely
to pay such as that a concession has been granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition,
or the loan is otherwise considered to be in default.
If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due. Therefore, the
definitions of credit impaired and default are aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans that are considered defaulted or
otherwise credit impaired.
Interest income is recognised by applying the EIR to the amortised cost, i.e. gross carrying amount less allowance for ECL.
Write-off
Financial assets (and the related impairment allowances) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of
recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In circumstances where the
net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier.
Forbearance
Loans are identified as forborne and classified as either performing or non-performing when HSBC UK modifies the contractual terms due to
financial difficulty of the borrower. Non-performing forborne loans are stage 3 and classified as non-performing until they meet the curing
criteria, as specified by applicable credit risk policy (for example, when the loan is no longer in default and no other indicators of default have
been present for at least 12 months). Any amount written off as a result of any modification of contractual terms upon entering forbearance
would not be reversed.
The group applies the European Banking Authority ('EBA') Guidelines on the application of definition of default for our retail portfolios, which
affect credit risk policies and our reporting in respect of the status of loans as credit impaired principally due to forbearance (or curing thereof).
Further details are provided under 'Forborne loans and advances' on page 24.
Performing forborne loans are initially stage 2 and remain classified as forborne until they meet applicable curing criteria (for example, they
continue to not be in default and no other indicators of default are present for a period of at least 24 months). At this point, the loan is either
stage 1 or stage 2 as determined by comparing the risk of a default occurring at the reporting date (based on the modified contractual terms)
and the risk of a default occurring at initial recognition (based on the original, unmodified contractual terms).
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
88
Notes on the financial statements
A forborne loan is derecognised if the existing agreement is cancelled and a new agreement is made on substantially different terms, or if the
terms of an existing agreement are modified such that the forborne loan is a substantially different financial instrument. Any new loans that
arise following derecognition events in these circumstances would generally be classified as POCI and will continue to be disclosed as
forborne.
Loan modifications other than forborne loans
Loan modifications that are not identified as forborne are considered to be commercial restructurings. Where a commercial restructuring results
in a modification (whether legalised through an amendment to the existing terms or the issuance of a new loan contract) such that HSBC UK
rights to the cash flows under the original contract have expired, the old loan is derecognised and the new loan is recognised at fair value. The
rights to cash flows are generally considered to have expired if the commercial restructuring is at market rates and no payment-related
concession has been provided. Modifications of certain higher credit risk wholesale loans are assessed for derecognition having regard to
changes in contractual terms that either individually or in combination are judged to result in a substantially different financial instrument.
Changes to current market rates are not treated as modifications when they were contemplated at initial recognition, but rather a repricing.
Mandatory and general offer loan modifications that are not borrower-specific, for example market-wide customer relief programmes generally
do not result in derecognition, but their stage allocation is determined considering all available and supportable information under our ECL
impairment policy.
Purchased or originated credit impaired (POCI)
Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses are considered to be POCI. This
population includes new financial instruments recognised in most cases following the derecognition of forborne loans. The amount of change in
lifetime ECL for a POCI loan is recognised in profit or loss until the POCI loan is derecognised, even if the lifetime ECL are less than the amount
of ECL included in the estimated cash flows on initial recognition.
Movement between stages
Financial assets can be transferred between the different categories (other than POCI) depending on their relative increase in credit risk since
initial recognition. Financial instruments are transferred out of stage 2 if their credit risk is no longer considered to be significantly increased
since initial recognition based on the assessments described above. In the case of non-performing forborne loans, such financial instruments
are transferred out of stage 3 when they no longer exhibit any evidence of credit impairment and meet the curing criteria as described above.
Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are unbiased and probability-weighted, and incorporate all available information which
is relevant to the assessment including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future
events and economic conditions at the reporting date. In addition, the estimation of ECL takes into account the time value of money and
considers other factors such as climate-related risks.
In general, the group calculates ECL using three main components: a PD, a LGD and the Exposure at default ('EAD').
The 12-month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12-month PD, LGD and EAD. Lifetime ECL is calculated using the lifetime PD instead. The
12-month and lifetime PDs represent the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining maturity of the instrument
respectively.
The EAD represents the expected balance at default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet date to
the default event together with any expected drawdowns of committed facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD given the
event of default, taking into account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it is expected to be realised and
the time value of money.
The group makes use of the IRB framework where possible, with recalibration to meet the differing IFRS 9 requirements as set out in the
following table:
Model
Regulatory capital
IFRS 9
PD
– Represents long-run average PD throughout a full economic cycle
(for mortgage portfolios a hybrid approach, which sits between the
extremes of point in time and through the cycle, is used for
calculating long-run averages as required by the PRA).
– Default  backstop of 90+ days past due for all portfolios (includes
unlikely to pay ('UTP') criteria in line with internal policy).
– May be subject to a sovereign cap.
– Represents current portfolio quality and performance, adjusted for
the impact of multiple forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios.
– Default backstop of 90+ days past due for all portfolios (includes
UTP criteria in line with internal policy).
EAD
– Cannot be lower than current balance.
– Amortisation captured for term products.
– Future drawdown captured for revolving products.
LGD
– Downturn LGD (consistent with losses we would expect to suffer
during a severe but plausible economic downturn).
– Regulatory floors may apply to mitigate risk of underestimating
downturn LGD due to lack of historical data.
– Discounted using appropriate index (minimum 9%).
– All collection costs included.
– LGD based on recent portfolio performance data and includes the
expected impact of future economic conditions such as change in
the value of collateral.
– No floors applied, discounted using the original EIR.
– Only costs associated with selling collateral and certain third-party
costs are included.
Other
– Discounted back from point of default to balance sheet date.
While 12-month PDs are recalibrated from IRB models where possible, the lifetime PDs are determined by projecting the 12-month PD using a
term structure. For the wholesale methodology, the lifetime PD also takes into account credit migration, i.e. a customer migrating through the
CRR bands over its life.
The ECL for wholesale stage 3 is determined primarily on an individual basis using a DCF methodology. The expected future cash flows are
based on estimates of the reporting date, reflecting reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of future recoveries and expected
future receipts of interest.
Collateral is taken into account if it is likely that the recovery of the outstanding amount will include realisation of collateral based on its
estimated fair value of collateral at the time of expected realisation, less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
89
Notes on the financial statements
The cash flows are discounted at the original EIR. For significant cases, cash flows under up to four different scenarios are probability-weighted
by reference to the status of the borrower, economic scenarios applied more generally by the group and judgement in relation to the likelihood
of the workout strategy succeeding or receivership being required. For less significant cases where an individual assessment is undertaken, the
effect of different economic scenarios and work-out strategies results in an ECL calculation based on a most likely outcome which is adjusted
to capture losses resulting from less likely but possible outcomes. For certain less significant cases, the bank may use an LGD-based modelled
approach to ECL assessment, which factors in a range of economic scenarios.
Period over which ECL is measured
Expected credit loss is measured from the initial recognition of the financial asset. The maximum period considered when measuring ECL (be it
12-month or lifetime ECL) is the maximum contractual period over which the group is exposed to credit risk. However, where the financial
instrument includes both a drawn and undrawn commitment and the contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn
commitment does not serve to limit the group’s exposure to credit risk to the contractual notice period, the contractual period does not
determine the maximum period considered. Instead, ECL is measured over the period the group remains exposed to credit risk that is not
mitigated by credit risk management actions. This applies to retail overdrafts and credit cards, where the period is the average time taken to
realise the material losses for an account, determined on a portfolio basis.
In addition, for these facilities it is not possible to identify the ECL on the loan commitment component separately from the financial asset
component. As a result, the total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying
amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision. For wholesale overdraft facilities, credit risk management
actions are taken no less frequently than on an annual basis.
Forward-looking economic inputs
The group applies multiple forward-looking global economic scenarios determined with reference to external forecast distributions
representative of its view of forecast economic conditions. This approach is considered sufficient to calculate unbiased expected credit losses
in most economic environments. In certain economic environments, additional analysis may be necessary and may result in additional scenarios
or adjustments, to reflect a range of possible economic outcomes sufficient for an unbiased estimate. The detailed methodology is disclosed in
'Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates' on page 29.
Critical estimates and judgements
The calculation of the group’s ECL under IFRS 9 requires the group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are set out
below:
Judgements
Estimates
– Defining what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk.
– Determining the lifetime and point of initial recognition of overdrafts and credit cards.
– Selecting and calibrating the PD, LGD and EAD models, which support the calculations, including
making reasonable and supportable judgements about how models react to current and future
economic conditions.
– Selecting model inputs and economic forecasts, including determining whether sufficient and
appropriately weighted economic forecasts are incorporated to calculate unbiased expected credit
loss.
– Making management adjustments to account for late breaking events, model and data limitations and
deficiencies, and expert credit judgements.
– Selecting applicable recovery strategies for certain wholesale credit-impaired loans.
– The section ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity
analysis of ECL estimates’, marked as audited on
pages 29 to 33, sets out the assumptions used in
determining ECL, and provides an indication of the
sensitivity of the result to the application of different
weightings being applied to different economic
assumptions.
(i)Employee compensation and benefits
Share-based payments
The group enters into both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment arrangements with its employees as compensation for the
provision of their services.
The vesting period for these schemes may commence before the legal grant date if the employees have started to render services in respect
of the award before the legal grant date, where there is a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement. Expenses are
recognised when the employee starts to render service to which the award relates.
Cancellations result from the failure to meet a non-vesting condition during the vesting period, and are treated as an acceleration of vesting
recognised immediately in the income statement. Failure to meet a vesting condition by the employee is not treated as a cancellation, and the
amount of expense recognised for the award is adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest.
Post-employment benefit plans
The group operates a pension plan which provides defined benefit and defined contribution pensions.
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as the employees render service.
Defined benefit pension obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method. The net charge to the income statement mainly
comprises the service cost and the net interest on the net defined benefit asset or liability, and is presented in operating expenses.
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets (excluding
interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in OCI. The net defined benefit asset or
liability represents the present value of defined benefit obligations reduced by the fair value of plan assets, after applying the asset ceiling test,
where the net defined benefit surplus is limited to the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.
The costs of obligations arising from other post-employment plans are accounted for on the same basis as defined benefit pension plans.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
90
Notes on the financial statements
Critical estimates and judgements
The most significant critical estimates relate to the determination of key assumptions applied in calculating the defined benefit pension obligation.
Judgements
Estimates
– A range of assumptions could be applied, and different assumptions could
significantly alter the defined benefit obligation and the amounts recognised in profit
or loss or OCI.
– The calculation of the defined benefit pension obligation includes assumptions with
regard to the discount rate, inflation rate, pension payments and deferred pensions,
pay and mortality. Management determines these assumptions in consultation with
the plan’s actuaries.
– Key assumptions used in calculating the defined benefit pension obligation and the
sensitivity of the calculation to different assumptions are described in Note 3.
(j)Tax
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to
items recognised in OCI or directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in the same statement as the related item appears.
Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year and on any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous
years. The group provides for potential current tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax
authorities.
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet, and the
amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the periods
in which the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled.
The group has applied the exception available under IAS 12 to recognising and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities
related to Pillar Two income taxes.
Current and deferred tax are calculated based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date.
(k)Provisions, contingent liabilities and guarantees
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a present legal or constructive
obligation that has arisen as a result of past events and for which a reliable estimate can be made.
Critical estimates and judgements
The recognition and measurement of provisions requires the group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are set
out below:
Judgements
Estimates
– Determining whether a present obligation exists. Professional
advice is taken on the assessment of litigation and similar
obligations.
– Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters typically
require a higher degree of judgement than other types of
provisions. When matters are at an early stage, accounting
judgements can be difficult because of the high degree of
uncertainty associated with determining whether a present
obligation exists, and estimating the probability and amount of any
outflows that may arise. As matters progress, management and
legal advisers evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions
should be recognised, revising previous estimates as appropriate.
At more advanced stages, it is typically easier to make estimates
around a better defined set of possible outcomes.
– Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters remain very sensitive to the
assumptions used in the estimate. There could be a wider range of possible
outcomes for any pending legal proceedings, investigations or inquiries. As a result it
is often not practicable to quantify a range of possible outcomes for individual
matters. It is also not practicable to meaningfully quantify ranges of potential
outcomes in aggregate for these types of provisions because of the diverse nature
and circumstances of such matters and the wide range of uncertainties involved.
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, and contingent liabilities related to
legal proceedings or regulatory matters, are not recognised in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the probability of settlement is
remote.
Financial guarantee contracts
Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts that are not classified as insurance contracts are recorded initially at their fair value, which is
generally the fee received or present value of the fee receivable. Subsequently, they are measured at the higher of the amount determined in
accordance with IFRS 9 for ECL and the amount initially recognised less, where appropriate, any cumulative income recognised in accordance
with IFRS 15.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
91
Notes on the financial statements
2Net fee income
Year ended
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Net fee income by product
£m
£m
Account services
258
278
Funds under management
147
132
Cards
615
590
Credit facilities
181
162
Imports/exports
33
30
Insurance agency commission
14
16
Receivables finance
76
81
Other
297
316
Fee income
1,621
1,605
Less: fee expense
(335)
(297)
Net fee income
1,286
1,308
Net fee income by global business
Retail Banking  and Wealth
452
497
Commercial Banking
929
937
Corporate and Institutional Banking
(201)
(215)
Private Bank
107
89
Corporate Centre
(1)
—
Net fee income includes £1,244m of fees earned on financial assets that are not at fair value through profit or loss (other than amounts
included in determining the EIR) (2024: £1,227m), £224m of fees payable on financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit of loss
(other than amounts included in determining the EIR) (2024: £214m), £149m of fees earned on trust and other fiduciary activities (2024:
£136m).
3Employee compensation and benefits
2025
2024
£m
£m
Wages and salaries
1,185
1,086
Social security costs
143
119
Post-employment benefits1
(123)
(77)
Year ended 31 Dec
1,205
1,128
1Post-employment benefits decrease is a factor of interest receivable on assets, service cost, interest cost on liabilities and administration expenses.
Average number of persons employed by the group during the year
20251
20241
Retail Banking  and Wealth
14,077
14,449
Commercial Banking
4,998
4,894
Corporate and Institutional Banking
112
64
Private Bank
634
612
Corporate Centre
20
15
Year ended 31 Dec
19,841
20,034
1Average number of headcount staff in corporate centre are allocated to the respective global businesses. The allocation is on the basis of amounts charged to
the respective global business.
Share-based payments
The share-based payment income statement charge is recognised in wages and salaries as follows:
2025
2024
£m
£m
Restricted share awards
18
17
Savings-related and other share award option plans
12
11
Year ended 31 Dec
30
28
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
92
Notes on the financial statements
HSBC Group share awards
Award
Policy
Deferred share awards
(including annual incentive
awards, LTI awards delivered in
shares)
An assessment of performance over the relevant period ending on 31 December is used to determine the amount of the award
to be granted.
– Deferred awards generally require employees to remain in employment over the vesting period and are generally not subject
to performance conditions after the grant date.
– Deferred share awards generally vest over a period of three, four, five or seven years.
– Vested shares may be subject to a retention requirement post-vesting.
– Awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions.
– Long-term incentive ('LTI') is subject to performance conditions.
International Employee Share
Purchase Plan (‘ShareMatch’)
The plan was first introduced in Hong Kong in 2013 and now includes employees based in 30 jurisdictions.
– Shares are purchased in the market each quarter up to a maximum value of £750, or the equivalent in local currency.
– Matching awards are added at a ratio of one free share for every three purchased.
– Matching awards vest subject to continued employment and the retention of the purchased shares for a maximum period of
two years and nine months.
Movement on HSBC Group share awards
2025
2024
Number
Number
(000s)
(000s)
Restricted share awards outstanding at 1 Jan
3,829
3,083
Additions during the year
1,530
2,464
Released in the year
(1,514)
(1,698)
Forfeited in the year
(51)
(20)
Restricted share awards outstanding at 31 Dec
3,794
3,829
Weighted average fair value of awards granted (£)
7.76
5.11
HSBC Group share option plans
Plans
Policy
Savings-related share option
plans (‘Sharesave’)
– Eligible employees can save up to £500 per month with the option to use the savings to acquire shares.
– These are generally exercisable within six months following either the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of a
three-year or five-year contract, respectively.
– The exercise price is set at a 20% (2024: 20%) discount to the market value immediately preceding the date of invitation.
Calculation of fair values
The fair values of share options are calculated using the Black-Scholes model. The fair value of a share award is based on the share price at the
date of the grant.
Movement on HSBC Group share option plans
Savings-related
share option plans
Number
WAEP1
(000s)
£
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2025
37,921
3.82
Granted during the year
6,271
7.51
Exercised during the year
(12,756)
2.99
Expired during the year
(42)
3.87
Forfeited during the year
(1,292)
4.80
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2025
30,102
4.89
–  of which exercisable
6,128
2.85
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)
1.96
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2024
42,678
3.44
Granted during the year
5,841
5.37
Exercised during the year
(8,750)
2.98
Expired during the year
(51)
3.31
Forfeited during the year
(1,797)
4.10
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2024
37,921
3.82
–  of which exercisable
656
3.40
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)
2.10
1Weighted average exercise price.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
93
Notes on the financial statements
Post-employment benefit plans
We operate a pension plan for our employees called the HBUK section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the plan’), which has both
defined benefit and defined contribution sections, managed by the Trustee of the plan. The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme was fully
sectionalised in 2018 to meet the requirements of the Banking Reform Act.
The Pension risk section on page 56 contains details about the policies and practices associated with the plan. Climate-related risks on page 18
provides details of how the Trustee of the plan, manages climate risk.
The defined benefit section was closed to future benefit accrual in 2015, with defined benefits earned by employees at that date continuing to
be linked to their salary while they remain employed by the HSBC Group. The plan is overseen by an independent corporate trustee, who has a
fiduciary responsibility for the operation of the plan. Its assets are held separately from the assets of the group.
The investment strategy of the plan is to hold the majority of assets in bonds, with the remainder in a diverse range of investments. It also
includes some interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate risk, inflation swaps to reduce inflation risk and longevity swaps to reduce the impact
of longer life expectancy. For further details of the measures to manage the market volatility, see Treasury risk on page 53.
The plan is subject to the statutory funding objective requirements of the UK Pensions Act 2004, which requires that it be funded to at least the
level of technical provisions (an actuarial estimate of the assets needed to provide for the benefits already built up under the plan). Where a
funding valuation is carried out and identifies a deficit, the employer and trustee are required to agree to a deficit recovery plan.
The latest funding valuation of the plan at 31 December 2022 was carried out by Towers Watson Limited, using the projected unit credit
method. At that date, the market value of the plan’s assets was £23.9bn and this exceeded the value placed on its liabilities on an ongoing
basis by £3.7bn, giving a funding level of 118%. These figures include defined contribution assets amounting to £3bn. The funding valuation is
used to judge the amount of cash contributions the group needs to put into the pension scheme. It will always be different to the IAS 19
accounting surplus, which is an accounting rule concerning employee benefits and shown on the balance sheet of our financial statements. The
main differences between the assumptions used for assessing the liabilities for this funding valuation and those used for IAS19 are that an
element of prudence is contained in the funding assumptions for discount rate, inflation rate and life expectancy. The next funding valuation is
scheduled to be performed in 2026, with an effective date of 31 December 2025.
The actuary also assessed the value of the liabilities if the HBUK section of the plan were to have been stopped and an insurance company
asked to secure all future pension payments. This is generally larger than the amount needed on the ongoing basis described above because an
insurance company would use more prudent assumptions which allow for reserves and include a more prudent allowance for the future
administrative expenses of the plan. Under this approach, the amount of assets needed was estimated to be £21.3bn at 31 December 2022.
The trust deed gives the ability for HSBC UK to take a refund of surplus assets after the plan has been run down such that no further
beneficiaries remain. In assessing whether a surplus is recoverable, HSBC UK has considered its right to obtain a future refund together with
the rights of third parties such as trustees. On this basis, any net surplus in the HBUK section of the plan is recognised in HSBC UK’s financial
statements.   
Income statement charge/(credit)
2025
2024
£m
£m
Defined benefit pension plans
(261)
(210)
Defined contribution pension plans
138
133
Pension plans
(123)
(77)
Year ended 31 Dec
(123)
(77)
Defined benefit pension plans
Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans
Fair value of
plan assets
Present value of defined
benefit obligations
Net defined benefit
assets/(liabilities)
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2025
18,856
(13,730)
5,126
Service cost
—
(9)
(9)
–  current service cost
—
(8)
(8)
–  past service cost
—
(1)
(1)
Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
1,020
(736)
284
Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
(356)
246
(110)
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
(356)
—
(356)
–  actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions
—
352
352
–  actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions
—
17
17
–  actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments
—
(123)
(123)
Transfers to/from the scheme
16
(15)
1
Benefits paid
(847)
847
—
Other movements1
(30)
—
(30)
At 31 Dec 2025
18,659
(13,397)
5,262
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
94
Notes on the financial statements
Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans (continued)
Fair value of
plan assets
Present value of defined
benefit obligations
Net defined benefit
assets/(liabilities)
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2024
20,851
(15,514)
5,337
Service cost
—
(27)
(27)
–  current service cost
—
(7)
(7)
–  past service cost
—
(20)
(20)
Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
949
(701)
248
Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
(2,085)
1,687
(398)
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
(2,085)
—
(2,085)
–  actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions
—
1,386
1,386
–  actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions
—
126
126
–  actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments
—
175
175
Transfers to/from the scheme
16
(22)
(6)
Benefits paid
(847)
847
—
Other movements1
(28)
—
(28)
At 31 Dec 2024
18,856
(13,730)
5,126
1Other movements of Fair value of plan assets includes contributions by HSBC UK of nil (2024: £1m), less administrative costs £30m (2024: £29m). Following
the 31 December 2022 funding valuation, a new Schedule of Contributions was signed in March 2024 resulting in a reduction of contributions since 2024 due to
risk benefits, augmentations and administration expenses (defined benefit/defined contribution administration expenses and defined contribution annual
management charge) were reimbursed through the plan assets. Based on the new Schedule of Contributions, it is expected that contribution to the plan for
2026 is nil.
Benefits expected to be paid from the plan to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are as
follows:
Benefits expected to be paid from plan
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031–2035
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The plan1
872
897
924
951
979
5,350
1The duration of the DBO is 11.4 years under the disclosure assumptions adopted (2024: 11.8 years).
Fair value of plan assets by asset classes
At 31 Dec 2025
At 31 Dec 2024
Value
Quoted market
price in active
market
No quoted market
price in active
market
Value
Quoted market
price in active
market
No quoted market
price in active
market
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The plan
Fair value of plan assets
18,659
10,266
8,393
18,856
11,084
7,772
–  equities1
43
—
43
52
—
52
–  bonds fixed income2
4,447
4,079
368
4,675
4,283
392
–  bonds index linked
5,863
5,863
—
6,579
6,579
—
–  derivatives3
224
—
224
235
—
235
–  property
638
—
638
664
—
664
–  pooled investment vehicles
7,120
—
7,120
6,429
—
6,429
–  other
324
324
—
222
222
—
1Includes £43m (2024: £52m) in relation to private equities.
2Bonds fixed income, includes £(147)m (2024: £(134)m) in relation to repurchase agreements.
3Includes longevity swaps that are used to hedge the risk of an increase in life expectancy of pensioner population in HSBC UK. The longevity swaps are
reported at £(333)m (2024: £(389)m).
Post-employment defined benefit plan actuarial financial assumptions
HSBC UK determines the discount rates to be applied to its obligations in consultation with the plan's local actuaries, on the basis of current
average yields of high quality (AA-rated or equivalent) debt instruments with maturities consistent with those of the DBOs.
Key actuarial assumptions for the plan
Discount
rate
Inflation
rate (RPI)
Inflation
rate (CPI)
Rate of increase
for pensions
Rate of pay
increase
%
%
%
%
%
UK
At 31 Dec 2025
5.51
3.02
2.34
2.96
3.09
At 31 Dec 2024
5.54
3.33
2.88
3.22
3.63
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
95
Notes on the financial statements
Mortality tables and average life expectancy at age 60 for the plan
Mortality
table
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a male member currently:
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a female member currently:
Aged 60
Aged 40
Aged 60
Aged 40
UK
At 31 Dec 2025
SAPS S31
26.4
28.0
28.4
30.0
At 31 Dec 2024
SAPS S32
26.1
27.7
28.3
29.9
1Self-administered pension scheme (‘SAPS’) S3 table, with different tables and multipliers adopted based on gender, pension amount and member status,
reflecting the Scheme’s actual mortality experience. Improvements are projected in accordance with the Continuous Mortality Investigation's ('CMI') 2024 core
projection model with an initial addition to improvement of 0.25% per annum and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% per annum, with the other
parameters set in line with the model default values.
2SAPS S3 table, with different tables and multipliers adopted based on gender, pension amount and member status, reflecting the Scheme’s actual mortality
experience. Improvements are projected in accordance with the CMI's 2023 core projection model with an initial addition to improvement of 0.25% per annum
and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25%per annum, with a 0%weighting applied to 2020 and 2021 mortality experience and a 15% weighting applied to
2022 and 2023, reflecting an updated long-term view on mortality improvements post-pandemic.
The effect of changes in key assumptions on the plan
Impact on HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme Obligation
Financial impact of increase
Financial impact of decrease
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Discount rate – increase/decrease of 0.25%
(356)
(377)
372
395
Inflation rate (RPI/CPI) – increase/decrease of 0.25%
304
310
(301)
(312)
Pension payments and deferred pensions – increase/decrease of 0.25%
376
388
(355)
(381)
Pay – increase/decrease of 0.25%
5
5
(5)
(5)
Change in mortality – increase/decrease of 1 year
362
385
(375)
(370)
The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this in unlikely
to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the DBO to significant actuarial
assumptions the same method (present value of the DBO calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period)
has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit asset recognised in the balance sheet.
The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the prior period.
Directors’ emoluments
The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the Company, computed in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as amended by statutory
instrument 2008 No. 410, were:
2025
2024
£000
£000
Fees paid to non-executive Directors
2,086
1,871
Salaries and other emoluments1
2,694
2,599
Annual incentives2
1,485
1,384
Long-term incentives3
1,965
1,353
Year ended 31 Dec
8,230
7,207
1Salaries and other emoluments include Fixed Pay Allowances.
2Discretionary annual incentives for the Executive Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance and are determined by the
Remuneration Committee of the Company’s ultimate parent company, HSBC Holdings plc. Incentive awards made to Executive Directors are delivered in the
form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The total amount shown is comprised of £742,340 (2024: £691,988) in cash and £742,340 (2024: £691,988) in
shares, which is the upfront portion of the annual incentive granted in respect of the 2025 performance year.
3The amount shown is comprised of £519,299 (2024: £421,425) in deferred cash and £1,445,605 (2024: £931,437) in deferred shares. These amounts relate to
the portion of the awards that will vest following the substantial completion of the vesting condition attached to these awards in 2025.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
96
Notes on the financial statements
1 Director exercised share options over HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares during the year (2024: no Directors).
Awards were made to 2 Directors under HSBC Holdings plc LTI plans in respect of qualifying services rendered in 2025 (2024: 2). During 2025,
2 Directors received shares in respect of awards in HSBC Holdings plc LTI plans that vested during the year (2024: 2).
Retirement benefits accrued to 2 Directors during the year in respect of their qualifying services (2024: 1 Director). No Directors received cash
in lieu of pension contributions during the year in respect of their qualifying services (2024: no Directors). Cash received in lieu of pension
contributions is included in the salary and other emoluments disclosure in the table above.
Of these aggregate figures, the following amounts are attributable to the highest paid Director:
2025
2024
£000
£000
Salaries and other emoluments
1,792
1,798
Annual incentives1
1,165
1,064
Long-term incentives2
1,722
1,271
Year ended 31 Dec
4,679
4,133
1Awards made to the highest paid Director are delivered in the form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The amount shown is comprised of £582,340 (2024:
£531,988) in cash and £582,340 (2024: £531,988) in shares.
2The amount shown is comprised of £448,437 (2024: £391,063) in deferred cash and £1,273,068 (2024: £880,086) in deferred shares. These amounts represent
a portion of the total award that will vest following satisfaction of the vesting condition attached to these awards in 2025.
The highest paid Director received shares in respect of qualifying services under an HSBC Holdings plc LTI award.
No pension contributions were made by the Company in respect of services by the highest paid Director during the year (2024: £nil).
4Auditors’ remuneration
2025
2024
£m
£m
Audit fees payable to PwC
6.5
6.1
Assurance fees payable to PwC
2.2
2.1
Year ended 31 Dec
8.7
8.2
Fees payable by the group to PwC
2025
2024
£m
£m
Audit fees for HSBC UK Bank plc‘s statutory audit1
4.7
4.2
Fees for other services provided to the group
4.0
4.0
–  audit of the group‘s subsidiaries
1.8
1.9
–  audit-related assurance services2
2.0
2.1
–  other assurance services3
0.2
—
Year ended 31 Dec
8.7
8.2
1 Fees payable to PwC for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of the group and the separate financial statements of HSBC UK Bank plc.
They exclude amounts payable for the statutory audit of the bank’s subsidiaries which have been included in ‘Fees for other services provided to the group’.
2 Including services for assurance and other services that relate to statutory and regulatory filings, including interim and quarterly reviews.
3 Including comfort and arrangement letters to underwriters or other financial intermediaries and assurance reviews of PRA regulatory reporting returns.
No fees were payable to PwC as principal auditor for the following types of services: internal audit services and services related to litigation,
recruitment and remuneration.
In addition to the above, the estimated fees paid to PwC by third parties associated with HSBC UK amounted to £1.1m (2024: £0.6m). In these
cases, HSBC UK was connected with the contracting party and may therefore have been involved in appointing PwC. These fees arose from
services such as reviewing the financial position of corporate concerns that borrow from HSBC UK.
Fees payable for non-audit services for HSBC UK Bank plc are not disclosed separately because such fees are disclosed on a consolidated basis
for the group.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
97
Notes on the financial statements
5Tax
Tax expense
2025
2024
£m
£m
Current tax
1,421
1,399
–  for this year
1,417
1,404
–  adjustments in respect of prior years
4
(5)
Deferred tax
96
109
–  origination and reversal of temporary differences
100
112
–  adjustments in respect of prior years
(4)
(3)
Year ended 31 Dec1
1,517
1,508
1In addition to amounts recorded in the income statement, a tax charge of £283m (2024: credit of £268m) was recorded directly to equity.
The UK introduced the ‘Pillar Two’ global minimum tax model rules of the Organisation of Economic Co-operation and Development's ('OECD')
Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting ('BEPS'), as well as a qualified domestic minimum top-up tax, with effect from
1 January 2024. These rules do not affect HSBC UK Bank plc’s tax expense in the current period and are not expected to affect it in future
periods.
Tax reconciliation
The tax charged to the income statement differs from the tax expense that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax
rate as follows:
2025
2024
£m
%
£m
%
Profit before tax
5,619
5,647
Tax expense
Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 25.0% (2024: 25.0%)
1,405
25.0
1,412
25.0
Items increasing the tax charge in 2025:
–  UK banking surcharge at 3.0% (2024: 3.0%)
162
2.9
163
2.9
–  UK bank levy
13
0.2
12
0.2
–  other permanent disallowables
7
0.2
5
0.1
Items decreasing the tax charge in 2025:
–  deductions for AT1 coupon payments
(66)
(1.2)
(65)
(1.2)
–  non-deductible UK customer redress
(4)
(0.1)
(5)
(0.1)
–  adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities
—
—
(8)
(0.1)
–  non-deductible regulatory matters and legal proceedings
—
—
(6)
(0.1)
Year ended 31 Dec
1,517
27.0
1,508
26.7
The ETR for the year was 27.0% (2024: 26.7%). The ETR reflects the STR applicable to UK banks of 28.0%, tax relief on AT1 coupon
payments, partly offset by the impact of non-deductible bank levy expense. The 2024 ETR of 26.7% reflects the STR applicable to UK banks of
28.0%, tax relief on AT1 coupon payments, non-taxable release of provisions for regulatory and legal matters and non-deductible bank levy
expense.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
98
Notes on the financial statements
Movement of deferred tax assets and liabilities
Loan
impairment
provisions
Cash flow
hedges
FVOCI
reserves
Defined
benefit
pension
Fixed and
intangible
assets
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
At 1 Jan 2025
56
257
81
(1,435)
47
45
(949)
Income statement
(18)
—
(1)
(69)
(12)
4
(96)
Other comprehensive income
—
(285)
(28)
31
—
9
(273)
At 31 Dec 2025
38
(28)
52
(1,473)
35
58
(1,318)
Assets
38
—
52
—
35
58
183
Liabilities
—
(28)
—
(1,473)
—
—
(1,501)
At 1 Jan 2024
74
115
76
(1,494)
58
60
(1,111)
Income statement
(18)
—
(4)
(54)
(11)
(22)
(109)
Other comprehensive income
—
142
9
113
—
7
271
At 31 Dec 2024
56
257
81
(1,435)
47
45
(949)
Assets
56
257
81
—
47
45
486
Liabilities
—
—
—
(1,435)
—
—
(1,435)
The bank
At 1 Jan 2025
51
257
75
(1,435)
54
27
(971)
Income statement
(17)
—
—
(69)
(3)
(4)
(93)
Other comprehensive income
—
(285)
(28)
31
—
8
(274)
At 31 Dec 2025
34
(28)
47
(1,473)
51
31
(1,338)
Assets
34
—
47
—
51
31
163
Liabilities
—
(28)
—
(1,473)
—
—
(1,501)
At 1 Jan 2024
68
115
65
(1,494)
67
28
(1,151)
Income statement
(17)
—
—
(54)
(13)
(7)
(91)
Other comprehensive income
—
142
10
113
—
6
271
At 31 Dec 2024
51
257
75
(1,435)
54
27
(971)
Assets
51
257
75
—
54
27
464
Liabilities
—
—
—
(1,435)
—
—
(1,435)
Management has assessed the likely availability of future taxable profits against which to recover the deferred tax assets of the bank and the
group, taking into consideration the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, past business performance and forecasts of future
business performance. Management is satisfied that there is sufficient evidence to support recognition of all deferred tax assets.
6Dividends
On 17 February 2026, the Directors resolved to pay an interim dividend of 1,076m to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company in
respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2025. No liability is recognised in the financial statements in respect of this dividend.
Dividends to the shareholder of the parent company
2025
2024
£ per share
£m
£ per share
£m
Dividends paid on ordinary shares
Interim dividend in respect of the previous year
11,900
595
28,239
1,412
Interim dividend in respect of the current year
44,378
2,219
38,478
1,924
Total
56,278
2,814
66,717
3,336
Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity
2025
2024
First call date
£m
£m
Undated Subordinated Additional Tier 1 instruments
–  £1,096m
Dec 2019
103
113
–  £1,100m
Dec 2024
106
115
Total
209
228
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
99
Notes on the financial statements
7Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
Control framework
Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the
risk taker.
Where fair values are determined by reference to externally quoted prices or observable pricing inputs to models, independent price
determination or validation is used.
For fair values determined using valuation models, the control framework includes development or validation by independent support functions
of the model logic, inputs, model outputs and adjustments. Valuation models are subject to a process of due diligence before becoming
operational and are calibrated against external market data on an ongoing basis.
Changes in fair value are generally subject to a profit and loss analysis process and are disaggregated into high-level categories including
portfolio changes, market movements and other fair value adjustments.
Fair value hierarchy
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined according to the following hierarchy:
– Level 1 – valuation technique using quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets
that can be accessed at the measurement date.
– Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or
quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant
inputs are observable.
– Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or
more significant inputs are unobservable.
Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation
2025
2024
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Recurring fair value measurements at 31 Dec
Assets
Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value
through profit or loss
175
—
—
175
135
—
39
174
Derivatives
6
157
4
167
1
294
3
298
Financial investments
21,112
1,414
1
22,527
18,800
2,662
17
21,479
Liabilities
Derivatives
8
154
—
162
—
107
—
107
Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation
2025
2024
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
The bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Recurring fair value measurements at 31 Dec
Assets
Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value
through profit or loss
175
—
—
175
135
—
39
174
Derivatives
6
157
—
163
1
294
—
295
Financial investments
21,112
1,414
1
22,527
18,800
2,662
17
21,479
Liabilities
Derivatives
8
154
—
162
—
107
—
107
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and out of
levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency. There were no transfers
between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2025 and 2024.
Fair value adjustments
Fair value adjustments are adopted when the group determines there are additional factors considered by market participants that are not
incorporated within the valuation model. Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits
or losses within the income statement, such as when models are enhanced and therefore fair value adjustments may no longer be required.
Fair value valuation bases
Equities
The fair value of equity investment is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects
and other factors. If necessary, adjustments are made to the net asset value of funds to obtain the best estimate of fair value.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
100
Notes on the financial statements
8Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value and bases of valuation
Fair value
Carrying
amount
Quoted market
price Level 1
Observable inputs
Level 2
Significant
unobservable inputs
Level 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
At 31 Dec 2025
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
6,636
—
6,636
—
6,636
Loans and advances to customers
231,223
—
—
231,686
231,686
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
—
21,560
—
21,560
Financial investments – at amortised cost
19,111
18,523
278
—
18,801
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
7,709
—
7,709
—
7,709
Customer accounts
288,756
—
288,756
—
288,756
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
6,276
—
6,276
—
6,276
Debt securities in issue
3,019
—
2,107
924
3,031
Subordinated liabilities
16,423
—
16,752
—
16,752
At 31 Dec 2024
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
7,263
—
7,263
—
7,263
Loans and advances to customers
217,604
—
—
216,767
216,767
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
11,776
—
11,776
—
11,776
Financial investments – at amortised cost
16,322
15,593
170
—
15,763
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
11,144
—
11,144
—
11,144
Customer accounts
280,366
—
280,366
—
280,366
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
420
—
420
—
420
Debt securities in issue
2,044
—
1,626
418
2,044
Subordinated liabilities
15,686
—
15,898
—
15,898
Fair value
Carrying
amount
Quoted market
price Level 1
Observable inputs
Level 2
Significant
unobservable inputs
Level 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The bank
At 31 Dec 2025
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
13,325
—
13,336
—
13,336
Loans and advances to customers
219,070
—
—
219,525
219,525
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
21,560
—
21,560
—
21,560
Financial investments held at amortised cost
18,922
18,523
117
—
18,640
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
12,096
—
12,096
—
12,096
Customer accounts
282,274
—
282,273
—
282,273
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
6,276
—
6,276
—
6,276
Debt securities in issue
2,100
—
2,107
—
2,107
Subordinated liabilities
16,423
—
16,752
—
16,752
At 31 Dec 2024
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
13,070
—
13,079
—
13,079
Loans and advances to customers
206,187
—
—
205,376
205,376
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
11,776
—
11,776
—
11,776
Financial investments held at amortised cost
16,118
15,593
—
—
15,593
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
14,780
—
14,780
—
14,780
Customer accounts
274,160
—
274,160
—
274,160
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
420
—
420
—
420
Debt securities in issue
1,621
—
1,626
—
1,626
Subordinated liabilities
15,686
—
15,898
—
15,898
Other financial instruments not carried at fair value are typically short term in nature and reprice to current market rates frequently. Accordingly,
their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. This includes cash and balances at central banks which is measured at
amortised cost.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
101
Notes on the financial statements
Valuation
Fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that the group expects to flow from an
instrument’s cash flow over its expected future life. Our valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no
observable market prices are available may differ from those of other companies.
Loans and advances to banks and customers
To determine the fair value of loans and advances to banks and customers, loans are segregated, as far as possible, into portfolios of similar
characteristics. Fair values are based on observable market transactions, when available. When they are unavailable, fair values are estimated
using valuation models incorporating a range of input assumptions. These assumptions may include: forward-looking DCF models, taking
account of expected customer prepayment rates, using assumptions that HSBC UK believes are consistent with those that would be used by
market participants in valuing such loans; and new business rates estimates for similar loans.
The fair value of loans reflects ECL at the balance sheet date and the fair value effect of repricing between origination and the balance sheet
date. For credit impaired loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period they are expected to be
recovered.
Deposits by banks and customer accounts
The fair values of deposits are approximated by their carrying value.
Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities
Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices for
similar instruments. When quoted market prices are unavailable, these instruments are valued using valuation techniques, the inputs for which
are derived from observable market data and, where relevant, assumptions in respect of unobservable inputs.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
Fair values approximate carrying amounts as balances are generally short dated.
Financial investments
The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are
determined using valuation techniques that incorporate the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.
9Derivatives
Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives by product contract type held
Notional contract amount
Fair value – Assets
Fair value – Liabilities
Trading
Hedging
Trading
Hedging
Total
Trading
Hedging
Total
The group and bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Foreign exchange
13,826
2,323
43
45
88
63
29
92
Interest rate
105,015
108,637
1,209
1,117
2,326
1,202
1,119
2,321
Equities
15
—
4
—
4
—
—
—
Gross total fair values
118,856
110,960
1,256
1,162
2,418
1,265
1,148
2,413
Offset (Note 22)
(2,251)
(2,251)
At 31 Dec 2025
118,856
110,960
1,256
1,162
167
1,265
1,148
162
Foreign exchange
16,199
1,960
201
27
228
63
28
91
Interest rate
55,666
100,083
1,305
1,288
2,593
1,274
1,268
2,542
Equities
11
—
3
—
3
—
—
—
Gross total fair values
71,876
102,043
1,509
1,315
2,824
1,337
1,296
2,633
Offset (Note 22)
(2,526)
(2,526)
At 31 Dec 2024
71,876
102,043
1,509
1,315
298
1,337
1,296
107
The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes and derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting indicate the
nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk. 
Use of derivatives
We undertake derivative activity for two primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for commercial clients and to manage and
hedge our own balance sheet risks.
Hedge accounting derivatives
The group applies hedge accounting to manage the following risks: interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks. Further details on how these
risks arise and how they are managed by the group can be found in the 'Risk review'.
Hedge risk components
The group designates a portion of cash flows of a financial instrument or a group of financial instruments for a specific interest rate or foreign
currency risk component in a fair value or cash flow hedge. The designated risks and portions are either contractually specified or otherwise
separately identifiable components of the financial instrument that are reliably measurable. Risk-free or benchmark interest rates generally are
regarded as being both separately identifiable and reliably measurable, except for the Interbank offered rate ('IBOR') Reform transition where
the group designates Alternative Benchmark Rates as the hedged risk which may not have been separately identifiable upon initial designation,
provided the group reasonably expects it will meet the requirement within 24 months from the first designation date. The designated risk
component accounts for a significant portion of the overall changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
102
Notes on the financial statements
Fair value hedges
The group enters into fixed-for-floating-interest-rate swaps to manage the exposure to changes in fair value due to movements in market
interest rates on certain fixed rate financial instruments which are not measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Hedging instrument by hedged risk
Hedging Instrument
Carrying amount
Notional
amount1
Assets
Liabilities
Balance sheet
Presentation
Change in
fair value2
Hedged risk
£m
£m
£m
£m
Interest rate3
53,330
949
925
Derivatives
(258)
At 31 Dec 2025
53,330
949
925
(258)
Interest rate3
37,500
1,171
922
Derivatives
212
At 31 Dec 2024
37,500
1,171
922
212
1The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at
the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
2Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
3The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.
Hedged item by hedged risk
Hedged item
Ineffectiveness
Carrying
amount
Accumulated fair value hedge adjustments
included in carrying amount2
Change in
fair value1
Recognised
in profit
and loss
Profit and loss
presentation
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Balance sheet
presentation
Hedged risk
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Interest rate4
17,355
36
Financial investments
measured at fair value
through other
comprehensive income
296
(9)
Net income from
financial
instruments
held for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
19,184
50
Loans and advances
to customers
116
2,121
23
Financial Investments
measured at amortised
cost
16
11,701
(112)
Subordinated
Liabilities3
(187)
656
(8)
Debt securities in issue
8
At 31 Dec 2025
38,660
12,357
109
(120)
249
(9)
Interest rate4
17,224
(256)
Financial investments
measured at fair value
through other
comprehensive income
(208)
(7)
Net income from
financial
instruments
held for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
10,670
(75)
Loans and advances
to customers
(24)
392
9
Financial Investments
measured at amortised
cost
(11)
8,433
(310)
Subordinated
Liabilities3
24
—
—
Debt securities in issue
—
At 31 Dec 2024
28,286
8,433
(322)
(310)
(219)
(7)
1 Used in effectiveness assessment; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
2 The accumulated amount of fair value adjustments remaining in the statement of financial position for hedged items that have ceased to be adjusted for
hedging gains and losses were liabilities of £(7)m (2024: £(8)m) for FVOCI and assets/(liabilities) of £50m (2024: £(75)m) for Loans and advances to customers
and £(1)m (2024: £(2)m) for Financial Investments measured at amortised cost.
3 The notional amount of non-dynamic fair value hedges is equal to £11,652m (2024: £8,650m), of which the weighted-average maturity date is July 2029 (2024:
December 2028) and the weighted average swap rate is 2.93% (2024: 2.95%). These hedges are all internal to HSBC Group and hedges internal funding
between HSBC Group and HSBC UK.
4 The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.
The hedged item is either the benchmark interest rate risk portion within the fixed rate of the hedged item or the full fixed rate and it is hedged
for changes in fair value due to changes in the benchmark interest rate risk.
HSBC UK applies macro fair value hedging for interest rate risk exposures on portfolios of fixed rate mortgages. These are considered to be
dynamic hedges and both the hedged items and the hedging instruments are adjusted on a monthly basis when the existing hedging
relationship is terminated and a new one is designated. The hedged items and hedging instruments are adjusted to reflect changes in the size
and maturity profile of the hedged portfolio.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk including but not limited to the discount rates used for calculating the fair value of
derivatives, hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value and notional and timing differences between the hedged items and hedging
instruments. Hedge ineffectiveness may also arise in macro fair value hedge relationships when the actual behaviour of the hedged items
differs from expectations, such as higher than expected repayments during the hedged period.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
103
Notes on the financial statements
For some debt securities held, HSBC UK manages interest rate risk in a dynamic risk management strategy. The assets in scope of this
strategy are high-quality fixed-rate debt securities, which may be sold to meet liquidity and funding requirements. The interest rate risk of the
HSBC UK fixed-rate debt securities issued is managed in a non-dynamic risk management strategy.
The disclosures for the group are the same as the disclosures for the bank.
Cash flow hedges
The group’s cash flow hedging instruments consist principally of interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps that are used to manage the
variability in future interest cash flows of non-trading financial assets and liabilities, arising due to changes in market interest rates and foreign-
currency basis.
The group applies macro cash flow hedging for interest-rate risk exposures on portfolios of replenishing current and forecasted issuances of
non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates, including rolling such instruments. The amounts and timing of future cash
flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the basis of their
contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate cash flows representing both
principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios are used to determine the effectiveness and ineffectiveness. Macro cash flow
hedges are considered to be dynamic hedges.
The group also hedges the variability in future cash-flows on foreign-denominated financial assets and liabilities arising due to changes in
foreign exchange market rates with cross-currency swaps, these are considered dynamic hedges. 
Hedging instrument by hedged risk
Hedging Instrument
Hedged Item
Ineffectiveness
Carrying amount
Change in
fair value2
Change in
fair value3
Recognised in
profit and loss
Profit and loss
presentation
Notional
amount1
Assets
Liabilities
Balance sheet
presentation
Hedged risk
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Foreign currency
2,323
45
29
Derivatives
(2)
(2)
—
Net income from
financial
instruments held
for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
Interest rate
55,307
168
194
Derivatives
541
545
(4)
At 31 Dec 2025
57,630
213
223
539
543
(4)
Foreign currency
1,960
27
28
Derivatives
(16)
(16)
—
Net income from
financial
instruments held
for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
Interest rate
62,583
117
346
Derivatives
(1,480)
(1,480)
—
At 31 Dec 2024
64,543
144
374
(1,496)
(1,496)
—
1 The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at
the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
2Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
3Used in effectiveness assessment; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk, including but not limited to timing differences between the hedged items and
hedging instruments and hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value.
The disclosures for the group are the same as the disclosures for the bank.
Reconciliation of equity and analysis of other comprehensive income by risk type
Interest
rate
Foreign
Currency
£m
£m
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2025
(656)
(2)
Fair value gains/(losses)
545
(2)
Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:
–  hedged items that have affected profit or loss
475
1
Income taxes
(285)
—
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2025
79
(3)
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2024
(294)
1
Fair value gains/(losses)
(1,480)
(16)
Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:
–  hedged items that have affected profit or loss
976
13
Income taxes
142
—
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2024
(656)
(2)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
104
Notes on the financial statements
10Financial investments
Carrying amount of financial investments
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
22,527
21,479
22,527
21,479
–  treasury and other eligible bills
2,042
2,128
2,042
2,128
–  debt securities
20,484
19,350
20,484
19,350
–  equity securities
1
1
1
1
Debt instruments measured at amortised cost
19,111
16,322
18,922
16,118
–  treasury and other eligible bills
2,181
1,429
2,181
1,259
–  debt securities
16,930
14,893
16,741
14,859
At 31 Dec
41,638
37,801
41,449
37,597
11Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred
Assets pledged
Financial assets pledged as collateral
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Treasury bills and other eligible securities
—
170
—
—
Debt securities
13,012
5,569
12,851
5,569
Loans and advances to banks
5,870
6,020
8,386
8,256
Loans and advances to customers
11,100
15,201
11,100
15,201
Other
1,090
941
1,090
941
Assets pledged at 31 Dec
31,072
27,901
33,427
29,967
The amount of assets pledged to secure liabilities may be greater than the book value of assets utilised as collateral. For example, where
assets are placed with a custodian or a settlement agent that has a floating charge over all the assets placed to secure any liabilities under
settlement accounts.
These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard
securities lending and borrowing, repurchase agreements and derivative margining. The group places both cash and non-cash collateral in
relation to derivative transactions.
Financial assets pledged as collateral that the counterparty has the right to sell or repledge
The group and bank
2025
2024
£m
£m
Financial investments
11,085
4,475
At 31 Dec
11,085
4,475
Collateral received
The fair value of assets accepted as collateral, relating primarily to standard securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements and derivative
margining, that the group and the bank is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default was £28,883m (2024: £15,273m). The group
and the bank is obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard
securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements and derivative margining. The fair value of financial assets accepted as collateral by the
group and the bank that have been sold or repledged is £3,379m (2024: £1,329m).
Assets transferred
The assets pledged include transfers to third parties that do not qualify for derecognition, notably secured borrowings such as debt securities
held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and securities lent under securities lending agreements and mortgages to
collateralise the covered bond programme. For secured borrowings, the transferred asset collateral continues to be recognised in full and a
related liability, reflecting the group’s obligation to repurchase the assets for a fixed price at a future date is also recognised on the balance
sheet.
Where securities are swapped, the transferred asset continues to be recognised in full. There is no associated liability as the non-cash collateral
received is not recognised on the balance sheet. The group is unable to use, sell or pledge the transferred assets for the duration of these
transactions, and remains exposed to interest rate risk and credit risk on these pledged assets. The counterparty’s recourse is not limited to the
transferred assets.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
105
Notes on the financial statements
Transferred financial assets not qualifying for full derecognition and associated financial liabilities
2025
2024
Carrying amount of:
Carrying amount of:
Transferred assets
Associated liabilities
Transferred assets
Associated liabilities
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
Repurchase agreements
10,680
4,711
2,935
375
Securities lending agreements
405
—
1,540
—
The bank
Repurchase agreements
10,680
4,711
2,935
375
Securities lending agreements
405
—
1,540
—
Other sales
4,199
1,646
4,889
999
12Interests in joint ventures
Vaultex UK Limited is a joint venture of the bank and the group. Vaultex UK Limited is incorporated in England and Wales and its principal
activity is that of cash management services. At 31 December 2025, the group had a 50% interest in the £10m issued equity capital (2024:
50%).
For further detail see Note 29.
13Investments in subsidiaries
Main subsidiaries of HSBC UK Bank plc
Country of
incorporation
or registration
HSBC UK Bank plc’s
interest in equity
capital
Share
class
%
HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited
England and Wales
100.00
Ordinary £1
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited
England and Wales
100.00
Ordinary £1
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc
England and Wales
100.00
Ordinary £1
HSBC Innovation Bank Limited
England and Wales
100.00
Ordinary £1
All the above prepare their financial statements up to 31 December.
Details of all group subsidiaries, as required under Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, are set out in Note 29. The principal country of
operation is the same as the country of incorporation.
Impairment testing of investments in subsidiaries
At each reporting period end, HSBC UK Bank plc reviews investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment. An impairment is recognised
when the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount for that investment. The recoverable amount is the higher of the investment’s fair
value less costs of disposal and its VIU, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 36. The VIU is calculated by discounting management’s
cash flow projections for the investment. The cash flows represent the free cash flows based on the subsidiary’s binding capital requirements.
We used a number of assumptions in our VIU calculation, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 36:
– The cash flow projections for each investment are based on the latest approved plans, which includes forecast capital available for
distribution based on the capital requirements of the subsidiary taking into account minimum and core capital requirements. For the
impairment test at 31 December 2025, cash flow projections until the end of 2030 were considered in line with our internal planning horizon.
Our cash flow projections include known and observable climate-related opportunities and costs associated with our operating model.
– A long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity. The growth rate reflects inflation and is based on the UK long-
term average.
– The rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of capital assigned to each investment, which is derived using a Capital asset
pricing model ('CAPM') model. CAPM depends on a number of inputs reflecting financial and economic variables, including the risk free rate
and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are based on the market’s assessment of the
economic variables and management’s judgement. The discount rates for each investment are refined to reflect the rates of inflation for the
countries within which the investment operates. In addition, for the purposes of testing investments for impairment, management
supplements this process by comparing the discount rates derived using the internally generated CAPM, with cost of capital rates produced
by external sources for businesses operating in similar markets. The impacts from climate risk are included to the extent that they are
observable in discount rates and asset prices.
Impairment test results
In 2023, the bank recognised an impairment of £92m on its investment in MSFS, following a VIU assessment which determined that the
recoverable amount was less than the carrying value. There was no change in the carrying value of MSFS in 2024.
Subject to regulatory and court approval, MSFS is anticipated to become a division of the bank (the ‘divisionalisation’) on 1 June 2026, through a
court-approved Part VII Banking Business Transfer Scheme. The transfer will occur at book value. Management believes that it is highly
probable that the Court will approve the transfer, given the nature of the proposal (transfer between entities within the group), the results of (i)
consultations with the PRA and FCA, and (ii) the Directions Court Hearing held in November 2025 and (iii) HSBC’s efforts to mitigate any
customer detriment.
Given the expected transfer, the net asset value of MSFS was deemed the recoverable value of the investment, resulting in an additional
impairment charge of £198m in 2025.
No further impairments were recognised as a result of the testing of impairment in subsidiaries performed as at 31 December 2025.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
106
Notes on the financial statements
14Structured entities
The group is involved with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities through the securitisation of financial assets and
investment funds, established either by the group or a third party.
Consolidated structured entities
Total assets of the group’s consolidated structured entities, split by entity type:
Securitisations
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
At 31 Dec 2025
1,354
1,671
3,025
At 31 Dec 2024
627
1,007
1,634
Securitisations
The group uses a structured entity to securitise customer loans and advances to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and capital
efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by the group to the structured entity synthetically, and the structured entity issues
debt securities to investors.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to all structured entities not controlled by the group. The group enters into transactions
with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific investment
opportunities.
The group's interest in unconsolidated structured entities consist of unit holdings in four funds managed by a third party within the wider HSBC
Group. The group's unit holdings are held to facilitate customer transactions and are recognised as Other assets with a carrying value and
maximum exposure to loss at 31 December 2025 of £0.2m (2024: £0.2m). The total assets of the funds at 31 December 2025 were £0.8bn
(2024: £0.8bn). The group has no liabilities or commitments in respect of the funds.
15Goodwill and intangible assets
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Goodwill
3,281
3,281
223
223
Other intangible assets1
1,132
1,092
1,059
998
At 31 Dec
4,413
4,373
1,282
1,221
1Included within the group's other intangible assets is internally generated software with a net carrying value of £1,080m (2024: £1,026m). During the year,
capitalisation of internally generated software was £425m (2024: £363m), impairment was £12m (2024: £9m) and amortisation was £353m (2024: £319m). The
amortisation and impairment of intangible assets for the group totalled £390m (2024: £348m).
Impairment testing
The group’s annual impairment test in respect of goodwill allocated to each CGU is performed at 1 October each year. A review for indicators
of impairment is undertaken at 30 June and 31 December. At 31 December 2025, this review did not identify any indicators of impairment. As a
result, no impairment test has been performed at 31 December 2025.
Basis of the recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of all CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated was equal to its VIU at each respective testing date. The VIU is
calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections for the CGU. At 1 October 2025, all CGUs supporting goodwill had a VIU larger
than their respective carrying amounts. The key assumptions used in the VIU calculation for each CGU are discussed below.
Key assumptions in VIU calculation
Goodwill at
1 Oct 2025
Discount
rate
Growth rate
beyond initial
cash flow
projections
Goodwill at
1 Oct 2024
Discount
rate
Growth rate
beyond initial
cash flow
projections
Cash-generating unit
£m
%
%
£m
%
%
RBW
1,936
10.0
2.1
1,936
10.6
2.0
CMB
1,239
8.9
2.1
1,239
9.0
2.0
PB
106
9.4
2.1
106
9.4
2.0
Total
3,281
3,281
The group’s CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any significant intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.
As outlined on page 3, HSBC UK has revised its organisational structure, effective from 1 January 2025. In line with these changes, the CGUs
have been updated inline with the changes in business segments, resulting in the re-allocation of goodwill between RBW and PB. Prior period
data has been updated accordingly to ensure consistency with the new structure.
Management’s judgement in estimating the cash flows of a CGU
The cash flow projections for each CGU are based on the forecast profitability plans approved by the Board and minimal capital levels required
to support the business operations of a CGU. The Board challenges and endorses planning assumptions in light of internal capital allocation
decisions necessary to support HSBC UK’s strategy, current market conditions and macroeconomic outlook. For the 1 October 2025
impairment test, cash flow projections until the end of 2030 were considered, in line with internal planning horizon. As required by IFRS
Accounting Standards, estimates of future cash flows exclude estimated cash inflows or outflows that are expected to arise from restructuring
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
107
Notes on the financial statements
initiatives before an entity has a constructive obligation to carry out the plan, and would therefore have recognised a provision for restructuring
costs. Our cash flow projections include known climate-related opportunities and costs associated with our operating model.
Discount Rate
The rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of equity assigned to each CGU, which is derived using a CAPM and market
implied cost of equity. The impacts of climate-risk are included to the extent that they are observable in discount rates and asset prices.
Long-term growth rate
The long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity because of the long-term perspective within the group of
business units making up the CGUs. The long-term growth rate reflects inflation for the UK.
Sensitivities of key assumptions in calculating VIU
At 1 October 2025, there were no CGUs deemed sensitive to reasonably possible adverse changes in key assumptions supporting the
recoverable amounts. In making an estimate of reasonably possible changes to assumptions, management considers the available evidence in
respect of each input into the VIU calculation, such as the external range of discount rates observable, historical performance against forecast
and risks attaching to the key assumptions underlying cash flow projections.
16Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Prepayments and accrued income
1,639
1,470
1,687
1,502
Settlement accounts and items in course of collection from other banks
221
390
63
220
Cash collateral and margin receivables
915
806
915
806
Endorsements and acceptances
45
38
45
38
Employee benefit assets (Note 3)
5,262
5,126
5,262
5,126
Right-of-use assets
152
153
144
143
Other accounts
1,113
945
1,012
1,017
Owned property, plant and equipment
389
375
388
374
At 31 Dec
9,736
9,303
9,516
9,226
For the group, prepayments, accrued income and other assets include £3,130m (2024: 3,006m), and for the bank £3,078m (2024: £3,118m) of
financial assets, majority of which are measured at amortised cost.
17Debt securities in issue
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Bonds and medium-term notes1
1,070
573
150
150
Covered bonds
1,645
999
1,646
999
Other debt securities in issue2
304
472
304
472
At 31 Dec
3,019
2,044
2,100
1,621
1The group's bonds and medium-term notes includes £920m (2024: £424m) issued by structured entities.
2Other debt securities in issue consists of commercial paper and certificates of deposits.
18Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Accruals and deferred income
1,357
1,295
1,308
1,249
Settlement accounts and items in course of transmission to other banks
383
239
381
238
Cash collateral and margin payable
28
210
28
210
Endorsements and acceptances
45
41
45
41
Lease liabilities
160
163
151
152
Other liabilities
1,551
1,528
1,413
1,354
At 31 Dec
3,524
3,476
3,326
3,244
For the group, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities include £3,339m (2024: 3,278m), and for the bank £3,273m (2024: £3,192m) of
financial liabilities, the majority of which are measured at amortised cost.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
108
Notes on the financial statements
19Provisions
Restructuring
costs
Legal
proceedings
and
regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation
Other
provisions
Total
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2025
20
2
53
69
144
Additions
73
2
22
54
151
Amounts utilised
(36)
(2)
(15)
(15)
(68)
Unused amounts reversed
(24)
(1)
(19)
(28)
(72)
Exchange and other movements
(4)
—
—
5
1
At 31 Dec 2025
29
1
41
85
156
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2025
121
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other
movements
(13)
At 31 Dec 2025
108
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2024
265
At 31 Dec 2025
264
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2024
30
34
89
74
227
Additions
15
9
19
23
66
Amounts utilised
(17)
(19)
(31)
(12)
(79)
Unused amounts reversed
(9)
(23)
(24)
(16)
(72)
Exchange and other movements
1
1
—
—
2
At 31 Dec 2024
20
2
53
69
144
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2024
123
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other
movements
(2)
At 31 Dec 2024
121
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2023
350
At 31 Dec 2024
265
1Contractual commitments include the provision for contingent liabilities measured under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments in respect of financial guarantees and the
expected credit loss provision on off-balance sheet guarantees and commitments.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
109
Notes on the financial statements
Restructuring
costs
Legal
proceedings
and regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation
Other
provisions
Total
The bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2025
19
2
42
68
131
Additions
64
2
21
39
126
Amounts utilised
(33)
(2)
(14)
(14)
(63)
Unused amounts reversed
(22)
(1)
(18)
(13)
(54)
Exchange and other movements
(4)
—
—
5
1
At 31 Dec 2025
24
1
31
85
141
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2025
115
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other
movements
(13)
At 31 Dec 2025
102
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2024
246
At 31 Dec 2025
243
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2024
30
34
74
74
212
Additions
14
9
19
22
64
Amounts utilised
(17)
(19)
(29)
(12)
(77)
Unused amounts reversed
(9)
(23)
(22)
(16)
(70)
Exchange and other movements
1
1
—
—
2
At 31 Dec 2024
19
2
42
68
131
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2024
115
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other
movements
—
At 31 Dec 2024
115
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2023
327
At 31 Dec 2024
246
1Contractual commitments include the provision for contingent liabilities measured under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments in respect of financial guarantees and the
expected credit loss provision on off-balance sheet guarantees and commitments.
Customer remediation
Customer remediation refers to HSBC UK’s activities to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with
regulations or to treat customers fairly. Customer remediation is often initiated by HSBC UK in response to customer complaints and/or
industry developments in sales practices, and is not necessarily initiated by regulatory action.
Restructuring costs
The restructuring costs provision is for costs associated with the group’s transformation programme.
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
Further details of 'Legal proceedings and regulatory matters' are set out in Note 26. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal
proceedings brought against the group (whether by way of claim or counterclaim), or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court,
arbitration or tribunal proceedings. Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the
actions of, regulatory or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
110
Notes on the financial statements
20Subordinated liabilities
Subordinated liabilities
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
At amortised cost1
16,423
15,686
16,423
15,686
At 31 Dec
16,423
15,686
16,423
15,686
1Includes £12.8bn (2024: £12.5bn) of eligible debt issued to meet our Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities applicable from 1 January
2020.
Subordinated liabilities rank behind senior obligations and generally count towards the capital and/or MREL eligible resources of the Group.
Such instruments may be called and redeemed by the group subject to prior notification to and consent of the relevant regulator as applicable.
The balance sheet amounts disclosed below are presented on an IFRS basis and do not reflect the amount that the instruments contribute to
regulatory capital principally due to regulatory amortisation and regulatory eligibility limits.
Subordinated liabilities of the group
Carrying amount
2025
2024
First call date
Maturity date
£m
£m
Capital instruments
Tier 2 instruments
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan due 20301
Jul 2025
Jul 2030
—
1,000
£79m
HSBC UK Bank plc 2.1250% Subordinated Loan due 2031
Mar 2026
Mar 2031
79
79
$840m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan due 20332
Jul 2028
Jul 2033
625
668
£550m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan due 20333
Jul 2028
Jul 2033
549
548
£650m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan due 20334
Sept 2028
Sept 2033
650
650
£250m
HSBC UK Bank plc 6.8960% Subordinated Loan due 2033
Dec 2028
Dec 2033
252
248
£350m
HSBC UK Bank plc 5.8610% Subordinated Loan due 2035
Jun 2030
Jun 2035
350
—
€1,250m
HSBC UK Bank plc 4.1910% Subordinated Loan due 2036
May 2031
May 2036
1,079
—
Other instruments
Subordinated loan instruments not eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital
€500m
HSBC UK Bank plc MREL eligible Subordinated Floating Loan due 20261
Sept 2025
Sept 2026
—
415
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 1.1250% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 20261
Nov 2025
Nov 2026
—
1,000
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 1.7500% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2027
Jul 2026
Jul 2027
1,000
999
$1,850m
HSBC UK Bank plc 5.5970% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2028
May 2027
May 2028
1,399
1,486
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 3.0000% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2028
Jul 2027
Jul 2028
966
929
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc MREL eligible Subordinated Floating Loan due 20295
Apr 2028
Apr 2029
999
998
€1,250m
HSBC UK Bank plc 3.7550% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2029
May 2028
May 2029
1,108
1,056
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 1.7500% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2029
Aug 2028
Aug 2029
1,000
1,000
$3,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 3.9730% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2030
May 2029
May 2030
2,145
2,201
£750m
HSBC UK Bank plc 3.0000% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2030
May 2029
May 2030
690
660
£500m
HSBC UK Bank plc 5.0970% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2030
Sept 2029
Sept 2030
502
—
£500m
HSBC UK Bank plc 4.7180% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2030
Nov 2029
Nov 2030
498
—
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 6.8000% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2031
Sept 2030
Sept 2031
1,036
1,023
£750m
HSBC UK Bank plc 5.2900% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2032
Sept 2031
Sept 2032
740
726
£750m
HSBC UK Bank plc 5.8130% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan due 2033
May 2032
May 2033
756
—
At 31 Dec
16,423
15,686
1Instruments redeemed on first call date in 2025.
2The floating rate of interest is Secured Overnight Financing Rate('SOFR') plus 3.0300%.
3The floating rate of interest is Sterling Overnight Index Average ('SONIA') plus 3.3700%.
4The floating rate of interest is SONIA plus 2.1430%.
5The floating rate of interest is SONIA plus 2.0300%.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
111
Notes on the financial statements
21Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
The following table provides an analysis of consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by residual contractual
maturity at the balance sheet date. These balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:
– Trading derivatives are included in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket, because trading balances are typically held for short
periods of time.
– Financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as equity securities) are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.
Undated or perpetual instruments are classified based on the contractual notice period which the counterparty of the instrument is entitled
to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.
– Non-financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.
– Loan and other credit-related commitments are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be drawn down.
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
40,369
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
40,369
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
175
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
175
Derivatives
45
10
9
3
4
7
41
48
167
Loans and advances to banks
6,398
238
—
—
—
—
—
—
6,636
Loans and advances to customers
20,677
7,132
6,523
5,813
5,674
18,948
47,694
118,762
231,223
–  personal
6,529
2,704
2,230
2,121
2,057
7,551
20,108
110,794
154,094
–  corporate and commercial
13,934
3,505
2,955
2,494
2,476
9,677
25,976
7,587
68,604
–  financial
214
923
1,338
1,198
1,141
1,720
1,610
381
8,525
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
11,902
2,145
3,137
2,648
1,728
—
—
—
21,560
Financial investments
2,697
2,850
1,764
898
1,084
5,216
13,340
13,789
41,638
Accrued income and other financial assets
2,544
324
140
57
15
32
18
—
3,130
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2025
84,807
12,699
11,573
9,419
8,505
24,203
61,093
132,599
344,898
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11,032
11,032
Total assets at 31 Dec 2025
84,807
12,699
11,573
9,419
8,505
24,203
61,093
143,631
355,930
Off-balance sheet commitments
received
Loan and other credit-related commitments
306
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
306
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
941
9
—
—
—
4,009
—
2,750
7,709
Customer accounts1
267,874
5,635
5,373
4,200
4,168
1,486
20
—
288,756
–  personal
162,113
2,596
4,256
3,713
4,009
1,474
12
—
178,173
–  corporate and commercial
90,736
2,866
1,070
466
154
12
8
—
95,312
–  financial
15,025
173
47
21
5
—
—
—
15,271
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
200
76
6,000
—
—
—
—
—
6,276
Derivatives
68
3
10
2
9
8
25
37
162
Debt securities in issue
179
125
—
150
210
500
1,358
497
3,019
Accruals and other financial liabilities
2,661
323
150
68
20
34
48
35
3,339
Subordinated liabilities
—
79
—
1,000
—
2,365
10,404
2,575
16,423
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2025
271,923
6,250
11,533
5,420
4,407
8,402
11,855
5,894
325,684
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,985
1,985
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2025
271,923
6,250
11,533
5,420
4,407
8,402
11,855
7,879
327,669
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
81,984
33
5
7
28
7
142
—
82,206
–  personal
41,797
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
41,797
–  corporate and commercial
35,778
33
5
7
28
7
142
—
36,000
–  financial
4,409
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,409
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
112
Notes on the financial statements
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments (continued)
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
52,276
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
52,276
Trading assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
135
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
174
Derivatives
201
—
6
8
10
10
16
47
298
Loans and advances to banks
7,263
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7,263
Loans and advances to customers
17,936
9,421
5,613
5,699
6,191
17,815
42,915
112,014
217,604
–  personal
6,388
2,639
1,986
1,975
1,912
7,132
19,929
104,774
146,735
–  corporate and commercial
10,690
5,314
2,418
2,154
3,382
9,744
22,107
6,918
62,727
–  financial
858
1,468
1,209
1,570
897
939
879
322
8,142
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
7,285
1,923
725
—
1,843
—
—
—
11,776
Financial investments
2,188
1,623
1,407
537
3,322
3,656
11,108
13,960
37,801
Accrued income and other financial assets
2,612
262
88
14
22
3
3
—
3,004
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2024
89,896
13,229
7,839
6,258
11,388
21,484
54,042
126,060
330,196
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,681
10,681
Total assets at 31 Dec 2024
89,896
13,229
7,839
6,258
11,388
21,484
54,042
136,741
340,877
Off-balance sheet commitments received
Loan and other credit-related commitments
1,316
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,316
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
833
11
500
—
3,040
—
6,760
—
11,144
Customer accounts1
265,481
5,010
2,961
2,832
3,150
920
12
—
280,366
–  personal
163,612
1,362
1,963
2,618
2,946
896
10
—
173,407
–  corporate and commercial
89,751
3,489
903
205
196
23
2
—
94,569
–  financial
12,118
159
95
9
8
1
—
—
12,390
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
420
Derivatives
63
—
—
—
—
10
25
9
107
Debt securities in issue
69
404
—
150
—
212
998
211
2,044
Accruals and other financial liabilities
2,513
391
127
104
22
37
53
31
3,278
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
1,415
1,000
1,078
10,444
1,749
15,686
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2024
269,379
5,816
3,588
4,501
7,212
2,257
18,292
2,000
313,045
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,861
1,861
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2024
269,379
5,816
3,588
4,501
7,212
2,257
18,292
3,861
314,906
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
77,295
45
4
58
31
2
46
78
77,559
–  personal
40,795
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
40,795
–  corporate and commercial
30,950
45
4
58
31
2
46
78
31,214
–  financial
5,550
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,550
1'Customer accounts' includes £152,920m (2024:£135,366m) insured by guarantee schemes.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
113
Notes on the financial statements
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The bank
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
40,368
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
40,368
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
175
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
175
Derivatives
45
10
9
3
4
7
41
44
163
Loans and advances to banks
8,589
1,294
608
220
205
732
1,654
23
13,325
Loans and advances to customers
21,412
5,226
5,092
4,514
4,369
16,960
43,651
117,846
219,070
–  personal
4,207
2,362
2,104
1,999
1,940
7,128
19,368
110,704
149,812
–  corporate and commercial
9,843
2,424
2,647
2,081
2,105
8,501
22,063
6,712
56,376
–  financial
7,362
440
341
434
324
1,331
2,220
430
12,882
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
11,902
2,145
3,137
2,647
1,729
—
—
—
21,560
Financial investments
2,697
2,689
1,764
898
1,084
5,215
13,340
13,762
41,449
Accrued income and other financial assets
2,549
273
138
56
15
31
16
—
3,078
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2025
87,737
11,637
10,748
8,338
7,406
22,945
58,702
131,675
339,188
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8,725
8,725
Total assets at 31 Dec 2025
87,737
11,637
10,748
8,338
7,406
22,945
58,702
140,400
347,913
Off-balance sheet commitments
received
Loan and other credit-related commitments
321
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
321
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
2,881
251
162
125
127
4,361
939
3,250
12,096
Customer accounts1
262,223
5,069
5,295
4,146
4,090
1,443
8
—
282,274
–  personal
161,704
2,536
4,180
3,660
3,931
1,431
—
—
177,442
–  corporate and commercial
85,859
2,385
1,070
465
154
12
8
—
89,953
–  financial
14,660
148
45
21
5
—
—
—
14,879
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
200
76
6,000
—
—
—
—
—
6,276
Derivatives
68
3
10
2
9
8
25
37
162
Debt securities in issue
179
125
—
150
—
500
1,146
—
2,100
Accruals and other financial liabilities
2,663
270
145
66
18
33
43
35
3,273
Subordinated liabilities
—
79
—
1,000
—
2,365
10,404
2,575
16,423
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2025
268,214
5,873
11,612
5,489
4,244
8,710
12,565
5,897
322,604
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,731
1,731
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2025
268,214
5,873
11,612
5,489
4,244
8,710
12,565
7,628
324,335
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
65,243
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
65,243
–  personal
31,695
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
31,695
–  corporate and commercial
31,962
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
31,962
–  financial
1,586
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,586
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
114
Notes on the financial statements
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments (continued)
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The bank
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
52,275
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
52,275
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
135
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
174
Derivatives
202
—
6
8
10
10
16
43
295
Loans and advances to banks
9,666
381
546
187
182
683
1,421
4
13,070
Loans and advances to customers
19,242
5,219
4,251
4,402
5,155
17,028
39,586
111,304
206,187
–  personal
4,101
2,358
1,886
1,878
1,820
6,807
19,427
104,716
142,993
–  corporate and commercial
8,724
2,348
1,985
1,999
3,053
8,808
18,673
6,183
51,773
–  financial
6,417
513
380
525
282
1,413
1,486
405
11,421
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
7,285
1,923
725
—
1,843
—
—
—
11,776
Financial investments
2,188
1,453
1,407
537
3,322
3,657
11,107
13,926
37,597
Accrued income and other financial assets
2,788
214
83
13
20
—
—
—
3,118
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2024
93,781
9,190
7,018
5,147
10,532
21,378
52,130
125,316
324,492
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8,482
8,482
Total assets at 31 Dec 2024
93,781
9,190
7,018
5,147
10,532
21,378
52,130
133,798
332,974
Off-balance sheet commitments received
Loan and other credit-related commitments
1,346
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,346
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
2,132
89
636
119
3,191
453
7,660
500
14,780
Customer accounts1
260,209
4,355
2,907
2,788
3,062
837
2
—
274,160
–  personal
163,152
1,322
1,910
2,574
2,858
813
—
—
172,629
–  corporate and commercial
85,366
2,898
902
205
196
23
2
—
89,592
–  financial
11,691
135
95
9
8
1
—
—
11,939
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
420
Derivatives
63
—
—
—
—
10
25
9
107
Debt securities in issue
69
404
—
150
—
—
998
—
1,621
Accruals and other financial liabilities
2,488
343
123
103
22
35
47
30
3,191
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
1,415
1,000
1,078
10,444
1,749
15,686
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2024
265,381
5,191
3,666
4,575
7,275
2,413
19,176
2,288
309,965
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,551
1,551
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2024
265,381
5,191
3,666
4,575
7,275
2,413
19,176
3,839
311,516
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
60,288
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
60,288
–  personal
29,955
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
29,955
–  corporate and commercial
27,479
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
27,479
–  financial
2,854
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,854
1‘Customer accounts’ includes £151,913m (2024: £134,391m) insured by guarantee schemes.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
115
Notes on the financial statements
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities
The following table shows, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments (except for derivatives not
treated as hedging derivatives). For this reason, balances in the table below do not agree directly with those in our consolidated balance sheet
and the bank's balance sheet. Undiscounted cash flows payable in relation to hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their
contractual maturities. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket and not by
contractual maturity.
In addition, loans and other credit-related commitments, financial guarantees and similar contracts are generally not recognised on our balance
sheet. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under loan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees are classified
on the basis of the earliest date they can be called.
Cash flows payable under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
Due not more
than 1 month
Due over 1
month but not
more than 3
months
Due over 3
months but
not more than
1 year
Due over 1
year but not
more than 5
years
Due over 5
years
Total
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Deposits by banks
968
63
244
4,587
2,783
8,645
Customer accounts
267,948
5,702
13,884
1,534
—
289,068
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
234
141
6,022
—
—
6,397
Derivatives
68
11
134
465
844
1,522
Debt securities in issue
185
162
480
2,231
578
3,636
Subordinated liabilities
63
205
1,548
14,349
2,675
18,840
Other financial liabilities
2,188
262
112
93
44
2,699
271,654
6,546
22,424
23,259
6,924
330,807
Loan and other credit-related commitments
81,984
33
40
149
—
82,206
Financial guarantees
1,197
—
—
—
—
1,197
At 31 Dec 2025
354,835
6,579
22,464
23,408
6,924
414,210
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
86
2
5
5
2
100
Deposits by banks
881
107
3,924
7,233
—
12,145
Customer accounts
265,541
5,065
9,100
1,005
—
280,711
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
420
—
—
—
—
420
Derivatives
62
154
411
895
771
2,293
Debt securities in issue
69
419
191
1,501
244
2,424
Subordinated liabilities
62
122
2,933
13,123
1,845
18,085
Other financial liabilities
2,018
293
183
105
36
2,635
269,053
6,160
16,742
23,862
2,896
318,713
Loan and other credit-related commitments
77,296
45
93
47
78
77,559
Financial guarantees
1,046
—
—
—
—
1,046
At 31 Dec 2024
347,395
6,205
16,835
23,909
2,974
397,318
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
87
2
4
6
1
100
The bank
Deposits by banks
2,919
323
722
6,102
3,386
13,452
Customer accounts
262,281
5,133
13,673
1,479
—
282,566
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
234
141
6,022
—
—
6,397
Derivatives
68
11
134
465
844
1,522
Debt securities in issue
185
137
199
1,764
—
2,285
Subordinated liabilities
63
206
1,547
14,349
2,675
18,840
Other financial liabilities
2,210
223
108
86
44
2,671
267,960
6,174
22,405
24,245
6,949
327,733
Loan and other credit-related commitments
65,243
—
—
—
—
65,243
Financial guarantees
1,194
—
—
—
—
1,194
At 31 Dec 2025
334,397
6,174
22,405
24,245
6,949
394,170
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
85
2
5
6
2
100
Deposits by banks
2,188
200
4,390
8,834
729
16,341
Customer accounts
260,250
4,406
8,914
913
—
274,483
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
420
—
—
—
—
420
Derivatives
62
154
411
895
771
2,293
Debt securities in issue
69
406
156
1,166
—
1,797
Subordinated liabilities
62
122
2,933
13,123
1,845
18,085
Other financial liabilities
2,013
254
180
96
35
2,578
265,064
5,542
16,984
25,027
3,380
315,997
Loan and other credit-related commitments
60,289
—
—
—
—
60,289
Financial guarantees
1,038
—
—
—
—
1,038
At 31 Dec 2024
326,391
5,542
16,984
25,027
3,380
377,324
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
86
1
5
7
1
100
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
116
Notes on the financial statements
22Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
In the offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities, the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when the offsetting criteria is met.
This is achieved when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 
In the following table, the ‘Amounts not set off in the balance sheet’ include transactions where:
– the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with the group and a master netting or similar arrangement is in place with a right to set off only
in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied; and
– cash and non-cash collateral (debt securities) has been received/pledged for derivatives and reverse repurchase/repurchase, stock
borrowing/lending and similar agreements to cover net exposure in the event of a default or other predetermined events.
The effect of over-collateralisation is excluded.
Amounts not subject to enforceable master netting agreements’ include contracts executed in jurisdictions where the rights of set off may not
be upheld under the local bankruptcy laws.
For risk management purposes, the net amounts of loans and advances to customers are subject to limits, which are monitored and the
relevant customer agreements are subject to review and updated, as necessary, to ensure that the legal right of offset remains appropriate.
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
Amounts not
subject to
enforceable
netting
arrangements4
Total
Amounts not set off in
the balance sheet
Net
amount
Gross
amounts
Amounts
offset
Net
amounts
in the
balance
sheet
Financial
instruments,
including
non-cash
collateral
Cash
collateral
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Financial assets
Derivatives1 (Note 9)
2,414
(2,251)
163
(96)
(28)
39
4
167
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar
agreements classified as:
–  non-trading assets
28,920
(7,360)
21,560
(21,560)
—
—
—
21,560
Loans and advances to customers2
6,380
(1,722)
4,658
(4,505)
—
153
—
4,658
At 31 Dec 2025
37,714
(11,333)
26,381
(26,161)
(28)
192
4
26,385
Derivatives1 (Note 9)
2,821
(2,526)
295
(88)
(207)
—
3
298
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar
agreements classified as:
–  non-trading assets
15,659
(3,883)
11,776
(11,776)
—
—
—
11,776
Loans and advances to customers2
6,037
(2,067)
3,970
(3,310)
—
660
—
3,970
At 31 Dec 2024
24,517
(8,476)
16,041
(15,174)
(207)
660
3
16,044
Financial liabilities
Derivatives1 (Note 9)
2,413
(2,251)
162
(57)
(92)
13
—
162
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified
as:
–  non-trading liabilities
13,636
(7,360)
6,276
(6,275)
—
1
—
6,276
Customer accounts3
11,067
(1,722)
9,345
(4,505)
—
4,840
6
9,351
At 31 Dec 2025
27,116
(11,333)
15,783
(10,837)
(92)
4,854
6
15,789
Derivatives1 (Note 9)
2,633
(2,526)
107
(55)
(48)
4
—
107
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified
as:
–  non-trading liabilities
4,303
(3,883)
420
(420)
—
—
—
420
Customer accounts3
9,949
(2,067)
7,882
(3,310)
—
4,572
6
7,888
At 31 Dec 2024
16,885
(8,476)
8,409
(3,785)
(48)
4,576
6
8,415
1At 31 December 2025, the amount of cash margin received that had been offset against the gross derivatives assets was £307m (2024: 7m). The amount of
cash margin paid that had been offset against the gross derivatives liabilities was £74m (2024: £618m).
2At 31 December 2025, the total amount of 'Loans and advances to customers' recognised on the balance sheet was £231,223m (2024: £217,604m) of which
£4,658m (2024: £3,970m) was subject to offsetting.
3At 31 December 2025, the total amount of 'Customer accounts' recognised on the balance sheet was £288,756m (2024: £280,366m) of which £9,345m (2024:
£7,882m) was subject to offsetting.
4This includes exposures that continue to be secured by financial collateral.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
117
Notes on the financial statements
23Called up share capital and other equity instruments
Called up share capital and share premium
HSBC UK Bank plc ordinary shares of £1.00 each, issued and fully paid
2025
2024
Number
£m
Number
£m
At 1 Jan
50,002
—
50,002
—
Capitalisation of group reorganisation reserve through bonus share issuance
—
—
5,248,464,979
5,248
Less: Bonus shares cancelled
—
—
(5,248,464,979)
(5,248)
At 31 Dec
50,002
—
50,002
—
HSBC UK Bank plc share premium
2025
2024
£m
£m
At 1 Jan
—
9,015
Reclassification to retained earnings
—
(9,015)
At 31 Dec
—
—
Total called up share capital and share premium
2025
2024
£m
£m
At 31 Dec
—
—
The cancellation of the bonus shares and the share premium account was approved by the High Court of Justice in England and Wales on
19 November 2024 and it took effect upon the Court order being registered with Companies House on 12 December 2024, creating additional
retained earnings of £14.2bn.
Other equity instruments
HSBC UK Bank plc additional tier 1 instruments
2025
2024
£m
£m
£1,096m
Undated Subordinated Additional Tier 1 instrument issued 2014 (Callable December 2019 onwards)
1,096
1,096
£1,100m
Undated Subordinated Additional Tier 1 instrument issued 2014 (Callable December 2024 onwards)
1,100
1,100
£500m
Undated Subordinated Additional Tier 1 instruments issued 2025 (Callable June 2030 onwards)
495
—
At 31 Dec
2,691
2,196
The bank continues to issue capital instruments that are included in the group's capital base as fully CRR II-compliant additional tier 1 capital.
Interest on these instruments will be due and payable only at the sole discretion of the bank, and the bank has sole and absolute discretion at
all times to cancel for any reason (in whole or in part) any interest payment that would otherwise be payable on any date. There are limitations
on the payment of principal, interest or other amounts if such payments are prohibited under UK banking regulations or if the bank has
insufficient distributable items or fails to meet the solvency conditions defined in the instruments' terms.
The instruments are undated and are repayable at the option of the bank, in whole typically at the the initial call date or on any interest payment
date after this date. In addition, the instruments are repayable at the option of the bank in whole for certain regulatory or tax reasons. Any
repayments require the prior consent of the PRA. These instruments rank pari passu with the bank's most senior class or classes of issued
preference shares and therefore rank ahead of ordinary shares. The instruments will be written down in whole, together with any accrued but
unpaid interest if either the group's solo or consolidated CET1 ratio breaches the 7.0% trigger.
24Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments, guarantees and
contingent assets
The group
The bank
2025
2024
2025
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Guarantees and other contingent liabilities:
–  financial guarantees1
1,197
1,046
1,194
1,038
–  performance and other guarantees
2,822
2,416
2,798
2,400
At 31 Dec
4,019
3,462
3,992
3,438
Commitments2:
–  documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions
17
142
17
142
–  forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed
574
1,641
286
1,386
–  standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend
81,615
75,776
64,940
58,760
At 31 Dec
82,206
77,559
65,243
60,288
1Financial guarantees contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred because a specified
debtor fails to make payment when due, in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. The amounts in the above table are nominal
principal amounts.
2Includes £80bn (2024: £74bn) for the group and £63bn (2024: £57bn) for the bank of commitments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
where the group and bank has become party to an irrevocable commitment.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
118
Notes on the financial statements
The preceding table discloses the nominal principal amounts of off-balance sheet liabilities and commitments for the group, which represents
the maximum amounts at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. As a significant portion of guarantees and
commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not indicative of future liquidity
requirements. The expected credit loss provision relating to guarantees and commitments under IFRS 9 is disclosed in Note 19.
The majority of the guarantees have a term of less than one year, while guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to the group's
annual credit review process.
Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings, regulatory and other matters against group companies are excluded from this note but are
disclosed in Note 26.
Financial Services Compensation Scheme ('FSCS')
The FSCS provides compensation, up to certain limits, to eligible customers of financial services firms that are unable, or likely to be unable, to
pay claims against them. The FSCS may impose a further levy on the group to the extent the industry levies imposed to date are not sufficient
to cover the compensation due to customers in any future possible collapse. The ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a result of a collapse
cannot be estimated reliably. It is dependent on various uncertain factors including the potential recovery of assets by the FSCS, changes in the
level of protected products (including deposits and investments) and the population of FSCS members at the time.
25Finance lease receivables
The group leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases, including transport assets, property and general plant and machinery.
At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or leased for further terms. Rentals are calculated to recover the cost of assets
less their residual value, and earn finance income.
2025
2024
Total future
minimum payments
Unearned
finance income
Present Value
Total future
minimum payments
Unearned
finance income
Present Value
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Lease receivables1
–  No later than one year
1,567
(132)
1,435
1,485
(127)
1,358
–  One to two years
1,069
(87)
982
1,070
(84)
986
–  Two to three years
724
(54)
670
697
(50)
647
–  Three to four years
411
(32)
379
375
(29)
346
–  Four to five years
240
(19)
221
350
(46)
304
–  Later than 5 years
365
(46)
319
189
(17)
172
31 Dec2
4,376
(370)
4,006
4,166
(353)
3,813
1Finance leases receivables are disclosed within ‘Loans and advances to customers’ in the balance sheet.
2ECL of £19m (2024: £22m) is held in respect of loans and advances under Finance lease receivables.
26Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
The group is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described
below, the group considers that none of these matters are material. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the
accounting policies set out in Note 1 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2025. While the outcomes of legal proceedings and regulatory matters
are inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect
of these matters as at 31 December 2025. Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and
quantified. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. It is not practicable to provide an
aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.
Payment Protection Insurance ('PPI')
Although the FCA deadline for bringing PPI complaints has passed, court cases are being brought alleging historic PPI mis-selling.
First Citizens litigation
In May 2023, First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (‘First Citizens’) brought a lawsuit in the US District Court for the Northern District of
California against HSBC UK and HINV, certain other HSBC companies and seven US-based HSBC employees who had previously worked for
Silicon Valley Bank (‘SVB’). The lawsuit seeks $1bn in damages and alleges, among other things, that the various HSBC companies conspired
with the individual defendants to solicit employees from First Citizens and that the individual defendants took confidential information belonging
to SVB and/or First Citizens. In July 2024, the court dismissed several of First Citizens’ claims and also dismissed HSBC UK and other
defendants for lack of jurisdiction. The remaining claims are proceeding against certain defendants, including HINV. In January 2026, First
Citizens amended its complaint to add claims purportedly assigned by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ('FDIC'). These include claims
concerning the period between SVB’s entry into FDIC receivership and First Citizens’ purchase of SVB’s US assets. First Citizens also seeks to
bring certain claims and defendants dismissed by the court in July 2024 back into the litigation, including HSBC UK. The defendants have filed a
motion to dismiss the amended complaint.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time to predict the resolution of this matter, including the timing or any possible
impact on HSBC UK, which could be significant.
Other regulatory reviews and litigation
HSBC UK and/or certain of its affiliates are also subject to enquiries, requests for information, reviews by various regulators, competition and
law enforcement authorities, as well as litigation, in connection with various matters arising out of their businesses and operations. At the
present time, HSBC UK does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these matters to be material to the group’s financial position;
however, given the uncertainties involved in legal proceedings and regulatory matters, there can be no assurance regarding the eventual
outcome of a particular matter or matters.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
119
Notes on the financial statements
27Related party transactions
The immediate and ultimate parent company of the group is HSBC Holdings plc, which is incorporated in England and Wales.
Copies of the Group financial statements may be obtained from the following address:
HSBC Holdings plc
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
The group’s related parties include the parent, fellow subsidiaries, joint ventures, post-employment benefit plans for HSBC UK employees, key
management personnel ( 'KMP') of the Company and its ultimate parent company, HSBC Holdings plc, close family members of KMP and
entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced by KMP or their close family members.
Particulars of transactions between the group and its related parties are tabulated below in accordance with IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’.
The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amounts outstanding during the year are considered to be the most meaningful
information to represent the amount of the transactions and outstanding balances during the year.
Key Management Personnel
The KMP of the Company are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of
the Company and the group, and include the Directors of the Company, certain senior executives of the Company, directors of HSBC Holdings
plc and certain senior executives of HSBC Holdings plc. The emoluments of those KMP who are not directors or senior executives of the
Company are paid by other Group companies who make no recharge to the Company. It is therefore not possible to make a reasonable
apportionment of their emoluments in respect of services they have provided to the Company during the year. Accordingly, no emoluments in
respect of these KMP are included in the following disclosure.
The table below represents the compensation for KMP (Directors and certain senior executives) of the Company in exchange for services
rendered to the Company for the period they served during the year.
Compensation of KMP
2025
2024
£000
£000
Short-term employee benefits
12,271
10,726
Post-employment benefits
60
53
Other long-term employee benefits
1,327
917
Share-based payments
5,412
3,322
Year ended 31 Dec
19,070
15,018
Advances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with KMP1
2025
2024
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
year
£m
£m
£m
£m
Advances and credits
7
10
10
13
Deposits
21
58
8
31
1Includes close family members and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by KMP or their close family members.
The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not
involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
In addition to the requirements of IAS 24, particulars of advances (loans and quasi-loans), credits and guarantees entered into by the bank and
its subsidiaries with Directors of the Company are required to be disclosed pursuant to section 413 of the Companies Act 2006. Under the
Companies Act, there is no requirement to disclose transactions with other KMP.
Transactions with Directors: advances, credits and guarantees (Companies Act 2006)
2025
2024
Balance at
31 Dec
Balance at
31 Dec
£000
£000
Loans
3,966
5,096
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
120
Notes on the financial statements
Other related parties
Transactions and balances during the year with KMP of the bank’s ultimate parent company1,2
2025
2024
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
the year
£m
£m
£m
£m
Advances and credits
—
—
—
—
Deposits
—
—
16
33
1Excludes those who are also KMP of the Company.
2 Includes close family members and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by the KMP or their close family members.
The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not
involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
Transactions and balances during the year with the associates and joint venture
2025
2024
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
£m
£m
£m
£m
Unsubordinated amounts due from the joint venture
128
146
55
80
Amounts due to associates
28
102
33
90
Amounts due to joint venture
102
141
50
61
Guarantees and commitments
304
340
249
260
The group provides certain banking and financial services to its joint venture, including loans, overdrafts, interest and non-interest- bearing
deposits and current accounts. Details of the interest in the joint venture are given in Note 12.
The group’s transactions and balances during the year with HSBC Holdings plc and subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc
2025
2024
Due to/from HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
Due to/from HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Assets
Derivatives
—
—
12
59
—
—
42
42
Loans and advances to banks
—
—
721
1,161
—
—
1,161
1,174
Reverse repos
—
—
1,424
1,867
—
—
1,048
1,400
Prepayments and accrued
income
—
—
11
11
—
—
9
9
Other assets
1
2
739
776
1
1
641
677
Total related party assets at
31 Dec
1
2
2,907
3,874
1
1
2,901
3,302
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
—
—
935
983
—
—
787
873
Customer accounts
4,660
6,776
3,077
3,077
6,776
6,776
2,369
2,399
Repos
—
—
—
265
—
—
265
533
Other liabilities
55
55
315
617
53
56
371
640
Accruals & Deferred Income
292
389
13
13
252
322
7
9
Derivatives
—
—
22
62
—
—
18
41
Subordinated liabilities
16,423
17,697
—
—
15,686
16,078
—
—
Total related party liabilities at
31 Dec
21,430
24,917
4,362
5,017
22,767
23,232
3,817
4,495
The group routinely enters into related party transactions with other entities in the HSBC Group. These include transactions to facilitate third-
party transactions with customers, transactions for internal risk management, and other transactions relevant to HSBC Group processes. These
transactions and the above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including
interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties. The group's income statement included interest
payable to HSBC Holdings plc of £894m (2024: £735m) and general and administrative expenses payable to other subsidiaries of HSBC
Holdings plc of £2,124m (2024: £1,964m).
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
121
Notes on the financial statements
The bank's transactions and balances during the year with HSBC UK Bank plc subsidiaries, HSBC Holdings plc and subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
2025
2024
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC UK Bank
plc subsidiaries
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC UK Bank
plc subsidiaries
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings
plc
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Assets
Derivatives
—
—
—
—
12
59
—
—
—
—
42
42
Loans and advances to banks
6,691
6,751
—
—
719
1,159
5,809
5,920
—
—
1,159
1,173
Loans and advances to customers
9,717
9,717
—
—
—
5
8,703
8,703
—
—
—
—
Reverse repos
—
—
—
—
1,424
1,867
—
—
—
—
1,048
1,400
Prepayments and accrued income
114
122
—
—
9
9
105
107
—
—
8
8
Other assets
1,091
1,572
1
2
737
772
1,441
1,441
1
1
637
673
Total related party assets at
31 Dec
17,613
18,162
1
2
2,901
3,871
16,058
16,171
1
1
2,894
3,296
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
4,387
4,759
—
—
935
983
3,637
4,034
—
—
787
873
Customer accounts
936
936
4,660
6,776
3,077
3,077
457
491
6,776
6,776
2,369
2,400
Repos
—
—
—
—
—
265
—
—
—
—
265
533
Derivatives
—
—
—
—
22
62
—
—
—
—
18
41
Other liabilities
35
70
55
55
310
609
45
45
51
56
350
626
Accruals & Deferred Income
57
65
292
389
13
13
51
60
252
322
8
10
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
16,423
17,697
—
—
—
—
15,686
16,078
—
—
Total related party liabilities at
31 Dec
5,415
5,830
21,430
24,917
4,357
5,009
4,190
4,630
22,765
23,232
3,797
4,483
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
Post-employment benefit plans
The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme has placed deposits of £78m (2024: £59m) with HSBC UK, earning interest of £1.6m (2024: £0.9m).
The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
28Events after the balance sheet date
These accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 February 2026 and authorised for issue.
On 17 February 2026, the Directors resolved to pay an interim dividend to ordinary shareholders of £1,076m in respect of the financial year
ending 31 December 2025. No liability is recognised in the financial statements in respect of this dividend.
In its assessment of events after the balance sheet date, HSBC UK has considered and concluded that no material events have occurred
resulting in adjustments to the financial statements.
29HSBC UK Bank plc’s subsidiaries and joint ventures
In accordance with section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a list of HSBC UK Bank plc subsidiaries and joint ventures, the registered office
address and the effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2025 is disclosed below.
Unless otherwise stated, the share capital comprises ordinary or common shares which are held by HSBC UK Bank plc subsidiaries. The
ownership percentage is provided for each undertaking. The undertakings below are consolidated by HSBC UK Bank plc unless otherwise
indicated.
HSBC UK Bank plc's registered office address is:
HSBC UK Bank plc
1 Centenary Square
Birmingham B1 1HQ
United Kingdom
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
122
Notes on the financial statements
Subsidiaries
The undertakings below are consolidated by HSBC UK Bank plc.
Unless otherwise stated the place of incorporation is England and
Wales.
Subsidiaries
% of share class
held by immediate
parent company
(or by HSBC UK
Bank plc where
this varies)
Footnotes
Assetfinance December (F) Limited
100.00
5
Assetfinance June (D) Limited (In Liquidation)
100.00
11
Assetfinance March (D) Limited
100.00
5
Assetfinance September (G) Limited (In
Liquidation)
100.00
11
B&Q Financial Services Limited (In
Liquidation)
100.00
2,11
Canada Square Nominees (UK) Limited
100.00
2,6
HSBC Bank Pension Trust (UK) Limited
100.00
2,6
HSBC Branch Nominee (UK) Limited
100.00
2,5
HSBC UK Covered Bonds LLP
N/A
0,5
HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited
100.00
2,5
HSBC Finance Limited (In Liquidation)
100.00
2,11
HSBC Innovation Bank Limited
100.00
2,9
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited
100.00
2,5
HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited
100.00
2,6
HSBC UK Client Nominee Limited
100.00
2,5
HSBC UK Societal Projects Limited (In
Dissolution)
N/A
2,4,5
HSBC Wealth Client Nominee Limited
100.00
2,5
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc
100.00
2,7
Marks and Spencer Unit Trust Management
Limited
100.00
2,7
Midland Bank (Branch Nominees) Limited
100.00
2,5
Midland Nominees Limited
100.00
2,5
St Cross Trustees Limited
100.00
2,5
Turnsonic (Nominees) Limited
100.00
2,5
Associates
The undertakings below are associates and equity accounted.
Associates
% of share class
held by immediate
parent company
(or by HSBC UK
where this varies)
Footnotes
HSBC UK Covered Bonds (LM) Limited
20.00
1,10
Joint venture
The undertaking below is a Joint Venture and equity accounted.
Joint venture
% of share class
held by immediate
parent company
(or by HSBC UK
Bank plc where
this varies)
Footnotes
Vaultex UK Limited
50.00
3,8
Footnotes
0
Where an entity is governed by voting rights, HSBC consolidates
when it holds – directly or indirectly – the necessary voting rights
to pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the
assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement
of other factors, including having exposure to variability of
returns, power to direct relevant activities, and whether power is
held as an agent or principal. HSBC’s consolidation policy is
described in Note 1.2(a)
1
Management has determined that these undertakings are excluded
from consolidation in the Group accounts as these entities do not meet
the definition of subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS. HSBC’s
consolidation policy is described in Note 1.2(a)
2
Directly held by HSBC UK Bank plc
3
Financial year ended 3 October 2025
4
Limited by guarantee and therefore no share capital. HSBC UK Bank plc
is the sole member.
Registered Offices
5
1 Centenary Square, Birmingham, United Kingdom, B1 1HQ
6
8 Canada Square, London, United Kingdom, E14 5HQ
7
Kings Meadow Chester Business Park, Chester, United Kingdom, CH99
9FB
8
All Saints Triangle, Caledonian Road, London, United Kingdom, N1 9UT
9
Alphabeta, 14-18 Finsbury Square, London, United Kingdom, EC2A 1BR
10
10th Floor 5 Churchill Place, London, United Kingdom, E14 5HU
11
C/O Teneo Financial Advisory Limited The Colmore Building, 20
Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
123
Other information
Reconciliation of alternative
performance measures
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity and return on average
tangible equity
RoTE is measured as reported profit attributable to the ordinary shareholder, excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets for
the period, divided by average reported equity adjusted for goodwill and intangibles. The adjustment to reported results and reported equity
excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. We provide RoTE in addition to Return on average ordinary shareholder's equity
('RoE') as a way of assessing our performance, which is closely aligned to our capital position. The measures are calculated in US dollars in line
with the standard HSBC Group-wide calculation methodology.
The following table details the adjustments made to the reported results and equity:
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ Equity and Return on average Tangible Equity
Year ended
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
$m
$m
Profit
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholder
5,128
4,989
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholder, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets impairment
5,128
4,989
Equity
Average shareholder's equity
35,752
33,100
Effect of average preference shares, additional Tier 1 and other equity instruments
(3,300)
(2,808)
Average ordinary shareholder's equity
32,452
30,292
Effect of goodwill and other intangibles (net of deferred tax)
(5,777)
(5,549)
Average tangible ordinary shareholder's equity
26,675
24,743
Ratio
%
%
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity
15.8
16.5
Return on average tangible equity1
19.2
20.2
1Under IAS 19 HSBC UK holds a pension fund surplus, and records pension income in the Income Statement. The IAS 19 pension fund surplus increases
Tangible Equity but not CET1. In the event that the IAS 19 pension fund surplus was zero, RoTE would be 21.4%(2024: 22.8%).
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
124
Other information
Abbreviations
Currencies
£
British pound sterling
€
Euro
$
United States dollar
Abbreviations
1Q25
First Quarter of 2025
2Q25
Second Quarter of 2025
3Q25
Third Quarter of 2025
4Q25
Fourth quarter of 2025
A
AGM
Annual General Meeting
AI
Artificial Intelligence
AIEA
Average interest-earning assets
AT1
Additional tier 1
B
Basel
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel III
Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global
capital and liquidity rules
BoE
Bank of England
Bps
Basis points. One basis point is equal to one
hundredth of a percentage point
BNII
Banking Net Interest Income
BSO
Business Service Owners
C
CAP
Consolidated Action Plan
CAPM
Capital asset pricing model
CBDC
Central Bank Digital Currency
CEO
Chief Executive Officer
CET1
Common equity tier 1
CFO
Chief Financial Officer
CGU
Cash-generating Unit
CIB
Corporate and Institutional Banking
CLO
Collateralised Lending Obligation
CMB
Commercial Banking
CMI
Continuous Mortality Investigation
CODM
Chief Operating Decision Maker
CPI
Consumer Price Index
CRE
Commercial Real Estate
CRCO
Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
CRR
Customer risk rating
CRR II
The regulatory requirements of the Capital
Requirements Regulation and Directive, the CRR
II regulation and the Prudential Regulation
Authority Rulebook
D
DBO
Defined Benefit Obligation
DBS
Digital Business Services
DCF
Discounted cash flows
Dec
December
DPD
Days past due
DRA
Dynamic Risk Assessment
DQM
Deterministic Quantitative Methods
DTR
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
E
EAD
Exposure at default
EBA
European Banking Authority
EC
European Commission
ECL
Expected credit losses. In the income statement,
ECL is recorded as a change in expected credit
losses and other credit impairment charges. In
the balance sheet, ECL is recorded as an
allowance for financial instruments to which only
the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are
applied.
EIR
Effective interest rate
ESG
Environmental, social and governance
EU
European Union
EVE
Economic value of equity
ETR
Effective Tax Rate
F
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority (UK)
FDIC
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FMM
Finance Management Meeting
FRC
Financial Reporting Council
FSCS
Financial Services Compensation Scheme
FTE
Full-time equivalent staff
FVOCI
Fair value through other comprehensive income
FY
Full Year
FY24
Full Year 2024
FY25
Full Year 2025
G
GDP
Gross domestic product
GenAI
Generative Artificial Intelligence
group
HSBC UK Bank plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
Group
HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
GTRF
Global Trade and Receivables Finance
H
HMRC
HM Revenue and Customs
HMT
His Majesty’s Treasury
HSBC Group
HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
HSBC Holdings plc
HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of
HSBC UK
HSBC UK
HSBC UK Bank plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
HINV
HSBC Innovation Bank Limited, formerly Silicon
Valley Bank UK Limited
HR
Human Resources
I
IAS
International Accounting Standards
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
IBOR
Interbank offered rate
IBS
Important Business Services
ICAAP
Internal capital adequacy assessment process
IFRS® Accounting
Standards
International Financial Reporting Standards as
issued by the IASB
IFRS® Sustainability
Disclosure Standards
Standards issue by the International
Sustainability Standards Board (‘ISSB’)
ILAAP
Internal liquidity adequacy assessment process
IMA
Internal Models Approach
IMM
Internal Models Method
IRB
Internal ratings-based
IRRBB
Interest rate risk in the banking book
ISSB
International Sustainability Standards Board
ISRE
International Standards on Review Engagements
IT
Information technology
ITOL
Associated Impact Tolerance
J
Jan
January
K
KMP
Key management personnel
KPI
Key performance indicator
KPMG
Klynveld Peat Marwick Goerdeler
L
LC
Large Corporates
LCR
Liquidity coverage ratio
LFRF
Liquidity and Funding Risk management
Framework
LGD
Loss given default
LTI
Long-term incentive
LTV
Loan to value
M
MI 
Management Information
MME
Mid-Market Enterprises
MREL
Minimum requirements for own funds and
eligible liabilities
MRM
Model Risk Management
M&S
Marks and Spencer
MSFS
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc
N
NII
Net interest income
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025
125
Other information
NIM
Net interest margin
NPS
Net Promoter Score
NSFR
Net stable funding ratio
O
OCI
Other comprehensive income
OECD
Organisation of Economic Co-operation and
Development
P
PB
Private Bank
PBT
Profit before tax
PD
Probability of default
PLCA
Purpose Led Conduct Approach
POCI
Purchased or originated credit impaired
PPA
Power Purchase Agreement
PPI
Payment protection insurance
PRA
Prudential Regulation Authority
PSR
Payment Systems Regulator
PIV
Pooled Investment Vehicles
PwC
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its network of
firms
R
RAS
Risk Appetite Statement
RBS
Royal Bank of Scotland
RBW
Retail Banking and Wealth
Revenue
Net operating income before change in expected
credit losses and other credit impairment
charges/Loan impairment charges and other
credit provisions, also referred to as revenue
RMF
Risk Management Framework
RMM
Risk Management Meeting
ROC
Resilience Oversight Committee
RoE
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity
RoTE
Return on average tangible equity
RPI
Retail Price Index
RWA
Risk-weighted asset
S
SAF
Subsidiary Accountability Framework
SAPS
Self-administered pension scheme
Sep
September
SICR
Significant increase in credit risk
SME
Small and medium-sized enterprise
SOFR
Secured Overnight Financing Rate
SONIA
Sterling Overnight Index Average
SPPI
Solely payments of principal and interest
STD
Standardised Approach
STR
Statutory Tax Rate
SVB
Silicon Valley Bank
T
TCFD
Taskforce on Climate-Related Financial
Disclosures
U
UK
United Kingdom
US
United States of America
UCB
UK-Corporate Banking
UPW
UK- Personal Banking and Wealth
UTP
Unlikely to pay
V
VaR
Value at risk
VAT
Value-added tax
VIU
Value in use
W
WPB
Wealth and Personal Banking
Y
YoY
Year-on-year
HSBC UK Bank plc
1 Centenary Square
Birmingham B1 1HQ
United Kingdom
Telephone: 03455 873 444
www.hsbc.co.uk